Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D16-0131 - BANK OF AMERICA - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
yak rL M�4#yw "*A 320 STRANDER BLVD D16-0131 City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development `' • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: 9202470050 Permit Number: D16-0131 Address: 320 STRANDER BLVD Issue Date: 8/26/2016 Permit Expires On: 2/22/2017 Project Name: BANK OF AMERICA Owner: Name: BANK OF AMERICA NA Address: 101 N TRYON ST NC10010381, Address: 6712 N CUTTER CIRCLE, PORTLAND, OR, 97217 License No: ANDERC*907DN Lender: Name: BANK OF AMERICA Address: 800 5TH AVE, 16TH FL, SEATTLE, WA, 98104 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Phone: (510) 625-7476 Phone: (503) 283-6712 Expiration Date: 2/15/2018 TI WORK INCLUDES DEMO OF NON BEARING PARTITIONS/DOORS, MILLWORK, FINISHES AND MINIMAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING. NEW CONSTRUCTION INCLUDES A REMODELED 24 HOUR ATM VESTIBULE, OFFICES, TELLERLINE, SIGNAGE, NON BEARING PARTITIONS/DOORS, MILLWORK, FINISHES, AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS, BREAKROOM, ELECTRICAL ROOM AND VAULT TO REMAIN. Project Valuation: $911,400.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $13,248.02 Occupancy per IBC: Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: CHARLOTTE, CA, 28255 Contact Person: Name: JEFF SCHMIERER Address: 2101 WEBSTER ST, STE 2000, OAKLAND, CA, 94612 Contractor: Name: ANDERSEN CONSTRUCTION Address: 6712 N CUTTER CIRCLE, PORTLAND, OR, 97217 License No: ANDERC*907DN Lender: Name: BANK OF AMERICA Address: 800 5TH AVE, 16TH FL, SEATTLE, WA, 98104 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Phone: (510) 625-7476 Phone: (503) 283-6712 Expiration Date: 2/15/2018 TI WORK INCLUDES DEMO OF NON BEARING PARTITIONS/DOORS, MILLWORK, FINISHES AND MINIMAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING. NEW CONSTRUCTION INCLUDES A REMODELED 24 HOUR ATM VESTIBULE, OFFICES, TELLERLINE, SIGNAGE, NON BEARING PARTITIONS/DOORS, MILLWORK, FINISHES, AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS, BREAKROOM, ELECTRICAL ROOM AND VAULT TO REMAIN. Project Valuation: $911,400.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $13,248.02 Occupancy per IBC: Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: 2015 National Electrical Code: 2014 2015 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 2015 WAC 296-46B: 2014 2015 WA State Energy Code: 2015 2015 Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 Water Meter: No Permit Center Authorized Signature: A 1I 1A Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Sig Pri natur . Date: lQ/6 n ame: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: 'BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS' 2: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 5: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 6: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 7: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 8: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterially braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 9: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 10: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 11: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 12: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 13: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 14: Every occupied space other than enclosed parking garages and buildings used for repair of automobiles shall be ventilated in accordance with the applicable provisions of the International Mechanical Code. 15: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 16: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 17: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 18: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for a light hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (2A, 10 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 20: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 21: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 22: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 23: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.9.1) 25: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 26: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.6) 27: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1017.1) 28: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site generator. (IFC 1011.6.3) 29: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.3.1) 33: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 31: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 30: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 34: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437. 36: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 35: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 37: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 38: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 39: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.9 of the International Building Code. 32: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 40: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 41: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL" 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING •LATH & GYPSUM 0603 ROOF/CEILING INSUL 4027 SI -COLD -FORM WELD 4046 SI-EPDXY/EXP CONC 4028 SI-REINF STEEL -WELD 4004 SI -WELDING 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING 0601 WALL INSULATION CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 httL):#ww,,v.TukNvilaWA. gfl< SITE LOCATION Building Permit No. JLa W1217 1 Project No. 10 Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: or office use onl CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. "Please Print" King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 920247005001 Site Address: 320 Strander Blvd, Tukwila, WA 98188 Suite Number: N/A Floor: 1st Tenant Name: Bank of America New Tenant: [-].....Yes O ..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: Bank of America Address: 800 Fifth Avenue, 16th Floor, City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98104 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Gensler- Jeff Schmierer Address: 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 City: Oakland State: CA Zip: 94612 Phone: (510) 625-7476 Fax: Email: Jeff schmierer@gensler.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Andersen Construction- Frank Morris Address: P.O. Box 6712 City: Portland State: OR Zip: 97228 Phone: (253) 220-8870 Fax: (253) 277-3822 Contr Reg No.: ANDERC*907DN Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: BUS -0993455 H:-ApplicatioM roma-Applicmiau on Lim'2011 App%cations.Pvmit Application Rcviscd - it -9-t I Aoex Rcvi�cd: August 201 t bb ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Gensler Architect Name: Sidney Scarboro Address: 1200 6th Ave. #500 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98101 Phone: (206) 654-2111 Fax: Email: sidney—scarboro@gensler.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: N/A Engineer Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: N/A T-AlA OF -P<leK Address: City: �v State: L� Zip: Sjl Page t of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION —1.06-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 911,400 Existing Building Valuation: S 1,822,100 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK INCLUDES THE DEMO OF NON-BEARING PARTITIONS/DOORS, MILLWORK, FINISHES AND MINIMAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND LIGHTING. NEW CONSTRUCTION INCLUDES A REMODELED 24-HOUR ATM VESTIBULE, OFFICES, TELLERLINE, SIGNAGE, NON-BEARING PARTITIONS/DOORS, MILLWORK, FINISHES AND MECHANCIAL AND ELECTRICAL. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS, BREAKROOM, ELECTRICAL ROOM AND VAULT TO REMAIN. NO CHANGE IN USE OR OCCUPANCY. Will there be new rack storage? ❑..... Yes J& No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the follow6ng: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: 209 Compact: 0 Handicap: 2 Will there be a change in use? D....... Yes m....... No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTIONIHAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 ....... Sprinklers 0 ....... Automatic Fire Alarm D .......None ❑ .......Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? D ....... Yes 0 .......No If "yes, attach list of materials and storage Incatiow; on a separate 8-1/2"x 11 "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM D .......On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H' Applications Forms- Applications On Lme•2201 I Apphicstions%Pu it Apphicxion Revised -84-t I Axx Revised: August 2011 Page 2 of 4 bh Existing Interior Remodel. Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC Is, Floor 6,700 2 Floor P Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the follow6ng: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: 209 Compact: 0 Handicap: 2 Will there be a change in use? D....... Yes m....... No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTIONIHAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 ....... Sprinklers 0 ....... Automatic Fire Alarm D .......None ❑ .......Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? D ....... Yes 0 .......No If "yes, attach list of materials and storage Incatiow; on a separate 8-1/2"x 11 "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM D .......On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H' Applications Forms- Applications On Lme•2201 I Apphicstions%Pu it Apphicxion Revised -84-t I Axx Revised: August 2011 Page 2 of 4 bh PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMtrTION — 206433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): NO CHANGE TO PUBLIC WORKS. NOT CHANGE TO EXISTING PLUMBING AND SEWER Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila El ... Water District #125 ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Renton ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ... Valley View ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate [:1... Sewer Availability Provided Se tic System: El On-site Septic System —For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with AwDlication (mark boxes which app ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Bond El.. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) El., Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Hold Harmless —(SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) Proposed Acthrities (mark boxes that aanh'): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use- Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way ❑ Non Right -0f --way ❑ ❑ ...Total Cut cubic yards ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ _. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ ..Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection " Irrigation " Domestic Water " ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size.. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size............ WO # ❑ ...Deduct Wafer Meter Size " ❑ __.Sewer Main Extension.............Public ❑Private El[3...Water Main Extension.............Public E] Private ❑ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service .Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billine: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: city stag zip 9,.'•Applirmamu Forms-Applicmions On Lim:201 1 Applieatiom,Permit Application Revised - &9-1l.doa Rcviscd: August 2011 Page 3 of 4 bh i PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES —� Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUfLDING OWNER OR AUT-WORIZED AGENT: Date: / Print Name: 14 &'rl � - �y�V�S / �LL Day Telephone: �f f 5 + 3Z�`O�C>5 Mailing Address: �jl�O 11--v /t�t� X V AA-&" City statc Zip H..Appliutiom..Forms-Applicahoai On Line 2011 Appketions,Permh Application Rc�iscd - 8.9-1 Ldu Rcvixd: August 2011 bb Page 4 of 4 Date Paid: Tuesday, May 24, 2016 Paid By: MATIN NOORBAKHSH Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 086698 Printed: Tuesday, May 24, 2016 10:31 AM 1 of 1 "-f SY57EM5 DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID PermitTRAK $8,184.32 D16-0131 Address: 320 STRANDER BLVD Apn: 9202470050 $8,184.32 DEVELOPMENT $7,794.80 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $7,790.30 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE 8640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $389.52 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL + R9279 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $389.52 $8,184.32 Date Paid: Friday, August 26, 2016 Paid By: ANDERSEN CONSTRUCTION Pay Method: CHECK 308227 Printed: Friday, August 26, 2016 8:34 AM 1 of 1 V? SYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permitI� .INSPTCTiON N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 P�roy'e�ct: _ tN� aY 1CA T e of Inspection: t) i'Qr / e. Address: 3z0 <,>TV,�,b� p Date Called: Special Instructions: ate Wan d: a.m. / Z'3 1 p.m. rReque'sMr: 11T Phone No: zApproved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. LJ paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit�� INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 FlApproved per applicable codes. im Corrections required prior to approval. IInspector: /b w Iuate: /Z/2,?— - AV/ I REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit & 1 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF' TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Proj�� `�tAl` Type Inspection: Address: 520-5-MuiTify- Date Called: Special Instructions: 4CC "`�` Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. '—' paid at 6300 Southcenter�, Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD 3 Retain a copy with permit' ls f INSPZCTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request line (206) 438-9350 DApproved per applicable codes. 1:1 Corrections required prior to approval. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INS ION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 5outhcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 s: ATM 0 So;- ?30- 361617 - a.m. Approved per applicable codes. L, Corrections required prior to approval. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD 1-,),, _01 -?f Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pr ct: � AA -44 Or AW091C4 Typ�spection: I n)& - Address: ';20 A)bOe &-V Date Called: Special Instructions: Gnu, ©/-z-y Al Date Want d: a.m. .m. Request r. Phone N 1 - 2 u-- i 3v? Approved per applicable codes. 11 Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: . El REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. F ' INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit�� INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pro' t: Type Inspection: +' L—i'l. Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wan d a.m. Requester Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. 11 Corrections required prior to approval. 0 I' paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD s 1 Retain a copy with permit Fi6 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 DApproved per applicable codes. L, Corrections required prior to approval. I paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. r INSPECTION RECORD DI b - 013/ Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:rK� A Type of In (e I n: e/ ; !?� W Address: Suite #: We tl' Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. r COMMENTS: f i Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector>'.5r----z..r---�7 Date:31�,I Hrs.: i! $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: / G � n Type of Uisp ect ior[I� � G� Fl� AJ Address: � �� �J`]Ya nd�� Contact Person: Suite #: f+- L- Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. FICorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: F n f+- L- Permits: Occupancy Type: %%V/1 ` r 1V0l p L!Y[6 L 67 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: /,5'5 1Date: ZIZ Z /,,6 I Hrs.: j r ❑ $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. tsming Aaaress Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 i INSPECTION RECORD Df (o 0/S / Retain a copy with permit 16 - - I r INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: ° f7 Type of Inspection: Govlev_ Address: Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector;�� �s_ j Date: Hrs.: /. a ❑ $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. tsming waaress Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION RECORD /6-5> Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: -7151( /` t Type of Inspection: �(::�)V Q V— Address: Suite #: ,32-ce)�•.o�.e t(' Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: yApproved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. r COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: j Date: /13/1 I Hrs.: F] $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn:Com an Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Gensler Bank of America - Southcenter Branch Tukwila, WA �OLC Structural Calculatio CALCULATIONS INCLUDED: Pages 1 through 60 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION These calculations cover the design of cold -formed steel support framing for interior glass partition walls RECEIVED and anchorage of new ATMs at the Bank of Americ&TY OF TUKWILA Southcenter Branch located at 320 Strander Blvd. �AY242016 1Tff 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 KPFF Project No. 1600159 May 20, 2016 PERMIT CENTER 4/14/2016 Design Maps Summary Report j�M Design Maps Summary Report User -Specified Input Report Title BofA Southcenter Thu April 14, 2016 23:14:53 UTC Building Code Reference Document 2012 International Building Code (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 47.456110N, 122.25676°W Site Soil Classification Site Class D - "Stiff Soil" Risk Category I/II/III �.q E, Bun*Pi , ` 31enton VashorL sfATn1: T4 f')tr !`ji1 AIMRT j Des Moine% I USGS-Provided Output SS = 1.453 g SMS = 1.453 g S,= 0.541g SM,= 0.812g maplevalley 'Kent SDS = 0.968 g SD, = 0.541 g For information on how the SS and S1 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk -targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the "2009 NEHRP" building code reference document. MCE,R Response Spectrum 1.65-- 1.50-- 1.35-- 1.20-- 1.05-- 0.90 .651.501.351.201.050.90 0.75 0.60 0.45 0.30-- 0.15-- 0.00-1 .300.150.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 Period, T (sec) Design Response Spectrum l.lo l.ao 0.90-- 0.80-- 0.70-- CP .900.800.70CP 0.60 to 0.50 0.40- 0. 3 0 .400.30 - F_11 0.20-- 0.10-- 0.00-1 .200.100.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 Period, T (sec) Although this information is a product of the U.S. Geological Survey, we provide no warranty, expressed or implied, as to the Page 1 of 60 httpJ/ehp2-earthquake.wr.usgs.gav/designmaps/us/sum mary.php?template=minimal&latitude=47.456114Mongitude=-122.256756&siteclass=3&riskcategory=0... 1/2 project BofA - Southcenter Branch by CRH sheet no. 1q:Yff location Tukwila, WA data 4/14/16 client Gensler job no. 1601 Sth Avenue, Suite 1600 1600159 Seattle, WA 98101 206622-5822 EQ Forces on CFS Int Non-structural Walls Seismic Load (Ref ASCE 7-10,13.3) Sds 0.968 W 10.00 psf Ip 1.50 Wall located along egress pathway ap 1.00 Interior nonstructural walls other than Rp 2.50 plain unreinforced masonry walls Fp 6.97 psf (7Jh) = 1.0 0.7*Fp 4.88 psf << Use 5 psf (ASD) for CFS framing design Page 2 of 60 1600159 - Seismic Force on CFS Wall Framing.xlsx Q �s�} f ` sheet no. project kJ PCC — SbvT} f( 4�� J��i(� by QAW location1q)ff TV Y.W t�,A W A date 5141 1(y client �S� job no. 16075th Avenue, Suite 1600 JG 001St' Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 ol�7 q. -F, , I ( / SOS, O 1 Goli�— Fo$r►� ST 171. S3PPa�? F�(Lpw.tab- F:4tL GLASS PAvTirta'r--� WAU,S t SIvD kveJ� RAM 6�G fl,nr- (1) >A la -.-- 5 UiL�S ,k. �Zt pt P0. Z iztir, z 2V4A i rt5 !STV) L'T\J$ t: PFc l�S l�, fo Y o- It Y-K�ILQA, -Ta - (IAaF N AW\vOi r USS L3,3u M -0;g swor 'fo (W'p) o.-.'qS �s; qs- stews ATTA W QULG- TD RAF So% -T W( SIw+PSarr� 11;34, Cm Ps Page 3 of 60 rrproject &>P13 — n( by sheet no. �j IqP I I location 1V"%A 1A date 571 41 It. client job no. 1607 5th Avenue, Suite 7600 0 p I S q Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 CN- X-GIt*-. Agtr b`- (+ING- ST\JbS .� CAtr✓aWR3t� � �s� e Of- 7U'pb. MJZ� Z �'.4- �'-o') 'A g'-vY - 65, 3 s T — "2- s �,s9� TO, ok A3 - V, .0451 p , tib L 33 Lq. n = I rr' z ►, tiH (?,)4 ro sutozws mo 1,1034! s utaa'N,.rr Page 4 of 60 Project: BofA - Southcenter Model: Ref 8/S05.01 R1 2007 NASPEC [AISI S100] 6.50 ft Point Loads P1 Load(lb) 134 X-Dist.(ft) 7.50 Section : 362S162-33 Single C Stud (X-XAxis) Maxo = 440.9 Ft -Lb Moment of Inertia, I = 0.551 in^4 Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have not been modified for deflection calculations Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Center Span 134.0 0.304 107.1 None Right Cant. 134.0 0.304 107.1 None Distortional Buckling Check K -phi Lm Brac Ma -d Mmax/ Span Ib-in/in (in) Ft -Lb Ma -d Center Span 0.00 78.0 452.4 0.296 Right Cant. 0.00 12.0 470.0 0.285 Combined Bending and Web Crippling Reaction or Load Brng Pa Pn Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) (lb) R1 -20.6 1.00 165.2 289.1 R2 154.6 1.00 323.4 533.6 Pi 134.0 1.50 189.4 331.5 Combined Bending and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va Pt Load (lb) (Ft -Lb) Factor R1 20.6 0.0 1.00 R2 134.0 134.0 1.00 Pi 134.0 0.0 1.00 0 Date: 5/4/2016 P1 W R2 1.00 ft Fy = 33.0 ksi Va = 1023.6 Ib Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Deflection Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) (in) Ratio 394.2 0.272 0.039 U2021 440.9 0.243 0.036 U674 Mmax Intr. Stiffen (Ft -Lb) Value Req'd ? 0.0 0.06 No 134.0 0.45 No 0.0 0.37 No Intr. Intr. V/Va M/Ma Unstiffen Stiffen 0.02 0.00 0.02 NA 0.13 0.30 0.33 NA 0.13 0.00 0.13 NA Page 5 of 60 Project: BofA - Southcenter Model: Ref 8/S05.01 R1 2007 NASPEC [AISI S100] 10.67 ft Section: 362S162-33 Single C Stud (X-XAxis) Maxo = 440.9 Ft -Lb Moment of Inertia, I = 0.551 in^4 Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have not been modified for deflection calculations Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Center Span 0.0 0.000 0.0 None Distortional Bucklinq Check K -phi Lm Brac Ma -d Mmax/ Span Ib-in/in (in) Ft -Lb Ma -d Center Span 0.00 128.0 452.4 0.000 Combined Bending and Web Crippling Reaction or Load Brng Pa Pn Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) (lb) R1 0.0 1.00 165.2 289.1 R2 0.0 1.00 165.2 289.1 Combined Bendinq and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va Pt Load (lb) (Ft -Lb) Factor R1 0.0 0.0 1.00 R2 0.0 0.0 1.00 Combined Bendinq and Axial Load Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) 163.3 0.000 V/Va 0.00 0.00 Mmax (Ft -Lb) 0.0 0.0 Axial Ld Bracing (in) Max K -phi Lm Brac Span (lb) KyLy KtLt KL/r (in-Ib/in) (in) Center Span 220.0 (c) None None 208 0.0 128.0 Deflection (in) Ratio 0.000 uo Intr. 0 Date: 5/4/2016 0.00 No 0.00 R2 Fy = 33.0 ksi Va = 1023.6 Ib Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) 163.3 0.000 V/Va 0.00 0.00 Mmax (Ft -Lb) 0.0 0.0 Axial Ld Bracing (in) Max K -phi Lm Brac Span (lb) KyLy KtLt KL/r (in-Ib/in) (in) Center Span 220.0 (c) None None 208 0.0 128.0 Deflection (in) Ratio 0.000 uo Intr. Stiffen Value Req'd ? 0.00 No 0.00 No Intr. M/Ma Unstiffen 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Allow Ld (lb) P/Pa 561.9 (c) 0.39 Intr. Stiffen NA NA Page 6 of 60 Intr. Value 0.39 sheet no. project — ^�'�{� rr by IT location TL 1 1A date 15141 I �O client � job no. 16015th Avenue, Suite 7600 6 b p I S q Seattle, WA 98107 (206) 622-5822 IN- eLop&JLf X-64^L4t-4- 6r— (40N(- 'ST-\JbS 01 .� (At, AWp'Slk WS)c>t'j s 6w J*) pK. 10W A5 � ti X 07 oqsI z, p, 0 ;� L 33 k4" '1,103'x! 5 crtn�w (05C �3)* 10 S SS ) Page 7 of 60 Roof, • Rafter Connectors,and Straps H Hybrid Connectors Seismic & Hurricane Ties for Wood Truss or Joist -to -CFS Wall i fir. - - - --- ----------- P -- --- Designed to provide seismic and wind ties for wood trusses or joists -to -CFS a ,. �4 walls, this versatile line may be used for general purposes, strongback 19/16" attachments, and as all-purpose ties where one member crosses another. Allowable Uplift Loads HS24 attaches the bottom chord of a truss or rafter at pitches from 0:12 to ° 4:12 to steel top plates. Model Material: See table I ° e Finish: Galvanized. Selected products available in stainless steel or e (� ZMAX® coating. See Corrosion Information, pages 17-20. Code Installation: • Use all specked fasteners. See General Notes8hb^poa ° • H1 can be installed with flanges facing inward (reverse of illustration 1). Thickness • Hurricane ties do not replace solid blocking. ° • H3 and H6 ties are only shipped in equal quantities of rights and lefts. Ref. Codes: See page 11 for Code Report Reference Key Chart. Hi These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on Connector 1. Allowable loads on wood have been increased Fasteners 6 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no Allowable Uplift Loads further increase allowed; reduce where other reinforcement to resist such force should load duration factors govern, Model Material 5. H1 OS connectors can be installed 3/a" (max.) steel vertical stud members having a minimum from the center of the vertical stud per the 33 mll (20 ga.) (160) (Ibs.) Code I Provisions for reduced uplift of 890 lbs., No. Thickness To Rafters/ To To Stud Ref. OF/SP SPF/HF mil (ga.) Truss Top Track H1 43 (18ga) 6 - Sdx1Ys 3 - #10 1 1 -#10 600 500 t q H2A 43 (18ga) 5 - 8dx% 1 -#10 5 - #10 550 460 1 3 3 (18ga)4 - 8dx # 0 — 365 305 54 i — 8 0 ___950 170 172 lbs H7Z 54 mil (16) 4 Bdx1Yz 2 #10 B #10 985 845 (DL) HS24 43 (18ga) 8 - edxl)i 4 - #10 4 - #10 625 520 H10Ss 43 (18ga) 8 - 8dx1Yz 8 - #10 1 930 780 These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option. Check with Simpson Strong -Tie for details. 1. Allowable loads on wood have been increased 4. When cross -grain bending or cross -grain 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no tension cannot be avoided, mechanical further increase allowed; reduce where other reinforcement to resist such force should load duration factors govern, be considered. 2. Loads are based on attachment of cold -formed 5. H1 OS connectors can be installed 3/a" (max.) steel vertical stud members having a minimum from the center of the vertical stud per the thickness of 33 mil (20 ga). in-line framing specifications of the AISI General 3. Hurricane Ties are shown installed on the Provisions for reduced uplift of 890 lbs., outside of wall for clarity. Installation inside of provided that the screw edges are met. wall is acceptable. For Continuous Load Path, 6. See pages 65 through 81 for more information connections must be on same side of wall. on Simpson Strong Tie fasteners. 0 H1 Installation ®H6 Stud -to -Band - Joist Installation 0 © H2A Installation Use a minimum of two N8 nails this side of trus, (total four N8 nails into truss) " Eight screws into stud and two into top plate O H7Z Installation b � ♦ a ' I � 2'/4 lgs •�3 e , HS24 U.S. Patents 5,603,580 172 H2A H7Z © H3 Installation OH6 Stud -to -Top- . Plate Installation O HS24 Installation O H1 Page 8 of 6gn Straps & Ties The larger LTP5 spans subfloor at the top of the blocking or rim joist. The embossments enhance performance. The LTP4 Lateral Tie Plate transfers shear forces for top plate -to -rim joist or blocking connections. Nail holes are spaced to prevent wood splitting for single and double top plate applications. May be installed over plywood sheathing. The A35 anchor's exclusive bending slot allows instant, accurate field bends for all two- and three-way ties. Balanced, completely reversible design permits the A35 to secure a great variety of connections. MATERIAL: LTP4/LTP5-20 gauge; all others -18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAXO coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15. INSTALLATION: • Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. • A35—Bend one time only. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. D These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong -Tie for details. F7 These products are approved for installation with the Strong -Drive® SD Connector screw. See page 27 for more information. M 0 1/1 ml � 2 A34 3. o ° 1TPi o 0 00 4Y.' Pu�'i"E � o o e o � o � LTP4 Model No. Type of Connection Fasteners Direction of Load OF/SP Allowable Loads SPF/HF Allowable loads Code Ref. Floor Roof Floor Roof (100) (125) 1160) (100) (125) (160) A34 Q1 8-8dx1'/z F1 395 485 515 340 415 445 11,1, F2' 395 455 455 340 390 390 ❑2 9 8dx1'/ A"E 295 365 395 255 315 340 C1 210 210 210 180 180 180 A35 ❑3 12-8dx1'/ A2 295 365 380 255 315 325 L5 L18, F13 C2 295 365 370 255 315 320 D 230 230 230 200 200 200 ® 12 8dx1'/z Ft 595 695 695 510 600 600 F25 595 670 670 510 575 575 LTP4 Q5 12 8dx1'/z G 580 670 670 500 570 575 L51F13 H 580 600 600 500 515 515 LTP5 © 12-8dx1'/ G 580 620 620 500 535 535 IP1, L18,F25 H 545 545 545 470 470 470 1. Allowable loads are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 3". 2. Some illustrations show connections that could cause cross -grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In this case, mechanical reinforcement should be considered. 3. LTP4 can be installed over fie" wood structural panel sheathing with 8dx1'/ nails and achieve 0.72 of the listed load, or over'/' and achieve 0.64 of the listed load. 8d commons will achieve 100% load. 4. The LTP5 may be installed over wood structural panel sheathing up to Yi thick using 8dx1'/z nails with no reduction in load. 5. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve F2 loads in both directions. 6. NAILS: 8dx11/ = 0.131" dia. x 1'/' long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information. A35 SIMPSON Strong-'1•ie ri j a m ml0 m � CZ I 1 5'ie' o I a m — LTP5 Joists to Plate with A Leg Inside Studs to Plate with B Leg Outside Joists to Beams Ceiling Joists to Beam tA2 02 LTP4 Installed over Wood Structural Panel Sheathing LTP4 attaching Top Plates to Rim Joist E A35 ❑Z A35 0 © LTP5 lnsta rdlil36d Structural Panel Sheathing Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Project Descr: Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = and then using the "Printing & Section used for this span W6x16 Title Block" selection. Mu : Applied 1.015 k -ft Title Block Line 6 Mn * Phi: Allowable Printed: 4 MAY 2016, 9:16AM Steel Beam Load Combination ele = sAVARIOU-1.EC6 Load Combination Location of maximum on span ENERCALC, INC.883.2016, 81n1d:6.16.4.15, Ver.6.16.4.15 x.11 1. Span # where maximum occurs _ CONSULTING Description : BofA - Southcenter - Vestibule Girt (Seismic Only) Maximum Deflection CODE REFERENCES Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.121 in Ratio= Calculations per AISC 360-10, IBC 2012, ASCE 7-10 Max Upward Transient Deflection -0.121 in Ratio= Load Combination Set: ASCE 7-10 Max Downward Total Deflection 0.160 in Ratio= Material Properties Max Upward Total Deflection -0.082 in Ratio= Analysis Method: Load Resistance Factor Design Fy : Steel Yield: 50.0 ksi Beam Bracing : Completely Unbraced E: Modulus: 29,000.0 ksi Bending Axis: Minor Axis Bending W ().026 E O.Os Span = 10.833 ft W606 Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loading Uniform Load: W = 0.0250, E = 0.050 k/ft, Tributary Width =1.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = 0.080: 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = Section used for this span W6x16 Section used for this span Mu : Applied 1.015 k -ft Vu : Applied Mn * Phi: Allowable 12.713 k -ft Vn * Phi: Allowable Load Combination +1.20D+E Load Combination Location of maximum on span 5.417ft Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.121 in Ratio= 1,073 >=240. Max Upward Transient Deflection -0.121 in Ratio= 1,073 >=240. Max Downward Total Deflection 0.160 in Ratio= 813 >=240. Max Upward Total Deflection -0.082 in Ratio= 1578 >=240. MINEEM•� 0.004 :1 W6x16 0.3748 k 97.929 k +1.20D+E 0.000 ft Span # 1 Page 10 of 60 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Project Descr: and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Printed: 4MAY 2016, 9:16AM Steel Beam file=S:1VARIOU-1.EC6 ENERCALC, INC. 1983.2016, auild:6.16.4.15, Ver:6.16.4.15 KW -06007506 Licensee: KPFF CONSULTING ENGINEERS Description: BofA - Southcenter - Vestibule Girt (Seismic Only) O.E NEMBE6•••> 1,05 214 322 4.30 339 b,47 15 f164 9.71, 18) DsWce (ft) 141.AIM.01114126D+W 1+I.ZDD•W I+111))4E 1+11DD•E 105 211 322 430 339 6.17 Cdav A) I ilMf1.011141.Z6D+W 1 +1.ZDD-W 1 +l.'CD)4E I +1.:DD•E 0 °f5 U4 9J: 183 Page 11 of 60 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Project Descr: and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. I «te otocR une U Printed: 4MAY 2016, 9:16AM Steel Beam File =S:1VARIOU:TEEC6 ENERCALC, INC. 1983.2016, 804:6.16.4.15, Ver:6.16.4.15 Description: BofA - Southcenter- Vestibule Girt (Seismic Only) 01 0.0! WMBEF... > -(.0: 1117 ?.07 :1) 4H i 13 Q) 734 8.39 x,44 DsWce (ft) 1+)+H I+Dfl'+H I+FfifH 1 +D+E+H 1+D•E+H IW4niv II -W 1 Div 1 E4nly, 41 Page 12 of 60 10A Project: BofA Southcenter Model: VS05.01 2007 NASPEC [AISI 5100] Date: 5/4/2016 Design Loads Wall Lateral Pressure = 5.0 psf 2.5' RO Lateral Pressure: Head/Sill Only Lateral Element Forces multiplied by 1 for strength checks Lateral Forces multiplied by 1 for deflection determination Gravity Load at Header = 15 psf 10, Header (Vertical) Try 600S162-33 (33), (2) Boxed Design Load = 37.5 Ib/ft End Reaction = 187.5 Ib Header Moment Ratio (Vert.) = 0.25 Header Deflection (Vert.) = U1504 Use 600S162-33 (33), (2) Boxed 10, Header (Lateral) Try 362T150-43 (33), Single Header Moment Ratio (Lateral) = 0.93 Header Deflection (Lateral) = U289 Uniform Lateral Load = 31.3 Ib/ft End Reaction = 156.3 Ib Use 362T150-43 (33), Single Page 13 of 60 Screw Capacities Table Notes 1. Capacities based on AISI S100 Section E4. 2. When connecting materials of different steel thicknesses or tensile strengths, use the lowest values. Tabulated values assume two sheets of equal thickness are connected. 3. Capacities are based on Allowable Strength Design (ASD) and include safety factor of 3.0. 4. Where multiple fasteners are used, screws are assumed to have a center -to -center spacing of at least 3 times the nominal diameter (d). 5. Screws are assumed to have a center -of -screw to edge -of -steel dimension of at least 1.5 times the nominal diameter (d) of the screw. 6. Pull-out capacity is based on the lesser of pull-out capacity in sheet closest to screw tip or tension strength of screw. 7. Pull -over capacity is based on the lesser of pull -over capacity for sheet closest to screw header or tension strength of screw. 8. Values are for pure shear or tension loads. See AISI Section E4.5 for combined shear and pull -over. 9. Screw Shear (Pss), tension (Pts), diameter, and head diameter are from CFSEI Tech Note (F701-12). 10. Screw shear strength is the average value, and tension strength is the lowest value listed in CFSEI Tech Note (F701-12). 11. Higher values for screw strength (Pss, Pts), may be obtained by specifying screws from a specific manufacturer. Weld Capacities Table Notes 1. Capacities based on the AISI 5100 Specification Sections E2.4 for fillet welds and E2.5 for flare groove welds. 2. When connecting materials of different steel thicknesses or tensile strengths, use the lowest values. 3. Capacities are based on Allowable Strength Design (ASD). 4. Weld capacities are based on E60 electrodes. For material thinner than 68 mil, 0.030" to 0.035" diameter wire electrodes may provide best results. 5. Longitudinal capacity is considered to be loading in the direction of the length of the weld. 6. Transverse capacity is loading in perpendicular direction of the length of the weld. 7. For flare groove welds, the effective throat of weld is conservatively assumed to be less than 2t. 8. For longitudinal fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-1, E2.4-2, and E2.4-4 was used. 9. For transverse fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-3 and E2.4-4 was used. 30. For longitudinal flare groove welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.5-2 and E2.5-3 was used. Allowable Weld Capacity Flare Groove Welds Longitudinal Traramrse Fillet Welds Thickness Design Yield Tensile (Mils) Thickness (MQ (ksn Longitudinal Transverse 43 0.0451 33 45 499 864 544 663 Allowable Screw ConnectionCapacity 0.0566 33 45 626 1084 682 832 06 screw 0.0713 0.1017 33 33 #8 screw 789 1 1125 #10 Screw 859 .1 1048 .1 #12 Screw 0.0566 50 Yi ScreW Thickness (Mils) Design Thickness Yield (bQ Fu(Pss Tensile (imh `643lbs, Pts ■ 4191bs) 0.138" die, 0.272" Head (Psss 1278 lbs, Pts ■ 586Ibs) 0.164" die, 0.272" Head (Pass 1644Its, Pts ■ 1156 tbs) 0.190" dia, 0.340" Head (Pss= 2330 Rm Pts - 2325 %s) 0.216" die, 0.340" Head (Pss■ 3048 ibs, Pts ■ 3201 lbs) 0.250" die, OA09" Head 1972 1241 1514 Shear Pull -Out Pull -Over Shear Pull -Out Pull Over Shear Pull -Out Pull -Over Shear Pull -Out Pull -Over Shear Pull -Out Pull -Over 18 27 30 0.0188 0.0283 0.0312 33 33 33 33 33 33 44 82 95 24 37 40 84 127 140 48 89 103 29 43 48 84 127 140 52 96 111 33 50 55 105 159 175 55 102 118 38 57 63 105 159 175 60 110 127 44 66 73 127 191 211 11 33 43 0.0346 0.0451 33 33 45 45 151 214 61 79 140 140 164 244 72 94 195 195 263 84 109 265 345 188 280 95 124 265 345 203 302 110 144 318 415 54 0.0566 33 45 214 100 140 344 118 195 370 137 386 394 156 433 424 180 521 97 0.0713 0.1017 33 33 45 45 214 214 125 140 140 140 426 426 149 195 195 195 523 173 246 386 386 557 777 196 280 545 775 600 1,016 227 324 656 936 548 118 0.1242 33 45 214 140 140 426 195 195 548 301 386 777 342 775 1.016 396 1067 54 97 118 0.0566 0.0713 0.1017 0.1242 50 50 50 50 65 65 65 65 214 214 214 214 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 426 426 426 426 171 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 534 548 548 548 198 249 356 386 386 386 386 386 569 777 777 777 225 284 405 494 625L6368 775 775 775 328 468 572 948 1,067 1.067 Weld Capacities Table Notes 1. Capacities based on the AISI 5100 Specification Sections E2.4 for fillet welds and E2.5 for flare groove welds. 2. When connecting materials of different steel thicknesses or tensile strengths, use the lowest values. 3. Capacities are based on Allowable Strength Design (ASD). 4. Weld capacities are based on E60 electrodes. For material thinner than 68 mil, 0.030" to 0.035" diameter wire electrodes may provide best results. 5. Longitudinal capacity is considered to be loading in the direction of the length of the weld. 6. Transverse capacity is loading in perpendicular direction of the length of the weld. 7. For flare groove welds, the effective throat of weld is conservatively assumed to be less than 2t. 8. For longitudinal fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-1, E2.4-2, and E2.4-4 was used. 9. For transverse fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-3 and E2.4-4 was used. 30. For longitudinal flare groove welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.5-2 and E2.5-3 was used. -WWU capau,y,or nm,anai m acnrss grearer man u.1u requires engmeerrngjuogmenr ro oerermine leg or weios, WI ano WL PBggel4 of 69 Allowable Weld Capacity Flare Groove Welds Longitudinal Traramrse Fillet Welds Thickness Design Yield Tensile (Mils) Thickness (MQ (ksn Longitudinal Transverse 43 0.0451 33 45 499 864 544 663 54 0.0566 33 45 626 1084 682 832 68 97 0.0713 0.1017 33 33 45 45 789 1 1125 1365 1269 859 .1 1048 .1 54 0.0566 50 65905 1566 985 1202 68 0.0713 50 65 1140 1972 1241 1514 97 0.1017 50 65 12691 1269 1 -WWU capau,y,or nm,anai m acnrss grearer man u.1u requires engmeerrngjuogmenr ro oerermine leg or weios, WI ano WL PBggel4 of 69 project BofA - Southcenter Branch by CRH sheet no. 1qJff location Tukwila, WA date 4/19/16 client Gensler job no. 1601 5th Avg nue, Suite 1600 1600159 Seattle, WA 96101 206 62 2-5822 OH Coiling Door Seismic Forces Equipment Geomet W 292 in Width H 120 in Height SW 940 lbs Self weight Seismic Load (Ref ASCE 7-10,13.3) Sds 0.968 Fp 660 Ibs Fpv 190 Ibs W 940 lbs 0.7*Fp 462 lbs 0.7*Fp 133 lbs Ip 1.50 ap 1.00 Interior Nonstructural Walls & Partitions, Rp 2.50 All other walls and partitions z/h 1.00 Equipment Anchor Forces Vmax 168 Ibs Maximum shear force in anchor 00 2.5 Overstrength Factor Qo*Vmax 420 Ibs Maximum shear force in anchor w/ Overstrength Page 15 of 60 Anchorage Forces.xtsx Mounting Reference Detail for Between Jamb Mounted Rolling Grilles PLAN VIEW CORNIELL R".26 T5 - S2 / 4.2 SAFEAND SECl/RE OComeA l on Works Clearance dimensions shown 13"-21 14 3/4" reference minimum to maximum requirements. See " Note #1 Hood supports as required, based on unit width 51/2"- (Necessary ongelvanizedlaods 51/2"- REFERENCE ONLY 6 1/2" over 14'-0• tong and Stainless Steel 61/2 " R.H. FRONT OF COIL end Aluminum Hoods over D' bng) MG OPERATOR L.H. OPERATION AVAILABLE LU HDOD f� r • �Qu M SPRING ii vADJUSTOR I I r OPTIONAL I 1 (V d FASCIA y I t wF- F- W STOPPERS ALUMINUM ROLLING GRILLE Z) V9 VISIONAIREt�I DESIGN I 4� 1 1 MINIMUM w 2 w i CEILING LINE SLOT IN CEILING 0 X MOTOR AND FULL COIL ACCESS REQUIRED i i z = 8 o ~ (NOT BY C.I.W.) i i fY Oi i z a �I LUZ �, W o Z W a.O CHAIN KEEPER AUXILIARY PADLOCK NOT BY C.I.W. HAND CHAIN - MAX. 114"0 SHANK SECTION VIEW I. INTERIOR ELEVATION (COIL SIDE) "Notes: Wall 1.) These details are to be used for mounting set up _ reference only[ Clearance dimensions will vary based ® ® on door size, material, operator selection, operator ® ® mounting position, etc. x 2.) For specific details configured to door opening size and properties, please go on to our website at www.comelliron.com and click on "Security Grilles" DISTANCE See pages T5 -S2 / 4.4 & 4.5 then "Drawings" and follow the prompts to generate BETWEEN GUIDES for guide detail drawings. unit specific details. Or, contact our Engineering Services department at 800.233.8366 ext. 551. OPENING WIDTH 3.) 7" Required with Sensing Edge PLAN VIEW CORNIELL R".26 T5 - S2 / 4.2 SAFEAND SECl/RE OComeA l on Works 16 V o (D �U} V C C L0 � N U m .� r h� V pd o 4)d N 1 ui � 0 d Q 'o U U ujO Z0 conm � � a w N ILIX Z ~ Q cn m Q 3 --------------------------- --------------- -= ------ -- LgLu ----------- ------------- (�� L N N $ e � m •--+ I�— .M -z Z �Q ..4/£-£Z/l-Z C0 z � i r --i z hal Y 1 O � 'Cd m w O ^� I --i z z U w mmm di U Q �n F m rC O O D age 11 of 60 VistaGardTm Grille -Weight Chart CLEAR POLYCARBONATE PANELS; Aluminum rods on 3" centers with standard material $ finish components 6'-0" 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 14'-0" 16'-0" x 0 3 18'-0" 20'-0" 22'- 0" 26'- 0" 28'- 0" 30' - 0" 321-011 HEIGHT 6'-0" 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 14'-0" 16'-0" 470 510 560 610 650 680 520 580 620 680 730 770 580 620 680 740 820 860 620 680 750 830 890 950 680 740 810 900 970 1050 720 790 880 960 1070 1130 790 860 940 1050 1140 1210 830 910 1010 1120 1220 1300 880 9801080 1490 1620 1720 930 1350 1510 1600 1730 1840 1350 1490 1560 1690 1820 1990 1480 1600 1740 1850 2390 2500 1800 1890 2430 2620 2740 2890 2340 2430 2620 2720 2900 3040 Add 125 lbs. for Motor Operation. Rev. 26 SAFE AND SECURE T5 - S2 / 7.4 © Cornell Iron Works Page 18 of 60 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: I IIIc DIULA LIIIC U Printed: 4MAY 2016, 8:58AM Steel Column File =s3VARIQuwf.EC6 ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2016, Build:6.16.4.15, Vec6.16.4.15 Description : BofA - Southoenter - Roll -Down Grille Support Post - HSS Code References Calculations per AISC 360-10, IBC 2012, CBC 2013, ASCE 7-10 Load Combinations Used: ASCE 7-10 General Information Steel Section Name : HSS4x4x1/4 Overall Column Height 12.0 ft Analysis Method : Load Resistance Factor Top & Bottom Fixity Top & Bottom Pinned Steel Stress Grade Brace condition for deflection (buckling) along columns: Fy : Steel Yield 50.0 ksi X -X (width) axis: E : Elastic Bending Modulus 29,000.0 ksi Unbraced Length for X -X Axis buckling =12.0 ft, K =1.0 Y -Y (depth) axis: Unbraced Length for Y -Y Axis buckling = 12.0 ft, K =1.0 Applied Loads Column self weight included : 146.520 lbs * Dead Load Factor AXIAL LOADS ... Axial Load at 10.50 ft, D = 0.8150 k Axial Load at 10.50 ft, D = 0.1250 k BENDING LOADS ... Lat. Point Load at 10.50 ft creating Mx -x, W = 0.510, E = 0.660 k DESIGN SUMMARY Bending & Shear Check Results PASS Max. Axial+Bending Stress Ratio = 0.1502 :1 Load Combination +1.394D+0.50L+0.20S+E+1.60H Location of max.above base 10.470 ft At maximum location values are ... Pu 1.514 k 0.9 * Pn 78.676 k Mu -x 2.473 k -ft 0.9 * Mn -x: 17.588 k -ft Mu -y 0.0 k -ft 0.9 * Mn -y: 17.588 k -ft PASS Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = 0.02113 Load Combination +1.394D+0.50L+0.20S-E+1.60H Location of max.above base 10.550 At maximum location values are ... Vu : Applied 0.7312 Vn * Phi: Allowable 34.611 Load Combination Results Load Combination +1.40D+10H +1.20D+0.50Lr+1.60L+1.60H +1.20D+1.60L+0.50S+1.60H +1.20D+1.60Lr+0.50L+1.60H +1.20D+1.60Lr+0.50W+1.60H +1.20D+1.60Lr-0.50W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50L+1.60S+1.60H +1.20 D+ 1.60S+0.50W+1.60 H +1.20D+1.60S-0.50W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50Lr+0.50L+W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50Lr+0.50L-W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50L+0.50S+W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50L+0.50S-W+1.60H +1.394D+0.50L+0.20S+E+1.60H Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Maximum SERVICE Load Reactions . . Top along X -X 0.0 k Bottom along X -X 0.0 k Top along Y -Y 0.5775 k Bottom along Y -Y 0.1680 k Maximum SERVICE Load Deflections ... Along Y -Y 0.1358 in at 6.846ft above base for load combination :+D+0.70E+H Along X -X 0.0 in at 0.0ft above base for load combination : Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratio Status Stress Ratios __Location Maximum Shear Ratios Stress Ratio Status Location 0.102 PASS 10.47 ft 0.004 PASS 0.00 ft 0.087 PASS 10.47 ft 0.004 PASS 0.00 it 0.087 PASS 10.47 ft 0.004 PASS 0.00 ft 0.087 PASS 10.47 ft 0.004 PASS 0.00 ft 0.106 PASS 10.47 ft 0.005 PASS 0.00 ft 0.068 PASS 10.47 ft 0.010 PASS 10.55 ft 0.087 PASS 10.47 ft 0.004 PASS 0.00 ft 0.106 PASS 10.47 ft 0.005 PASS 0.00 ft 0.068 PASS 10.47 ft 0.010 PASS 10.55 ft 0.125 PASS 10.47 ft 0.009 PASS 10.55 ft 0.049 PASS 10.47 ft 0.017 PASS 10.55 ft 0.125 PASS 10.47 ft 0.009 PASS 10.55 ft 0.049 PASS 10.47 ft 0.017 PASS 10.55 ft 0.150 PASS 10.47 ft 0.012 PASS 10.55 ft Page 19 of 60 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Project Descr: and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Printed: 4MAY 2016, 8:58AM Steel Column pile=SAuARIou-1106 ENERCALC, INC.1983.2016, Build:6.16.4.15, Ver.6.16.4.15 i.000.CONSULTING Description : BofA - Southcenter - Roll -Down Grille Support Post - HSS Load Combination Results Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratios Maximum Shear Ratios Load Combination Stress Ratio Status Location Stress Ratio Status Location +1.394D+0.50L+0.20S-E+1.60H 0.062 PASS 10.55 ft 0.021 PASS 10.55 ft +0.90D+W+0.90H 0.103 PASS 10.47 ft 0.010 PASS 10.55 ft +0.90D-W+0.90H 0.046 PASS 10.55 ft 0.016 PASS 10.55 ft +0.7064D+E+0.90H 0.100 PASS 10.47 ft 0.014 PASS 10.55 ft +0.7064D-E+0.90H 0.055 PASS 10.55 ft 0.019 PASS 10.55 ft Maximum Reactions Note: Only non -zero reactions are listed. X -X Abs Reaction Y -Y Abs Reaction Axial Reaction Load Combination @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top @ Base +D+H k -0.110 -0.110 k 1.087 k +D+L+H k -0.110 -0.110 k 1.087 k +D+Lr+H k -0.110 -0.110 k 1.087 k +D+S+H k -0.110 -0.110 k 1.087 k +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H k -0.110 -0.110 k 1.087 k +D+0.750L+0.750S+H k -0.110 -0.110 k 1.087 k +D+0.60W+H k -0.149 0.157 k 1.087 k +D-0.60W+H k -0.072 -0.378 k 1.087 k +D+0.70E+H k -0.168 0.294 k 1.087 k +D-0.70E+H k -0.053 -0.515 k 1.087 k +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H k -0.139 0.091 k 1.087 k +D+0.750Lr+0.750L-0.450W+H k -0.082 -0.311 k 1.087 k +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H k -0.139 0.091 k 1.087 k +D+0.750L+0.750S-0.450W+H k -0.082 -0.311 k 1.087 k +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H k -0.154 0.193 k 1.087 k +D+0.750L+0.750S-0.5250E+H k -0.067 -0.413 k 1.087 k +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H k -0.104 0.202 k 0.652 k +0.60D-0.60W+0.60H k -0.028 -0.334 k 0.652 k +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H k -0.124 0.338 k 0.652 k +0.60D-0.70E+0.60H k -0.008 -0.470 k 0.652 k D Only k -0.110 -0.110 k 1.087 k Lr Only k k k L Only k k k S Only k k k W Only k -0.064 0.446 k k -W k 0.064 -0.446 k k E Only k -0.083 0.578 k k E Only * -1.0 k 0.083 -0.578 k k H Only k k k Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Load Combination Max. X -X Deflection _ Distance Max. Y -Y Deflection Distance +D+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.088 in 6.765 It +D+L+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.088 in 6.765 ft +D+Lr+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.088 in 6.765. ft +D+S+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.088 in 6.765 It +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.088 in 6.765 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.088 in 6.765 ft +D+0.60W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.120 in 6.846 ft +D-0.60W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.056 in 6.765 ft +D+0.70E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.136 in 6.846 ft +D-0.70E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.040 in 6.685 It +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.112 in 6.846 ft +D+0.750Lr+0.75OL-0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.064 in 6.765 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.112 in 6.846 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S-0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.064 in 6.765 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.124 in 6.846 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S-0.5250E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.052 in 6.765 It +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.085 in 6.846 It Page 20 of 60 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Project Descr: and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Printed: 4MAY 2016, B:58AM Steel Column File =SVARlou-1.EC ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2016, 8owlt:6.16.4.15, Ver.6.16.4.15 KW-06007506CONSULTING Description : BofA - Southcenter - Roll -Down Grille Support Post - HSS Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Load Combination Max. X -X Deflection Distance Max. Y -Y Deflection Distance +0.60D-0.60W+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.021 in 6.685 it +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.101 in 6.846 It +0.60D-0.70E+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.005 in 5.960 it D Only 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.088 in 6.765 It Lr Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 it L Only 0.0000 in 0.000 it 0.000 in 0.000 it S Only 0.0000 in 0.000 it 0.000 in 0.000 It +0.60W 0.0000 in 0.000 it 0.032 in 6.926 It 460W 0.0000 in 0.000 ft -0.032 in 6.926 It E Only 0.0000 in 0.000 it 0.069 in 6.926 it E Only . -1.0 0.0000 in 0.000 ft -0.069 in 6.926 it H Only 0.0000 in 0.000 it 0.000 in 0.000 it Steel Section_ Properties : HSS4x4x114 Depth = 4.000 in I xx = 7.80 in^4 J = 12.800 in"4 S xx = 3.90 in^3 Width = 4.000 in R xx = 1.520 in Wall Thick = 0.250 in Zx = 4.690 in^3 Area = 3.370 in^2 1 y = 7.800 in^4 C = 6.560 in^3 Weight = 12.210 plf S yy = 3.900 in^3 R yy = 1.520 in Ycg = 0.000 in XLoad 2 )(Load 1 M -x Loads 6.6160k 0.1260k I I o u t m d 2 1 Loads are total entered value. Arrows do not reflect absolute direction. Page 21 of 60 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Project Descr: and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Printed: 4MAY 2016, 9:OOAM Steel Column File =SWARlou-LECs ENERCALC, INC. 1963.2016, Build:6.16.4.15, Ver.6.16A.15 Description : BofA - Southcenter - Roll -Down Grille Support Post - MC6 Code References Calculations per AISC 360-10, IBC 2012, CBC 2013, ASCE 7-10 Load Combinations Used: ASCE 7-10 General Information Steel Section Name: Analysis Method : Steel Stress Grade Fy : Steel Yield E : Elastic Bending Modulus Applied Loads MC6x12 Overall Column Height 11.0 ft Load Resistance Factor Top & Bottom Fixity Top & Bottom Pinned Brace condition for deflection (buckling) along columns 36.0 ksi X -X (width) axis: 29,000.0 ksi Unbraced Length for X -X Axis buckling =11.0 it, K =1.0 Y -Y (depth) axis: Unbraced Length for Y -Y Axis buckling = 11.0 ft, K =1.0 Column self weight included : 132.0 lbs * Dead Load Factor PASS AXIAL LOADS ... 0.141 Axial Load at 10.50 It, D = 0.8150 k 10.48 ft Axial Load at 10.50 ft, D = 0.1250 k PASS BENDING LOADS... 0.141 Lat. Point Load at 10.50 ft creating Mx -x, W = 0.510, E = 0.660 k 10.48 ft DESIGN SUMMARY_ PASS Bending $ Shear Check Results 0.133 PASS Max. Axial+Bending Stress Ratio = 0.1851 :1 Load Combination +1.394D+0.50L+0.20S+E+1.60H Location of max.above base 10.483 ft At maximum location values are ... PASS Pu 1.494 k 0.9 * Pn 23.991 k Mu -x 2.280 k -ft 0.9 * Mn -x: 14.812 k -ft Mu -y 0.0 k -ft 0.9 * Mn -y: 4.450 k -ft PASS Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = 0.02713 Load Combination +1.394D+0.50L+0.20S-E+1.60H Location of max.above base 10.557 ft At maximum location values are ... Vu : Applied 0.8175 k Vn * Phi: Allowable 30.132 k Load Combination Results Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratios Load Combination Stress Ratio Status Location +1.40D+1.60H +1.20D+0.50Lr+1.60L+1.60H +1.20D+1.60L+0.50S+1.60H +1.20D+1.60Lr+0.50L+1.60H +1.20D+1.60Lr+0.50W+1.60H +1.20 D+1.60Lr-0.50W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50L+1.60S+1.60H +1.20D+1.60S+0.50W+1.60H +1.20D+1.60S-0.50W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50Lr+0.50L+W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50Lr+0.50L-W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50L+0.50S+W+1.60H +1.20D+0.50L+0.50S-W+1.60H +1.394D+0.50L+0.20S+E+1.60H 0.165 PASS 10.48 ft 0.141 PASS 10.48 ft 0.141 PASS 10.48 ft 0.141 PASS 10.48 ft 0.149 PASS 10.48 ft 0.133 PASS 10.48 ft 0.141 PASS 10.48 ft 0.149 PASS 10.48 ft 0.133 PASS 10.48 ft 0.157 PASS 10.48 ft 0.125 PASS 10.48 ft 0.157 PASS 10.48 ft 0.125 PASS 10.48 ft 0.185 PASS 10.48 ft Maximum SERVICE Load Reactions . . Top along X -X 0.0 k Bottom along X -X 0.0 k Top along Y -Y 0.630 k Bottom along Y -Y 0.1555 k Maximum SERVICE Load Deflections ... 0.00 ft Along Y -Y 0.04233 in at 6.349ft above base for load combination :+D+0.70E+H 0.005 Along X -X 0.0 in at O.Oft above base for load combination : PASS Maximum Shear Ratios Stress Ratio_ Status Location 0.006 PASS 0.00 ft 0.005 PASS 0.00 ft 0.005 PASS 0.00 ft 0.005 PASS 0.00 ft 0.006 PASS 0.00 ft 0.013 PASS 10.56 It 0.005 PASS 0.00 ft 0.006 PASS 0.00 ft 0.013 PASS 10.56 ft 0.011 PASS 10.56 ft 0.022 PASS 10.56 ft 0.011 PASS 10.56 It 0.022 PASS 10.56 ft 0.015 PASS 10.56 ft Page 22 of 60 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Protect Descr: and then using the "Printing & PASS Title Block" selection. 0.122 Title Block Line 6 Printed: 4MAY 2016, 9:OOAM Steel ColumnFile=s:IVARIou-1.EC6 PASS 10.56 ft ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2016, Buikt:6.16.4.16. Ver.6.16.4.15 Description : BofA - Southcenter - Roll -Down Grille Support Post - MC6 Load Combination Results Load Combination +1.394 D+0.50L+0.20S-E+1.60 H +0.90D+W+0.90H +0.90D-W+0.90H +0.7064D+E+0.90H +0.7064D-E+0.90H Maximum Reactions Load Combination +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D-0.60W+H +D+0.70E+H +D-0.70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H +D+0.750Lr+0.75OL-0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S-0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +D+0.750 L+0.750 S-0.5250 E+H +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H +0.60D-0.60W+0.60H +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H +0.60D-0.70E+0.60H D Only Lr Only L Only S Only W Only -W E Only E Only' -1.0 H Only Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratio Status Stress Ratios Location Maximum Shear Ratios Stress Ratio Status Location 0.143 PASS _ 10.48 ft 0.027 PASS 10.56 ft 0.122 PASS 10.48 ft 0.012 PASS 10.56 ft 0.089 PASS 10.48 ft 0.020 PASS 10.56 ft 0.104 PASS 10.48 ft 0.018 PASS 10.56 ft 0.062 PASS 10.48 ft 0.024 PASS 10.56 ft 0.0000 in +D+0.750Lr+0.75OL-0.450W+H 0.0000 Note: Only non -zero reactions are listed. X -X Abs Reaction in Y -Y Axis Reaction 0.0000 Axial Reaction @ Base @ Top in @ Base @ Top 0.0000 @ Base Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Load Combination Max. X -X Deflection +D+H 0.0000 in +D+L+H 0.0000 in +D+Lr+H 0.0000 in +D+S+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.0000 in +D+0.60W+H 0.0000 in +D-0.60W+H 0.0000 in +D+0.70E+H 0.0000 in +D-0.70E+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750Lr+0.75OL-0.450W+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750L+0.750S-0.450W+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 0.0000 in +D+0.750L+0.750S-0.5250E+H 0.0000 in +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.0000 in k -0.135 -0.135 k 1.072 k k -0.135 -0.135 k 1.072 k k -0.135 -0.135 k 1.072 k k -0:135 -0.135 k 1.072 k k -0.135 -0.135 k 1.072 k k -0.135 -0.135 k 1.072 k k -0.148 0.158 k 1.072 k k -0.121 -0.427 k 1.072 k k -0.156 0.306 k 1.072 k k -0.114 -0.576 k 1.072 k k -0.145 0.085 k 1.072 k k -0.124 -0.354 k 1.072 k k -0.145 0.085 k 1.072 k k -0.124 -0.354 k 1.072 k k -0.150 0.196 k 1.072 k k -0.119 -0.465 k 1.072 k k -0.095 0.211 k 0.643 k k -0.067 -0.373 k 0.643 k k -0.102 0.360 k 0.643 k k -0.060 -0.522 k 0.643 k k -0.135 -0.135 k 1.072 k k k k k k k k k k k -0.023 0.487 k k k 0.023 -0.467 k k k -0.030 0.630 k k k 0.030 -0.630 k k k k k Distance Page 23 of 60 Max. Y -Y Deflection Distance 0.000 ft 0.037 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.037 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.037 in 6.349 It 0.000 ft 0.037 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.037 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.037 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.040 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.033 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.042 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.031 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.039 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.034 in 6.349 It 0.000 ft 0.039 in 6.349 ft 0.000 It 0.034 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.041 in 6.349 It 0.000 It 0.032 in 6.349 ft 0.000 ft 0.026 in 6.349 It Distance Page 23 of 60 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can changes this area Engineer: Project ID: using the "Settings" menu item Project Descr: and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Printed: 4MAY 2016, 9OOAM Steel Column File=s:IVARIou-1.EC6 I NERCALC, INC. 1983.2016, Buikl:6.16.4.15, V".16.4.15 KW-06007506 Licensee., KPFF CONISULTINGE"NIE� Description : BofA - Southoenter - Roll-Down Grille Support Post - MC6 Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations _ Load Combination Max. X-X Deflection Distance Max. Y-Y Deflection Distance +0.60D-0.60W+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.018 in 6.349 It +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 it 0.028 in 6.349 it +0.60D-0.70E+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.016 in 6.349 ft D Only 0.0000 in 0.000 it 0.037 in 6.349 ft Lr Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft L Only 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.000 in 0.000 It S Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +0.60W 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.004 in 6.349 It -0.60W 0.0000 in 0.000 it -0.004 in 6.349 It E Only 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.008 in 6.349 It E Only . -1.0 0.0000 in 0.000 It -0.008 in 6.349 it H Only 0.0000 in 0.000 It 0.000 in 0.000 it Steel Section Properties : MC6x12 Depth = 6.000 in I xx = 18.70 inA4 J = 0.155inA4 Web Thick = 0.310 in S xx = 6.24 inA3 Cw = 11.30 inA6 Flange Width = 2.500 in R xx = 2.300 in Ro = 2.800 in Flange Thick = 0.375 in Zx = 7.470 inA3 H = 0.740 in Area = 3.530 inA2 I yy = 1.850 inA4 Weight = 12.000 plf S yy = 1.030 inA3 Wno = 4.120 inA2 Kdesign = 0.875 in R yy = 0.724 in Sw = 1.130 inA4 Zy = 1.970 1nA3 Qf = 2.310 inA3 its = 0.856 in QW = 3.700 inA3 Ycg = 0.000 in Wn2 = 2.460 Xcg = 0.704 in Sw2 = 0.723 Xp = 0.294 in Sw3 = 0.354 Eo = 0.000 in xLoad 2 0.815M M-x Loads 8.1355k __ xLoad 1 C p! III o o X • ---_ �In Loads are total entered value. Arrows do not reflect absolute direction. Page 24 of 60 u =� I I WE ;n www.hiltl.us Profis Anchor 2.6.5 Company: KPFF Page: 1 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 1600159 - 8/SO4.01 Phone I Fax: Date: 5/4/2016 E -Mail: Specifier's comments: OH Grille Support Post Anchorage 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 1/2 (2) ;-- - Effective embedment depth: hef,af = 2.000 in., hnom = 2.375 in. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR -1917 Issued I Valid: 2/22/2016 15/11/2017 Proof: Design method ACI 318-11 / Mech. Stand-off installation: eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 0.375 in. Anchor plate: Ix x ly x t = 3.000 in. x 3.000 in. x 0.375 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete, 4000, fc = 4000 psi; h = 4.000 in. Installation: hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (D.3.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (D.3.3.5.3 (c)) Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] X Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility) PROFIS Anchor (c) 20032009 HIM AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hlltl Is a registered Trademark of Hilt! AG, Schaan Page 25 of 60 www.hiltl.us Company: KPFF Specifier: CRH Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 0 420 420 0 max. concrete compressive strain: - IN max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] 3 Tension load Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: ri u!nWE ;I Profis Anchor 2.6.5 2 BofA Southcenter 1600159 - 8/SO4.01 5/4/2016 Load N„a [lb] Capacity 4Nn [lb] Utilization PN = N„a/4Nn Status Steel Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength** N/A N/A N/A N/A * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilt AG, FL -9494 Schaan Kill is a registered Trademark of Hilt! AG, Schaan Page 26 of 60 www.hiltl.us Profs Anchor 2.6.5 Company: KPFF Page: 3 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 1600159 - 8/SO4.01 Phone I Fax: Date: 5/4/2016 E -Mail: 4 Shear load * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength V"'eq = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 0 Vsteel Z Vua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables Ase,y [in .2] fats [psi] 0.10 106000 Calculations Vsa.eq [lb] 5495 Results Vsa,eq [lb] Osteel �nonductils Vsa [lb] Vua [lb] 5495 0.650 1.000 3572 420 4.2 Pryout Strength ANc Vcp _ '(.p[(ANCO ) Wed,N Wc,N Wcp,N Nb � 0 Vcp z Vua ANc see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) A ^NCO = 9 hef 1 Wac,N -1 + 2 e s 1.0 3 hef Wed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 Qa, )!g 1.0 1.5hef W,,N = MAX( cacn 1 Cac 5 1.0 II,, `��Cac ' Cac J Nb = ^c X. VTc hef5 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-40) ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Variables Load Vua [lb] Capacity #n [lb] Utilization ]3v = Vaal#V Status Steel Strength* 420 3572 12 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength** 420 2129 20 OK Concrete edge failure in direction ** N/A N/A N/A N/A * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength V"'eq = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 0 Vsteel Z Vua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables Ase,y [in .2] fats [psi] 0.10 106000 Calculations Vsa.eq [lb] 5495 Results Vsa,eq [lb] Osteel �nonductils Vsa [lb] Vua [lb] 5495 0.650 1.000 3572 420 4.2 Pryout Strength ANc Vcp _ '(.p[(ANCO ) Wed,N Wc,N Wcp,N Nb � 0 Vcp z Vua ANc see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) A ^NCO = 9 hef 1 Wac,N -1 + 2 e s 1.0 3 hef Wed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 Qa, )!g 1.0 1.5hef W,,N = MAX( cacn 1 Cac 5 1.0 II,, `��Cac ' Cac J Nb = ^c X. VTc hef5 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-40) ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Variables kcp hef [!n•] ec1,N [in.] ec2N [In.] ca,min [in.] . 1 2.000 0.000 0.000 Wc,N cac [in.] ^c %a fc [psi] 1.000 5.500 17 1.000 4000 Calculations ANc [in 2] AN.0 [in•2] Wec1,N Wec2,N Wed,N Wcp N Nb [ib] 36.00 36.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 3041 Results Vcp [lb] Oconcrete Oseismic Ononductile Vcp [lb] Vua [Ib] 3041 0.700 1.000 1.000 2129 420 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilt AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of HIIti AG, Schaan Page 27 of 60 www.hiiti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.5 Company: KPFF Page: 4 Specifier: CRH. Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 1600159 - 8/SO4.01 Phone I Fax: I Date: 5/4/2016 E -Mail: 5 Warnings • Load re -distributions on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the loading! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The 4) factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI 318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-11 Appendix D, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (b), Part D.3.3.4.3 (c), or Part D.3.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.3 (a), Part D.3.3.5.3 (b), or Part D.3.3.5.3 (c). • Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) / part D.3.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Part D.3.3.4.3 (c) / part D.3.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) / part D.3.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by no. • Hilti post -installed anchors shall be installed in accordance with the H!Iti Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). Reference ACI 318-11, Part D.9.1 Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibliv PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 HIM AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt! is a registered Trademark of Hlltl AG, Schaan Page 28 of 60 www.hilti.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 6 Installation data KPFF CRH 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 I Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No Date: QI ELI ;I im ■ Profis Anchor 2.6.5 5 BofA Southcenter 1600159 - 8/SO4.01 5/4/2016 Anchor plate, steel: - Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 1/2 (2) Profile: no profile Installation torque: 480.001 in.ib Hole diameter in the fixture: df = 0.563 in. Hole diameter in the base material: 0.500 in. Plate thickness (input): 0.375 in. Hole depth in the base material: 2.625 in. Recommended plate thickness: not calculated Minimum thickness of the base material: 4.000 in. Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. 6.1 Recommended accessories • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit Coordinates Anchor in. Cleaning • Manual blow-out pump y 1-500 1 snn • Torque wrench • Hammer Anchor x y c -x Cft c-, c,,, 1 0.000 0.000 - - - - Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 20032009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan Page 29 of 60 0 0 U1 U� 00 IQ Ui 1.500 1.500 Anchor x y c -x Cft c-, c,,, 1 0.000 0.000 - - - - Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 20032009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan Page 29 of 60 I I EL711 Z1 www.hlltims Profis Anchor 2.6.5 Company: KPFF Page: 6 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 1600159 - B/SO4.01 Phone I Fax: Date: 5/4/2016 E -Mail: 7 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! Page 30 of 60 PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilt! AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt! is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan g project BofA - Southcenter Branch by CRH sheet no. location Tukwila, WA data 4/14/16 client Gensler job no. 1501 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 1600159 Seattle, WA 98101 206622-3822 Interior ATM Anchorage Forces Equipment Geometry W 30 in D 31.5 in H 66 in SW I 2,000lbs Seismic Load (Ref ASCE 7-10,13.3) Sds 0.968 W 2,000 lbs Ip 1.00 ap 1.00 Rp 1.50 z/h 0.00 Equipment Anchor Forces s F 19.68 in Tmax 4201bs Vmax 2951bs Do 2.5 Tmax 10501bs Vmax 7401bs Anchorage Forces.xlsx Plan width Plan depth Unit height Self weight of unit Fp 5901bs Fpv 0.7*Fp 413 lbs 0.7*Fpv Rigid Component w/ low deformability materials and attachments Spacing of anchors Maximum tensile force in anchor Maximum shear force in anchor Overstrength Factor Maximum tensile force in anchor w/ Overstrength Maximum shear force in anchor w/ Overstrength 390 Ibs 273 lbs Page 31 of 60 www.hilti.us LJO61 1 n 0 Profis Anchor 2.6.5 Company: KPFF Page: 1 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: r 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub-Project I Pos. No.: 12/SO4.01 Interior ATM Phone I Fax: Date: 5/4/2016 E-Mail: Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 1/2 (2) i! Effective embedment depth: hef,act = 2.000 in., hnom = 2.375 in. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR-1917 Issued I Valid: 2/22/2016 15/11/2017 Proof: Design method ACI 318-11 / Mech. Stand-off installation: - (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated) Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete, 4000, fr = 4000 psi; h = 4.000 in. Installation: hammer drilled hole, installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (D.3.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (D.3.3.5.3 (c)) Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] Z O 0 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 HIM AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of HIIti AG, Schaan Page 32 of 60 www.hilti.us Company: KPFF Page: Specifier: CRH Project: Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No. Phone I Fax: Date: E -Mail: N/A 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 750 320 320 0 max. concrete compressive strain: - IN max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] 3 Tension load 11111111111 ■■0 Profis Anchor 2.6.5 2 BofA Southcenter 12/SO4.01 Interior ATM 5/4/2016 Load Nu. [lb] Capacity ¢Nn [lb] Utilization ON = Nua/4Nn Status Steel Strength* 750 8029 10 OK Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength— 750 1483 51 OK * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) 3.1 Steel Strength Nsa = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 � Nsa 2 Nue ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables n 7 ^se,N [in•2] luta [Psi] 0.10 106000 Calculations Nsa [lb] 10705 Results Nsa [lb] gsteel �nonductile Nsa [lb] Nua [lb] 10705 0.750 1.000 8029 750 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt is a registered Trademark of HIM AG, Schaan Page 33 of 60 www.hilti.us Company: KPFF Specifier: CRH Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 3.2 Concrete Breakout Strength ANC Nib = (ANC) wed,N wc,N wcp,N Nb ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-3) Nb Z Nua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ANc see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANco = 9 h.2f ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) 1 wec,N =1 + 2 eN 5 1.0 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) 3 hef wad N = 0.7 + 0.3 (Ca,min ) 5 1.0 1.5hef ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) 411N = MAXEa2!2 1.5heT15 1.0 ``�cac cac JJ ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) Nb = kc ).a ��c h'.5ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: Variables haf [in.] ec1,N [in.] a.2,N [in.] Ca min [in.] we N 2.000 0.000 0.000 w 1.000 cac [in.] ke Xa fc [psi] 5.500 17 1.000 4000 Calculations L" I I !�A ;[] Profis Anchor 2.6.5 3 BofA Southcenter 12/SO4.01 Interior ATM 5/4/2016 ANc [!n?1 ANw [in•21 wec1,N wec2,N wed N wcP N Nb [lb] 36.00 36.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 3041 Results Ncb [lb] Oconcrete Oseismic Ononductile N, [lb] Nu. [lb] 3041 0.650 0.750 1.000 1483 750 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan HIM is a registered Trademark of HIM AG, Schaan Page 34 of 60 L" I I ;I www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.5 Company: KPFF Page: 4 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 12/SO4.01 Interior ATM Phone I Fax: I Date: 5/4/2016 E -Mail: 4 Shear load * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa.ea = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 � Vsteel 2 Vua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables Ase,y [in. 2] fut. [psi] 0.10 106000 Calculations Vsa,.g [lb] 5495 Results V.', [lb] Osteel Ononductile V. [lb] Vua [I b] 5495 0.650 1.000 3572 320 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp = kcp [( ANC e. C) Wed,N Wc,N Wcp,N Nb Vcp Z Vua ANC see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANO = 9 hef 1 Wec,N =1 + 2 eN s 1.0 3 hef Wad,N = O.7 + 0.3 Ca,min 5 1.0 1.5haf Ww,N = MAX�Ca—min y 5 1.0 4 � Cac ' 1.S cac Nb = kcX. Vfc hef ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-40) ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Variables Load Vua [lb] Capacity +Vn [lb] Utilization Ov = Vua/+Vn Status Steel Strength* 320 3572 9 r OK Steel failure (with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength** 320 2129 16 OK Concrete edge failure in direction ** N/A N/A N/A N/A * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa.ea = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 � Vsteel 2 Vua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables Ase,y [in. 2] fut. [psi] 0.10 106000 Calculations Vsa,.g [lb] 5495 Results V.', [lb] Osteel Ononductile V. [lb] Vua [I b] 5495 0.650 1.000 3572 320 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp = kcp [( ANC e. C) Wed,N Wc,N Wcp,N Nb Vcp Z Vua ANC see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANO = 9 hef 1 Wec,N =1 + 2 eN s 1.0 3 hef Wad,N = O.7 + 0.3 Ca,min 5 1.0 1.5haf Ww,N = MAX�Ca—min y 5 1.0 4 � Cac ' 1.S cac Nb = kcX. Vfc hef ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-40) ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Variables l ^cp hef [In.] ec1,N [in.] ec2,N [in.] Ca,min [!n.] 1 2.000 0.000 0.000 Wc,N cc [in.] kc %.a fc [psi] 1.000 5.500 17 1.000 4000 Calculations AN. [in 2] ANcO [in 21 Wec1 N Wec2 N Wed,N Wcp N Nb [lb] 36.00 36.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 3041 Results Vcp [Ib] Oconcrete Oselsmic Ononductile Vcp [lb] Vua [Ib] 3041 0.700 1.000 1.000 2129 320 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROMS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt is a registered Trademark of Hilt! AG, Schaan Page 35 of 60 L,, I I _EL71 ;n www.hiltims. Profis Anchor 2.6.5 Company: KPFF Page: 5 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 12/SO4.01 Interior ATM Phone I Fax: Date: 5/4/2016 E -Mail: 5 Combined tension and shear loads ON (iv r Utilization PN,V N Status 0.506 0.150 5/3 37 OK PNv = Pil + 0� <= 1 6 Warnings Load re -distributions on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the loading! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The 4) factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI 318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-11 Appendix D, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (b), Part D.3.3.4.3 (c), or Part D.3.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.3 (a), Part D.3.3.5.3 (b), or Part D.3.3.5.3 (c). • Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) / part D.3.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Part D.3.3.4.3 (c) / part D.3.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) / part D.3.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by no. • Hilti post -installed anchors shall be installed in accordance with the Hilti Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). Reference ACI 318-11, Part D.9.1 Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility) Page 36 of 60 PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilh AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti Ise registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan g www.hiltl.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 7 Installation data KPFF Page: CRH Project: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: I Date: L" I I WE 0 Profis Anchor 2.6.5 6 BofA Southcenter 12/SO4.01 Interior ATM 5/4/2016 Anchor plate, steel: - Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 1/2 (2) Profile: - Installation torque: 480.001 in.lb Hole diameter in the fixture: - Hole diameter in the base material: 0.500 in. Plate thickness (input): - Hole depth in the base material: 2.625 in. Recommended plate thickness: - Minimum thickness of the base material: 4.000 in. Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. 7.1 Recommended accessories Drilling Cleaning Setting • Suitable Rotary Hammer Manual blow-out pump • Torque wrench • Properly sized drill bit • Hammer Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor x y c.x c+x c_, c,y 1 0.000 0.000 - - - - 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hild AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt! Is a registered Trademark of HIM AG, Schaan Page 37 of 60 project BofA - Southcenter Branch by CRH sheet no. 1q:yff location Tukwila, WA data 4/14/16 client Gensler job no. 1601 Sth Avenue, Suite 1600 1600159 Seattle, WA 98101 206622-5822 Exterior ATM Overturning Check Equipment Geometry 47,695 lb -in W 41 in D 33.5 in H 56 in SW 3,500 lbs Seismic Load (Ref ASCE 7-10,13.3) Sds 0.968 W 3,500 lbs le 1.00 ap 1.00 Rp 1.50 z/h 0.00 Wind Load (Ref ASCE 7-10, 29.4) V 110 mph Kd 0.85 Kzt 1.00 Kz 0.85 Exposure C Foundation Overturning Check Mo 47,695 lb -in Mr 278,325 lb -in F.S. 5.84 CHECK OK Bearing Pressure Check e 3.08 in ` A_ftg 27.50 ftA2 S ftg 22.92 ftA3 Anchorage Forces.xlsx Foundation Geometry Plan width L 66 in Plan depth B 60 in Unit height D 36 in Self weight SW 11,963 lbs Fp 1020 Ibs 0.7*Fp 714 lbs Rigid Component w/ low deformability materials and attachments qh 22.4 psf G 0.85 Cf 1.5 As 16 sf Fw 460 Ibs 0.6*Fw 276 lbs Overturning Moment Resisting Moment Factor of Safety P/A 562 psf M/S 173 psf qmax 736 psf qmin 389 psf CHECK OK Fpv 0.7*Fp Plan length Plan width Depth Self weight 680 Ibs 476 lbs Maximum bearing pressure Minimum bearing pressure Reinforce footing with #6 @ 12" oc each way, top and bottom. (As, min = 0.0018*36*12 = 0.78 sq in. < (2#6 = 0.88 sq in.) project BofA - Southcenter Branch by CRH sheet no. lqjff location Tukwila, WA data 4/14/16 client Gensler job no. 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 1600159 Seattle, WA 98101 lair 622-3822 Exterior ATM Anchorage Forces Equipment Geometry Wi n D in H SW 1 3,500 lbs Seismic Load (Ref ASCE 7-10,13.3) Sds 0.968 W 3,500 lbs le 1.00 ap 1.00 Rp 1.50 7Jh 1 0.00 Equipment Anchor Forces s F 19.68 in Tmax 410 Ibs Vmax 510 Ibs Oo 2.5 Tmax Vmax Plan width Plan depth Unit height Self weight of unit Fp 1020 Ibs 0.7*Fp 714 lbs Rigid Component w/ low deformability materials and attachments Spacing of anchors Maximum tensile force in anchor Maximum shear force in anchor Overstrength Factor Fpv 0.7*Fp 1030 Ibs Maximum tensile force in anchor w/ Overstrength 1280 Ibs Maximum shear force in anchor w/ Overstrength 680 Ibs 476 lbs Page 39 of 60 Anchorage Forces.xlsx www.hlltl.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Effective embedment depth: Material: Evaluation Service Report: Issued I Valid: Proof: Stand-off installation: Profile: Base material: Installation: Reinforcement: KPFF CRH 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 1 Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No. Date: I I EL71 21 Profis Anchor 2.6.4 1 BofA Southcenter Exterior ATM Anchors 4/19/2016 Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 5/8 (4) hef,act = 4.000 in., hnom = 4.438 In. Carbon Steel ESR -1917 10/1/2015 15/1/2017 Design method ACI 318-11 / Mech. - (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated) no profile cracked concrete, 4000, fc' = 4000 psi; h = 6.000 in. hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Tension load: yes (D.3.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (D.3.3.5.3 (c)) X Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilt! AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt! is a registered Trademark of HIM AG, Schaan Page 40 of 60 Z o w O �0 It X Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilt! AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt! is a registered Trademark of HIM AG, Schaan Page 40 of 60 www.hilti.us Company: KPFF Specifier: CRH Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 1030 1280 1280 0 max. concrete compressive strain: - IN max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] 3 Tension load Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: � I I MLI ;I Profis Anchor 2.6.4 2 BofA Southcenter Exterior ATM Anchors 4/19/2016 Load N1. [lb] Capacity 4N„ [lb] Utilization ON = N../4N,, Status Steel Strength* 1030 12877 8 OK Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength** 1030 4193 25 OK * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) 3.1 Steel Strength Nsa = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 0 Nsa Z Nue ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables Ase.N [in.2] luta [psi] 0.16 106000 Calculations Nsa [lb] 17170 Results Nsa [lb] Osteel Ononductile Nsa [lb] Nu. [lb] 17170 0.750 1.000 12877 1030 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! Page 41 of 60 PROMS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hiiti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti Is a registered Trademark of HIM AG, Schaan g www.hilti.us Company: KPFF Specifier: CRH Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 3.2 Concrete Breakout Strength ec1,N [In.] ANC Ncb — Wed,N Wc,N Wcp,N Nb ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-3) 0 Ncb z Nua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ANc see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) 0.000 AN. = 9 h. ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) 1 WeC,N =1 + 2 eN 51.0 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) 3 he/f fc [psi] Wad,N = 0.7 + 0.3 1 Ca, h � 5 1.0 \ 1.5hef ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) Wcp N = MAX ca,m!n 1.5hef1 5 1.0 Cac Cac 1 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) Nb = kc Aa 4c hef5 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Variables Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: L" I I Wa ;I Profis Anchor 2.6.4 3 BofA Southcenter Exterior ATM Anchors 4/19/2016 hef [In.] ec1,N [In.] ea,N [In.] Ca,min [in.] We N 4.000 0.000 0.000 w 1.000 Cac [in.] kc Xa fc [psi] 8.750 17 1.000 4000 Calculations I ANc [In. ] ANco [in•z ] Wec1.N Wecz.N Wed N Wcp N Nb [1b] 144.00 144.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 8601 Results Ncb [lb] concrete Ossismic Ononductile Ncb [lb] Nu. [lb] 8601 0.650 0.750 1.000 4193 1030 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! Page 42 of 60 PROMS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 HIM AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt! is a registered Trademark of Hilt! AG, Schaan g www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.4 Company: KPFF Page: 4 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Exterior ATM Anchors Phone I Fax: Date: 4/19/2016 E -Mail: 4 Shear load * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa eq = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 � Vstsel 2 Vua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables Asa,v [in. 21 futa [Psi] 0.16 106000 Calculations VSe,eQ [lb] 7600 Results Vsa,eq [lb] �stsel �nonductils Vs. [lb] Vu. [I b] 7600 0.650 1.000 4940 1280 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp = kcp [(p ANc c ) liled,N WC,N Wcp,N Nb] Vcp 2 Vua ANc see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANcO = 9 hezf 1 Wec,N - 1 + 2 eN5 1.0 3 hef Wed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 Ca,m!n \ 1.0 1.5haf 141,N = MAX�Ea=min !SN 5 1.0 `Cac Cac f Nb = kc X. �f: h' .5 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-40) ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Variables kcp hef [in.] ec1,N [in.] ecz,N [in.] ca,min [in.] 2 4.000 0.000 0.000 w Wc,N Load Vus [lb] Capacity +Vn [ib] Utilization PV = Vua/+Vn Status Steel Strength* 1280 4940 26 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength** 1280 12042 11 OK Concrete edge failure in direction " N/A N/A N/A N/A * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa eq = ESR value refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 � Vstsel 2 Vua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 Variables Asa,v [in. 21 futa [Psi] 0.16 106000 Calculations VSe,eQ [lb] 7600 Results Vsa,eq [lb] �stsel �nonductils Vs. [lb] Vu. [I b] 7600 0.650 1.000 4940 1280 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp = kcp [(p ANc c ) liled,N WC,N Wcp,N Nb] Vcp 2 Vua ANc see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANcO = 9 hezf 1 Wec,N - 1 + 2 eN5 1.0 3 hef Wed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 Ca,m!n \ 1.0 1.5haf 141,N = MAX�Ea=min !SN 5 1.0 `Cac Cac f Nb = kc X. �f: h' .5 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-40) ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-5) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-10) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-12) ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-6) Variables kcp hef [in.] ec1,N [in.] ecz,N [in.] ca,min [in.] 2 4.000 0.000 0.000 w Wc,N ca. [In.] kc %a fc [PSI] 1.000 8.750 17 1.000 4000 Calculations AN, [in .2] AN.0 [in .21 Wecl,N Wee2 N Wed,N WcpN Nb [lb] 144.00 144.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 8601 Results Vcp [lb] Oconcrets �seismlc Ononductile Vcp [lb] Vu. [Ib] 17203 0.700 1.000 1.000 12042 1280 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! Page 43 of 60 PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilt! AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan g L" I I M-2 M www.hlltl.us Profis Anchor 2.6.4 Company: KPFF Page: 5 Specifier: CRH Project: BofA Southcenter Address: 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Exterior ATM Anchors Phone I Fax: Date: 4/19/2016 E -Mail: 5 Combined tension and shear loads ON pv r Utilization SNv N Status 0.246 0.259 5/3 21 OK j3Nv = 0� + 0� <=1 6 Warnings • Load re -distributions on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the loading! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The 0 factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI 318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-11 Appendix D, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (b), Part D.3.3.4.3 (c), or Part D.3.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.3 (a), Part D.3.3.5.3 (b), or Part D.3.3.5.3 (c). • Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) / part D.3.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Part D.3.3.4.3 (c) / part D.3.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) / part D.3.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by fla. • Hilt! post -installed anchors shall be installed in accordance with the Hilti Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). Reference ACI 318-11, Part D.9.1 Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 20032009 Hilt AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilt! AG, Schaan Page 44 of 60 www.hiltl.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 7 Installation data KPFF CRH 1601 5TH AVE SEATTLE, WA 98101 Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No. Date: L" I I EL -2 0 Profis Anchor 2.6.4 6 BofA Southcenter Exterior ATM Anchors 4/19/2016 Anchor plate, steel: - Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 5/8 (4) Profile: - Installation torque: 720.001 in.lb Hole diameter in the fixture: - Hole diameter in the base material: 0.625 in. Plate thickness (input): - Hole depth in the base material: 4.750 in. Recommended plate thickness: - Minimum thickness of the base material: 6.000 in. Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. 7.1 Recommended accessories • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit Coordinates Anchor in. Cleaning • Manual blow-out pump Anchor x y c.x c„t c -y c,y 1 0.000 0.000 - - - - 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Torque wrench • Hammer • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilt! AG, Schaan Page 45 of 60 DIVISION: 03 00 00—CONCRETE SECTION: 0316 00—CONCRETE ANCHORS DIVISION: 05 00 00—METALS SECTION: 05 0519—POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS REPORT HOLDER: HILTI, INC. 7250 DALLAS PARKWAY, SUITE 1000 PLANO, TEXAS 75024 EVALUATION SUBJECT: HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ CARBON AND STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE ICC ICC ICC c PMG ` LISTED Look for the trusted marks of Conformity! "2014 Recipient of Prestigious Western States Seismic Policy Council (WSSPC) Award in Excellence" A Subsidiary of CODECD41 CIr ICC -ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not !WC specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a i recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied., as \,�) to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. °C eml AOCNdM!CCIt Page 46 of 69 Copyright © 2016 ICC Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved. IMES Evaluation Report ESR -1917 Reissued May 2015 Revised February 22, 2016 This report is subject to renewal May 2017. www.icc-es.org 1 (800) 423-6587 1 (562) 699-0543 A Subsidiary of the International Code Council® DIVISION: 03 00 00—CONCRETE Section: 03 16 00—Concrete Anchors DIVISION: 05 00 00—METALS Section: 05 05 19—Post-Installed Concrete Anchors REPORT HOLDER: HILTI, INC. 7250 DALLAS PARKWAY, SUITE 1000 PLANO, TEXAS 75024 (800) 879-8000 www.us.hilti.com HiltiTechEng(dus.hilti.com EVALUATION SUBJECT: HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ CARBON AND STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE 1.0 EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: ■ 2015, 2012, 2009 and 2006 International Building Code® (IBC) ■ 2015, 2012, 2009 and 2006 Intemational Residential Code® (IRC) ■ 2013 Abu Dhabi International Building Code (ADIBC)t tThe ADIBC is based on the 2009 IBC. 2009 IBC code sections referenced in this report are the same sections in the ADIBC. Property evaluated: Structural 2.0 USES The Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ anchor (KB -TZ) is used to resist static, wind, and seismic tension and shear loads in cracked and uncracked normal -weight concrete and lightweight concrete having a specified compressive strength, fei of 2,500 psi to 8,500 psi (17.2 MPa to 58.6 MPa) [minimum of 24 MPa is required under ADIBC Appendix L, Section 5.1.1]. The 3/8 -inch- and 1/2 -inch -diameter (9.5 mm and 12.7 mm) carbon steel KB -TZ anchors may be installed in the topside of cracked and uncracked normal -weight or sand -lightweight concrete -filled steel deck having a minimum member thickness, hmin,deck, as noted in Table 6 of this report and a specified compressive strength, fc, of 3,000 psi to 8,500 psi (20.7 MPa to 58.6 MPa) [minimum of 24 MPa is required under ADIBC Appendix L, Section 5.1.1]. The 3/8 -inch-, 1/2 -inch-, 5/8 -inch- and 3/4 -inch diameter (9.5 mm, 12.7 mm and 15.9 mm) carbon steel KB -TZ anchors may be installed in the soffit of cracked and uncracked normal -weight or sand -lightweight concrete over metal deck having a minimum specified compressive strength, fc, of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) [minimum of 24 MPa is required under ADIBC Appendix L, Section 5.1.1]. The anchoring system complies with anchors as described in Section 1901.3 of the 2015 IBC, Section 1909 of the 2012 IBC, and Section 1912 of the 2009 and 2006 IBC. The anchoring system is an alternative to cast -in- place anchors described in Section 1908 of the 2012 IBC, and Section 1911 of the 2009 and 2006 IBC. The anchors may also be used where an engineered design is submitted in accordance with Section R301.1.3 of the IRC. 3.0 DESCRIPTION 3.1 KB -TZ: KB -TZ anchors are torque -controlled, mechanical expansion anchors. KB -TZ anchors consist of a stud (anchor body), wedge (expansion elements), nut, and washer. The anchor (carbon steel version) is illustrated in Figure 1. The stud is manufactured from carbon steel or AISI Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel materials. Carbon steel KB -TZ anchors have a minimum 5 Nm (0.0002 inch) zinc plating. The expansion elements for the carbon and stainless steel KB -TZ anchors are fabricated from Type 316 stainless steel. The hex nut for carbon steel conforms to ASTM A563-04, Grade A, and the hex nut for stainless steel conforms to ASTM F594. The anchor body is comprised of a high-strength rod threaded at one end and a tapered mandrel at the other end. The tapered mandrel is enclosed by a three -section expansion element which freely moves around the mandrel. The expansion element movement is restrained by the mandrel taper and by a collar. The anchor is installed in a predrilled hole with a hammer. When torque is applied to the nut of the installed anchor, the mandrel is drawn into the expansion element, which is in turn expanded against the wall of the drilled hole. 3.2 Concrete: Normal -weight and lightweight concrete must conform to Sections 1903 and 1905 of the IBC. 3.3 Steel Deck Panels: Steel deck panels must be in accordance with the configuration in Figures 5A, 56, 5C and 5D and have a minimum base steel thickness of 0.035 inch (0.899 mm). Steel must comply with ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 33 and have a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (228 MPa). ICC -ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. PaI = ofd Copyright © 2016 ICC Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 14 ESR -1917 1 Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 2 of 14 4.0 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION 4.1 Strength Design: 4.1.1 General: Design strength of anchors complying with the 2015 IBC, as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2015 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2012 IBC as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2012 IRC, must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix D and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2009 IBC and Section R301.1.3 of the 2009 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-08 Appendix D and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2006 IBC and Section R301.1.3 of the 2006 IRC must be in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. Design parameters provided in Tables 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this report are based on the 2015 IBC (ACI 318-14) and the 2012 IBC (ACI 318-11) unless noted otherwise in Sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.12. The strength design of anchors must comply with ACI 318-14 17.3.1 or ACI 318- 11 D.4.1, as applicable, except as required in ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable. Strength reduction factors, 0, as given in ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, and noted in Tables 3 and 4 of this report, must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.2 of the IBC and Section 5.3 of ACI 318-14 or Section 9.2 of ACI 318-11, as applicable. Strength reduction factors, 0, as given in ACI 318-11 D.4.4 must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix C. An example calculation in accordance with the 2015 and 2012 IBC is provided in Figure 7. The value of fc used in the calculations must be limited to a maximum of 8,000 psi (55.2 MPa), in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.2.7 or ACI 318-11 D.3.7, as applicable. 4.1.2 Requirements for Static Steel Strength in Tension: The nominal static steel strength, Nsa, of a single anchor in tension must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1.2, as applicable. The resulting Nsa values are -provided in Tables 3 and 4 of this report. Strength reduction factors 0 corresponding to ductile steel elements may be used. 4.1.3 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension: The nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in tension, Ncb or Ncbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, with modifications as described in this section. The basic concrete breakout strength in tension, Nb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable, using the values of her and kc, as given in Tables 3, 4 and 6. The nominal concrete breakout strength in tension in regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.6, as applicable, must be calculated with kunc, as given in Tables 3 and 4 and with Wc,N = 1.0. For carbon steel KB -TZ anchors installed in the soffit of sand -lightweight or normal -weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figures 5A, 5B and 5C, calculation of the concrete breakout strength is not required. 4.1.4 Requirements for Static Pullout Strength in Tension: The nominal pullout strength of a single anchor in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.3.1 and 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.1 and D.5.3.2, respectively, as applicable, in cracked and uncracked concrete, Np,c, and Np,,,,,cr, respectively, is given in Tables 3 and 4. For all design cases Wcp = 1.0. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3, as applicable, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete may be calculated in accordance with the following equation: Np,fc' = Np,c, f(lb, psi) (Eq -1) 2,500 Np.fcl = NP" f` (N, MPa) i�.2 In regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.3.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.6, as applicable, the nominal pullout strength in tension may be calculated in accordance with the following equation: Np,fc, = Np,uncrfc (lb, psi) (Eq -2) 2,500 fc (N, MPa) Np,fc' = Nnuncr 17.2 Where values for Np,cr or Np,,,,cr are not provided in Table 3 or Table 4, the pullout strength in tension need not be evaluated. The nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete of the carbon steel KB -TZ installed in the soffit of sand - lightweight or normal -weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figures 5A and 5B, is given in Table 5. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.2, as applicable, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete must be calculated in accordance with Eq -1, whereby the value of Np,deck,cr must be substituted for Np,c, and the value of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) must be substituted for the value of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) in the denominator. In regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318- 14 17.4.3.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.6, as applicable, the nominal strength in uncracked concrete must be calculated according to Eq -2, whereby the value of Np,deck,uncr must be substituted for Np,,,,,c,and the value of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) must be substituted for the value of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) in the denominator. The use of stainless steel KB -TZ anchors installed in the soffit of concrete on steel deck assemblies is beyond the scope of this report. 4.1.5 Requirements for Static Steel Strength in Shear: The nominal steel strength in shear, Vsa, of a single anchor in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1.2, as applicable, is given in Table 3 and Table 4 of this report and must be used in lieu of the values derived by calculation from ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2b or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-29, as applicable. The shear strength Vsa,deck of the carbon -steel KB -TZ as governed by steel failure of the KB -TZ installed in the soffit of sand -lightweight or normal -weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figures 5A, 56 and 5C, is given in Table 5. 4.1.6 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear: The nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in shear, Vcb or Vcbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2, as applicable, with modifications as described in this section. The basic concrete breakout strength, Vb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2.2, as applicable, based on the vary {gWi6jpd in Tables 3 and 4. The value of 4 used in ACI 318-14 Eq. ESR -1917 1 Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 3 of 14 17.5.2.2a or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-33 must be taken as no greater than the lesser of her or 8da. For carbon steel KB -TZ anchors installed in the soffit of sand -lightweight or normal -weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figures 5A, 5B and 5C, calculation of the concrete breakout strength in shear is not required. 4.1.7 Requirements for Static Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear: The nominal concrete pryout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors, Vcp or V�pg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable, modified by using the value of kip provided in Tables 3 and 4 of this report and the value of Nib or Nobe as calculated in Section 4.1.3 of this report. For carbon steel KB -TZ anchors installed in the soffit of sand -lightweight or normal -weight concrete over profile steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figures 5A, 513, and 5C, calculation of the concrete pry -out strength in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318- 11 D.6.3 is not required. 4.1.8 Requirements for Seismic Design: 4.1.8.1 General: For load combinations including seismic, the design must be performed in accordance with ACI 318- 14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable. Modifications to ACI 318-14 17.2.3 shall be applied under Section 1905.1.8 of the 2015 IBC. For the 2012 IBC, Section 1905.1.9 shall be omitted. Modifications to ACI 318 (-08, -05) D.3.3 shall be applied under Section 1908.1.9 of the 2009 IBC, or Section 1908.1.16 of the 2006 IBC, as applicable. The anchors comply with ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable, as ductile steel elements and must be designed in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.2.3.4, 17.2.3.5, 17.2.3.6 or 17.2.3.7; or ACI 318-11 D.3.3.4, D.3.3.5, D.3.3.6 or D.3.3.7; ACI 318-08 D.3.3.4, D.3.3.5 or D.3.3.6; or ACI 318-05 D.3.3.4 or D.3.3.5, as applicable. Strength reduction factors, 0 are given in Tables 3 and 4 of this report. The anchors may be installed in Seismic Design Categories A through F of the IBC. 4.1.8.2 Seismic Tension: The nominal steel strength and nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1 and 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1 and D.5.2, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 of this report. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318- 11 D.5.3.2, as applicable, the appropriate pullout strength in tension for seismic loads, Np,eQ, described in Table 4 or Np,deok,o, described in Table 5 must be used in lieu of Np, as applicable. The value of Np,eq or Np,desk,s, may be adjusted by calculation for concrete strength in accordance with Eq -1 and Section 4.1.4 whereby the value of Np,deckcr must be substituted for Np,, and the value of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) must be substituted for the value of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) in the denominator. If no values for Np,eQ are given in Table 3 or Table 4, the static design strength values govern. 4.1.8.3 Seismic Shear: The nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 or ACI 318- 11 D.6.2 and D.6.3, respectively, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.6 and 4.1.7 of this report. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1.2, as applicable, the appropriate value for nominal steel strength for seismic loads, Vsa,eq described in Table 3 and Table 4 or Vsa,desk described in Table 5 must be used in lieu of Vsa, as applicable. 4.1.9 Requirements for Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces: For anchors or groups of anchors that are subject to the effects of combined tension and shear forces, the design must be performed in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11 D.7, as applicable. 4.1.10 Requirements for Minimum Member Thickness, Minimum Anchor Spacing and Minimum Edge Distance: In lieu of ACI 318-14 17.7.1 and 17.7.3 or ACI 318-11 D.8.1 and D.8.3, respectively, as applicable, values of smin and cmin as given in Tables 3 and 4 of this report must be used. In lieu of ACI 318-14 17.7.5 or ACI 318-11 D.8.5, as applicable, minimum member thicknesses hmin as given in Tables 3 and 4 of this report must be used. Additional combinations for minimum edge distance, cin, and spacing, smin, may be derived by linear interpolation between the given boundary values as described in Figure 4. For carbon steel KB -TZ anchors installed on the top of normal -weight or sand -lightweight concrete over profile steel deck floor and roof assemblies, the anchor must be installed in accordance with Table 6 and Figure 5D. For carbon steel KB -TZ anchors installed in the soffit of sand -lightweight or normal -weight concrete over profile steel deck floor and roof assemblies, the anchors must be installed in accordance with Figure 5A, 5B and 5C and shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3heror 1.5 times the flute width. 4.1.11 Requirements for Critical Edge Distance: In applications where c < cac and supplemental reinforcement to control splitting of the concrete is not present, the concrete breakout strength in tension for uncracked concrete, calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, must be further multiplied by the factor Wcp N as given by Eq -1: `f'rn,N = — (Eq -3) Cac whereby the factor tcp,N need not be taken as less than 15 . For all other cases, Wap N = 1.0. In lieu of Cep using ACI 318-14 17.7.6 or ACI 318-11 D.8.6, as applicable, values of cac must comply with Table 3 or Table 4 and values of caodeck must comply with Table 6. 4.1.12 Lightweight Concrete: For the use of anchors in lightweight concrete, the modification factor k, equal to 0.8A is applied to all values offT affecting Nn and Vn. For ACI 318-14 (2015 IBC), ACI 318-11 (2012 IBC) and ACI 318-08 (2009 IBC), k shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. For ACI 318-05 (2006 IBC), k shall be taken as 0.75 for all lightweight concrete and 0.85 for sand -lightweight concrete. Linear interpolation shall be permitted if partial sand replacement is used. In addition, the pullout strengths Np,,,nc,, Np,cr and Np,eQ shall be multiplied by the modification factor, Aa, as applicable. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand -lightweight concrete -filled steel deck and floor and roof assemblies, further reduction of the pullout values provided in this report is not required. 4.2 Allowable Stress Design (ASD): 4.2.1 General: Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.3 of the IBC, must be established as follows: Page 48 of 69 ESR -1917 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 4 of 14 Tallowable,ASD = Nn a Vallowable,ASD = Vn a where: Tanowable,ASD = Allowable tension load (Ibf or W). Vallowable,ASD = Allowable shear load (Ibf or M). ONn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in tension as determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and 2015 IBC Section 1905.1.8, ACI 318-11 Appendix D, ACI 318-08 Appendix D and 2009 IBC Section 1908.1.9, ACI 318-05 Appendix D and 2006 IBC Section 1908.1.16, and Section 4.1 of this report, as applicable (Ibf or N). ¢Vn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in shear as determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and 2015 IBC Section 1905.1.8, ACI 318-11 Appendix D, ACI 318-08 Appendix D and 2009 IBC Section 1908.1.9, ACI 318-05 Appendix D and 2006 IBC Section 1908.1.16, and Section 4.1 of this report, as applicable (Ibf or N). a = Conversion factor calculated as a weighted average of the load factors for the controlling load combination. In addition, a must include all applicable factors to account for nonductile failure modes and required over - strength. The requirements for member thickness, edge distance and spacing, described in this report, must apply. An example of allowable stress design values for illustrative purposes in shown in Table 7. 4.2.2 Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces: The interaction must be calculated and consistent with ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11 D.7, as applicable, as follows: For shear loads Vapplred 5 0.2Va110wab1e,ASD, the full allowable load in tension must be permitted. For tension loads Tapplled 5 0.2Tallowable,ASD, the full allowable load in shear must be permitted. For all other cases: Tapplied + Vapplied 51.2 (Eq -4) Tallowable,ASD Vallowable,ASD 4.3 Installation: Installation parameters are provided in Tables 1 and 6 and Figures 2, 5A, 513, 5C and 5D. Anchor locations must comply with this report and plans and specifications approved by the code official. The Hilti KB -TZ must be installed in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and this report. In case of conflict, this report governs. Anchors must be installed in holes drilled into the concrete using carbide -tipped masonry drill bits complying with ANSI 8212.15-1994. The minimum drilled hole depth is given in Table 1. Prior to installation, dust and debris must be removed from the drilled hole to enable installation to the stated embedment depth. The anchor must be hammered into the predrilled hole until hnom is achieved. The nut must be tightened against the washer until the torque values specified in Table 1 are achieved. For installation in the soffit of concrete on steel deck assemblies, the hole diameter in the steel deck not exceed the diameter of the hole in the concrete by more than '/g inch (3.2 mm). For member thickness and edge distance restrictions for installations into the soffit of concrete on steel deck assemblies, see Figures 5A, 5B and 5C. 4.4 Special Inspection: Periodic special inspection is required in accordance with Section 1705.1.1 and Table 1705.3 of the 2015 IBC and 2012 IBC; Section 1704.15 and Table 1704.4 of the 2009 IBC; or Section 1704.13 of the 2006 IBC, as applicable. The special inspector must make periodic inspections during anchor installation to verify anchor type, anchor dimensions, concrete type, concrete compressive strength, anchor spacing, edge distances, concrete member thickness, tightening torque, hole dimensions, anchor embedment and adherence to the manufacturer's printed installation instructions. The special inspector must be present as often as required in accordance with the "statement of special inspection." Under the IBC, additional requirements as set forth in Sections 1705, 1706 and 1707 must be observed, where applicable. 5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE The Hilti KB -TZ anchors described in this report comply with the codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 Anchor sizes, dimensions, minimum embedment depths and other installation parameters are as set forth in this report. 5.2 The anchors must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and this report. In case of conflict, this report governs. 5.3 Anchors must be limited to use in cracked and uncracked normal -weight concrete and lightweight concrete having a specified compressive strength, f, of 2;500 psi to 8,500 psi (17.2 MPa to 58.6 MPa) [minimum of 24 MPa is required under ADIBC Appendix L, Section 5.1.1], and cracked and uncracked normal -weight or sand -lightweight concrete over metal deck having a minimum specified compressive strength, f ,, of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) [minimum of 24 MPa is required under ADIBC Appendix L, Section 5.1.11. 5.4 The values of fc used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.1 MPa). 5.5 Strength design values must be established in accordance with Section 4.1 of this report. 5.6 Allowable design values are established in accordance with Section 4.2. 5.7 Anchor spacing and edge distance as well as minimum member thickness must comply with Tables 3, 4, and 6, and Figures 4, 5A, 56, 5C and 5D. 5.8 Prior to installation, calculations and details demonstrating compliance with this report must be submitted to the code official. The calculations and details must be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. 5.9 Since an ICC -ES acceptance criteria for evaluating data to determine the performance ofexpansion anchors subjected to fatigue or AW16PaAg is ESR -1917 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 5 of 14 unavailable at this time, the use of these anchors under such conditions is beyond the scope of this report. 5.10 Anchors may be installed in regions of concrete where cracking has occurred or where analysis indicates cracking may occur (ft > f.), subject to the conditions of this report. 5.11 Anchors may be used to resist short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces in locations designated as Seismic Design Categories A through F of the IBC, subject to the conditions of this report. 5.12 Where not otherwise prohibited in the code, KB -TZ anchors are permitted for use with fire -resistance - rated construction provided that at least one of the following conditions is fulfilled: • Anchors are used to resist wind or seismic forces only. • Anchors that support a fire -resistance -rated envelope or a fire- resistance -rated membrane are protected by approved fire -resistance- rated materials, or have been evaluated for resistance to fire exposure in accordance with recognized standards. • Anchors are used to support nonstructural elements. 5.13 Use of zinc -coated carbon steel anchors is limited to dry, interior locations. 5.14 Use of anchors made of stainless steel as specified in this report are permitted for exterior exposure and damp environments. 5.15 Use of anchors made of stainless steel as specified in this report are permitted for contact with preservative - treated and fire -retardant -treated wood. 5.16 Anchors are manufactured by Hilti AG under an approved quality -control program with inspections by ICC -ES. 5.17 Special inspection must be provided in accordance with Section 4.4. 6.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED 6.1 Data in accordance with the ICC -ES Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements (AC193), dated October 2015, which incorporates requirements in ACI 355.2-07 / ACI 255.2-04 for use in cracked and uncracked concrete. 6.2 Quality -control documentation. 7.0 IDENTIFICATION The anchors are identified by packaging labeled with the manufacturer's name (Hilti, Inc.) and contact information, anchor name, anchor size, and evaluation report number (ESR -1917). The anchors have the letters KB -TZ embossed on the anchor stud and four notches embossed into the anchor head, and these are visible after installation for verification. Page 50 of 69 ESR -1917 1 Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 6 of 14 TABLE 1—SETTING INFORMATION (CARBON STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS) SETTING Nominal anchor diameter (in.) INFORMATION Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/a de In. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 Anchor O.D. (do)2 (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Nominal bit db4 In 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 diameter . Effective min. In. 2 2 3'/4 31/8 4 33/4 43/4 embedment h°' (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) Nominal in. 25/,5 23/8 35/8 39/,8 47/,8 45/15 59/16 embedment h"°" (mm) (59) (60) (91) (91) (113) (110) (142) In. 25/8 25/6 4 33/4 43/4 41/2 53/4 Min. hole depth ho (mm) (67) (67) 1 (102) (95) (121) (114) (146) Min. thickness of tmm In. 1/4 3/4 '/a 3/8 3/4 1 /8 15/8 fastened part' (mm) (6) (19) (6) (9) (19) (3) (41 Required r° ft -Ib 25 40 60 110 Installation torque (Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149) Min. dia. of hole db In. 7/+6 9/16 "/,8 13/18 in fastened part (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Standard anchor In. 3 33/4 5 33/4 41/2 5'/2 7 43/4 6 8'/2 10 5'/2 8 10 lengths to"� mm ( ) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114 ) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) '(254) (140) (203) (254) Threaded length In• 7/, 15/, 27/, 15/, 23/, 33/, 47 /e 1 1 /z 23/4 5'/4 63/4 11/2 4 6 (incl. do point 9 ) ttnreaa (mm) (22) (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (124) (38) (70) (133) (171) (38) (102) (152) Unthreaded t""" In. 21/6 2'/e 31/4 4 length (mm) (54) (54) (83) (102) 'The minimum thickness of the fastened part is based on use of the anchor at minimum embedment and is controlled by the length of thread. If a thinner fastening thickness is required, increase the anchor embedment to suit. 2The notation in parenthesis is for the 2006 IBC. UNC thread mandrel dog point expansion cI collar element washer hex nut bolt FIGURE 1—HILTI CARBON STEEL KWIK BOLT TZ (KB -TZ) Page 52 of 69 ESR -1917 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 7 of 14 tanch `thread funthr FIGURE 2—KB-TZ INSTALLED ho TABLE 2—LENGTH IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM (CARBON STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS) Length ID marking A B on bolt head C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Length of From 1 '/: 2 2 Y2 3 3 '% 4 4 '/z 5 5 '/: 6 6 'Y2 7 7 Y2 8 8 '/: 9 9 Yz 10 11 12 13 14 15 anchor, 4=h Up to but (inches) not 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/24 4 '/z 5 5 '/2 6 6 Y: 7 7 Y28 8 Y: 9 9 Y: 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 including FIGURE 3—BOLT HEAD WITH LENGTH IDENTIFICATION CODE AND KB -TZ HEAD NOTCH EMBOSSMENT Page 52 of 69 ESR -1917 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 8 of 14 TABLE 3 -DESIGN INFORMATION, CARBON STEEL KB -TZ For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 Ibf = 4.45 N, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound -inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'See Fig. 2. 2For sand -lightweight or normal -weight concrete over metal deck, see Figures 5A, 513, 5C and 5D and Tables 5 and 6. 3See Section 4.1.8 of this report. 4For all design cases W,,p=1.0. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See Section 4.1.4 of this report. SSee ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. SSee ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable. 'For all design cases tK.N =1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (k,) or uncracked concrete (k„na) must be used. sThe KB -TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable. 9For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the �resence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. °Mean values shown, actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. Page 53 of 60 Nominal anchor diameter DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units e fe /2 /8 /4 Anchor O.D. de(d� in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Effective min. embedment' har in. 2 2 31/4 3'/e 4 33/4 43/4 (mm) 1 (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) Min. member thickness2 hmh in. 4 5 4 6 6 B 5 6 8 6 8 8 (mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) In. 43/8 4 51/2 41/2 7'/2 6 6'/2 83/4 63/4 10 8 9 Critical edge distance ceo (mm) (111) (102) (140) (114) (191) (152) (165) (222) (171) (254) (203) (229) In. 21/2 23/4 23/8 35/8 31/4 43/4 41/8 Min. edge distance g cmn (mm) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (121 105 In. 5 53/4 53/4 6'/e 5�/8 101/2 87/8 for s 2 (mm) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (267) (225) in. 21/2 23/4 23/8 31/2 3 5 4 Min. anchor spacing smm (mm) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) (127) (102) In. 35/e 41/e 31/2 43/4 41/4 91/2 73/4 for c 2 (mm) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (197) Min. hole depth in concrete ho In. 25/8 25/8 4 33/4 43/4 41/2 53/4 (mm) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (117) (146) Min. specified yield strength f, Ibrin2 100,000 84,800 84,800 84,800 2 (N/mm) (690) (585) (585) (585) Min. specified ult. strength ft. Ibrin2 125,000 106,000 106,000 106,000 (N/mm2) (862) (731) (731) (731) Effective tensile stress area A�,N Int 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.237 (mm2) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8) Steel strength intension Nse Ib 6,500 10,705 17,170 25,120 (kN) (28.9) (47.6) (76.4) (111.8) Steel strength in shear V_ Ib 3,595 5,495 8,090 13,675 (kN) (16.0) (24.4) (36.0) (60.8) Steel strength in shear, seismic3 Vsa,.9 Ib 2,255 5,495 7,600 11,745 (kN) (10.0) (24.4) (33.8) (52.2) Pullout strength uncracked Np,� Ib 2,515 NA 5,515 NA 9,145 8,280 10,680 concrete (kN) (11.2) (24.5) (40.7 (36.8) (47.5) Pullout strength cracked concrete" Np,a 2,270 NA 9) NA NA NA NA (kN (10 1) (429 Anchor category5 1 Effectiveness factor k,,_ uncracked concrete 24 Effectiveness factor k. cracked concretes 17 wc,N= kunfi�kcr 1.0 Coefficient for pryout strength, k. 1.0 2.0 Strength reduction factor 0 for tension, steel failure 0.75 modese Strength reduction factor 0 for shear, steel failure modese 0.65 Strength reduction 0factor for tension, concrete failure 0.65 modes or pullout, Condition B9 Strength reduction 0 factor for shear, concrete failure 0.70 modes, Condition B9 Axial stiffness in service load Q lb/in. 700,000 range70 Qp lb/in. 500,000 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 Ibf = 4.45 N, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound -inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'See Fig. 2. 2For sand -lightweight or normal -weight concrete over metal deck, see Figures 5A, 513, 5C and 5D and Tables 5 and 6. 3See Section 4.1.8 of this report. 4For all design cases W,,p=1.0. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See Section 4.1.4 of this report. SSee ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. SSee ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable. 'For all design cases tK.N =1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (k,) or uncracked concrete (k„na) must be used. sThe KB -TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable. 9For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the �resence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. °Mean values shown, actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. Page 53 of 60 ESR -1917 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 9 of 14 TABLE 4 -DESIGN INFORMATION, STAINLESS STEEL KB -TZ For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 Ibf = 4.45 N, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa For pound -inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'See Fig. 2. 2See Section 4.1.8 of this report. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. 3For all design cases W,.p=1.0. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See Section 4.1.4 of this report. 4See ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. 'See ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable. 6For all design cases Wc,N =1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (ku) or uncracked concrete (k,,,,u) must be used. 'The KB -TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1. 6For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. "Mean values shown, actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. Page 55 of 69 Nominal anchor diameter DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units 3 1 s � /e 12 /6 /4 Anchor O.D. d4(d� in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Effective min. embedment her in. 2 2 31/4 31/6 4 33/4 43/4 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) Min. member thickness hm„ in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 (mm) (102 127 ( ) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) in. 43/8 3'/6 5'/2 41/2 7'/2 6 7 8'/e 6 10 9 Critical edge distance c,c (mm) (111) (98) (140) (114) (191) (152) (178) (225) (152) (254) :7: (1 (229) in. 21/2 27/e 2'/s 3' /4 2-3/8 4'/4 4 Min. edge distance cmc (mm) (64) 1 (73) (54) (83) (60) (108) (102) in. 5 53/4 51/4 5'/2 5'/2 10 8'/2 forst (mm) (127) (146) (133) (140) (140) 1 (254) (216) In. 21/4 2'/8 2 23/4 23/8 5 4 Min. anchor spacing sm� (mm) (57) (73) (51) (70) (60) (127) (102) in. 31/2 41/2 31/4 41/8 4'/4 91/2 7 for d (mm) (89) 1 (114) (83) (105) (108) (241) (178) Min. hole depth in concrete h, In. 25/8 28/8 4 33/4 43/4 41/2 53/4 (mm) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (117) 1 (146) Min. specified yield strength fy Ibfin2 92,000 92,000 92,000 76,125 N/mm2 ( ) (634) (634) (634) (525) Min. specified ult. Strength G. lb/in 2 115,000 115,000 115,000 101,500 (N/mm2) (793) (793) (793) (700) Effective tensile stress area A�.N int 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.2372 (mm) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8) Steel strength in tension N. Ib 5,968 11,554 17,880 24,055 (kN) (26.6) (51.7) (82.9) (107.0) Steel strength in shear V� Ib 4,720 6,880 9,870 15,711 kN ( ) 21.0 ( ) 30.6 ( ) 43.9 ( ) (69.9) Pullout strength in tension, N °eQ Ib NA 2,735 NA NA NA seismic (kN) (12.2) Steel strength in shear, seismic2 Vae,.Q Ib 2,825 6,880 9,350 12,890 (kN) (12.6) (30.6) (41.6) (57.3) Pullout strengthN uncracked ° unp Ib 2,630 NA 5,760 NA NA 12,040 concrete (kN) (11.7) (25.6) (53.6 Pullout strength cracked ," Ib 2,340 3,180 NA NA 5,840 8,110 NA concrete kN ( ) (10.4 ) (14.1) (26.0) (36.1) Anchor category° 1 2 1 Effectiveness factor ku„, uncracked concrete 24 Effectiveness factor kG cracked concretes 17 24 17 17 17 24 17 Wc,N=kun * 6 1.0 Strength reduction factor 0 for tension, steel failure 0.75 modes' Strength reduction factor 0 for shear, steel failure modest 0.65 Strength reduction efactor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B 0.65 0.55 0.65 Coefficient for pryout strength, k,y 1.0 2.0 Strength reduction 0 factor for shear, concrete failure 0.70 modes, Condition Be Axial stiffness in service load�fl lb/in. 120,000 range" Ibfin. 90,000 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 Ibf = 4.45 N, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa For pound -inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'See Fig. 2. 2See Section 4.1.8 of this report. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. 3For all design cases W,.p=1.0. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See Section 4.1.4 of this report. 4See ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. 'See ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable. 6For all design cases Wc,N =1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (ku) or uncracked concrete (k,,,,u) must be used. 'The KB -TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1. 6For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. "Mean values shown, actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. Page 55 of 69 ESR -1917 1 Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 10 of 14 Sdesign Cdesign CO) C V min p Cmin at S Z N Sdesign --------- ---------- S at c Z in h > hmin Cdesign edge distance c FIGURE 4 -INTERPOLATION OF MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE AND ANCHOR SPACING TABLE 5-HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ (KB -TZ) CARBON STEEL ANCHORS TENSION AND SHEAR DESIGN DATA FOR INSTALLATION IN THE SOFFIT OF CONCRETE -FILLED PROFILE STEEL DECK ASSEMBLIES 1.6,7.8 DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units 3/B Anchor Diameter $/8 1/2 3/4 Effective Embedment Depth her in. 2 2 3'/, 3'/6 4 33/4 Minimum Hole Depth ho in. 25/6 25/6 4 33/4 43/4 41/2 Loads According to Figure 5A Pullout Resistance, uncracked concrete 5 Na,eeck,unc. lb 2,060 2,060 3,695 2,825 6,555 4,255 Pullout Resistance, cracked concrete 6 Np,deck,a Ib 1,460 1,460 2,620 2,000 4,645 3,170 Steel Strength in Shear' Vea,deck Ib 2,130 3,000 4,945 4,600 6,040 6,190 Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic' Vsa,deck,eq. Ib 1,340 3,000 4,945 4,320 5,675 5,315 Loads According to Figure 513 Pullout Resistanceuncracked , concrete 5 Np,deck,�ncr Ib 2,010 2,010 3,695 2,825 5,210 4,255 Pullout Resistance, cracked concrete 6 Np,deck,a Ib 1,425 1,425 2,620 2,000 3,875 3170 Steel Strength in Shear' Vea,deck Ib 2130 2600 4,065 4,600 5,615 6,190 Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic' Vsa,deck,eq Ib 1,340 2600 4,065 4,320 5,275 5,315 Loads According to Figure 5C Pullout Resistance, uncracked concrete 5 N ,ded,unc/ p Ib 1,845 1,865 3,375 4,065 Pullout Resistance, cracked concrete 6 Np,deck,p Ib 1,660 1,325 3,005 2,885 Steel Strength in Shear' Vsa,deck Ib 2,845 2,585 3,945 4,705 Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic' Vsa,deck,eq lb 1,790 2,585 3,945 4,420 ' Installations must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3 and Figures 5A, 56 and 5C of this report. 2 The values for Op in tension and 0. in shear can be found in Table 3 of this report. 3 The characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 3,000 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f' c/ 3000)112 for psi or (f'c/ 20.7)T'2 for MPa [minimum of 24 MPa is required under ADIBC Appendix L, Section 5.1.1]. 4 Evaluation of concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2, 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, D.6.2, and D.6.3, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit. 5 The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.4 of this report. 6 The values listed must be used in accordance with Sections 4.1.4 and 4.1.8.2 of this report. ' The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.5 of this report. ' The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.8.3 of this report. Values are applicable to both static and seismic load combinations. Page 56 of 69 ESR -1917 1 Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 11 of 14 TABLE 6—HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ (KB -TZ) CARBON STEEL ANCHORS SETTING INFORMATION FOR INSTALLATION ON THE TOP OF CONCRETE -FILLED PROFILE STEEL DECK ASSEMBLIES ACCORDING TO FIGURE 5D"4: 4 DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Nominal anchor diameter Units 3/6 1/2 Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 2 2 Nominal Embedment Depth h. in. 25/16 2% Minimum Hole Depth ho in. 25/e 2% Minimum concrete thicknesss hmin,deck in. 31/4 31/4 Critical edge distance cw,dwkjop in. 41/2 6 Minimum edge distance cmn,dw*,rop in. 3 41/2 Minimum spacing Smin,deajop in. 4 61/2 Required Installation Torque Trost ft -Ib 25 40 'Installation must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3 and Figure 5D of this report. 2For all other anchor diameters and embedment depths refer to Table 3 and 4 for applicable values of hm,n, Cmin, and smin. 3Design capacity shall be based on calculations according to values in Table 3 and 4 of this report. 4Applicable for 3'/4 -in s hmin,dwk < 4 -in. For hmin,deac 2t 4 -inch use setting information in Table 3 of this report. sMinimum concrete thickness refers to concrete thickness above upper flute. See Figure 5D. m� za MAX. V OFFSET, TYP. MIN, 20 GAUGE STEEL W -DECK WEIR FLUTE (RIDGE) FIGURE 5A—INSTALLATION IN THE SOFFIT OF CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES' 'Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Minimum 5/8" Typical Min. 2-1/2" for 3/8, 1/2 and 5/8x3-1/8 Min. 3-1/4 for 5/8x4 and 3/4x3-3/4 Max. 3" Min.� 3-7/8" Min. 3,000 psi Normal -weight or Lightweight Concrete Upper Flute (Valley) } i Min. 3-7/8" L Min. 12" Typical id Min. 1" Minimum 20 Gauge R Steel W -Deck { Lower 1 Flute (Ridge) FIGURE 513—INSTALLATION IN THE SOFFIT OF CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES' 'Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Page 513 of 69 ESR -1917 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 12 of 14 J 'n U z FIGURE SC—INSTALLATION IN THE SOFFIT OF CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES – B DECK1'2 'Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum'/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. 2Anchors may be placed in the upper flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Figure 5B provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute is minimum 31/4 -inch and the minimum hole clearance of 5/8 -inch is satisfied. z i MIN. 3,000 PSI NORMAL OR SAND- LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE z ? ^ UPPER i FLUTE � � z3� (VALLEY) , MIN_) — MIN. 20 GUAGE 1-314 I i MIN 3-112" i STEEL W -DECK MIN, 2-11T + MIN 6" TYP ;�..__...___.......i .._......... ..........._...: `._.._. LOWER FLUTE (RIDGE) FIGURE 5D—INSTALLATION ON THE TOP OF CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES''' 'Refer to Table 6 for setting information for anchors in to the top of concrete over metal deck. 2Applicable for 3'/4 -in s hml„ < 4 -in. For hmin 2 4 -inch use setting information in Table 3 of this report. TABLE 7—EXAMPLE ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN VALUES FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES u MI1 11 N. 3,000 PSI NORMAL OR SAND- SIN Carbon Steel Stainless Steel LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 3/e n� c,l 1,105 1,155 1/2 --- 1,490 1,260 I¢ � UPPER 31/4 r x FLUTE 2,910 2,910 - — (VALLEY) L MIN. 20 GUAGE 33/4 I+ratlN` 1-314"�I MIN 3-1/2" ' STEEL W -DECK 4,690 5,290 'MIN, 3/4" 2-112` I MIN.--� MIN 6" TYP -- — LOWER FLUTE (RIDGE) FIGURE SC—INSTALLATION IN THE SOFFIT OF CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES – B DECK1'2 'Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum'/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. 2Anchors may be placed in the upper flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Figure 5B provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute is minimum 31/4 -inch and the minimum hole clearance of 5/8 -inch is satisfied. z i MIN. 3,000 PSI NORMAL OR SAND- LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE z ? ^ UPPER i FLUTE � � z3� (VALLEY) , MIN_) — MIN. 20 GUAGE 1-314 I i MIN 3-112" i STEEL W -DECK MIN, 2-11T + MIN 6" TYP ;�..__...___.......i .._......... ..........._...: `._.._. LOWER FLUTE (RIDGE) FIGURE 5D—INSTALLATION ON THE TOP OF CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES''' 'Refer to Table 6 for setting information for anchors in to the top of concrete over metal deck. 2Applicable for 3'/4 -in s hml„ < 4 -in. For hmin 2 4 -inch use setting information in Table 3 of this report. TABLE 7—EXAMPLE ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN VALUES FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES 'Single anchors with static tension load only. 2Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 3Load combinations from ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable (no seismic loading). 430% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6 L. 5Calculation of the weighted average fo?a = 0.3*1.2 + 0.7*1.6 = 1.48. 6f'� = 2,500 psi (normal weight concrete). 7Cal = Ca2 2 Cac 8h 2 hmin BValues are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) is not provided, as applicable. Page 53 of 69 Allowable tension (Ibf) Nominal Anchor diameter (in.) Embedment depth (in.) Carbon Steel Stainless Steel f. = 2,500 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 3/e 2 1,105 1,155 1/2 2 1,490 1,260 31/4 2,420 2,530 5/e 3'/s 2,910 2,910 4 4,015 4,215 3/4 33/4 3,635 3,825 43/4 4,690 5,290 For SI: 1 Ibf = 4.45 N. 1 psi = 0.00689 MPa 1 DSi = 0.00689 MPa. 1 inch = 25.4 mm. 'Single anchors with static tension load only. 2Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 3Load combinations from ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable (no seismic loading). 430% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6 L. 5Calculation of the weighted average fo?a = 0.3*1.2 + 0.7*1.6 = 1.48. 6f'� = 2,500 psi (normal weight concrete). 7Cal = Ca2 2 Cac 8h 2 hmin BValues are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) is not provided, as applicable. Page 53 of 69 ESR -1917 1 Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 13 of 14 1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal 2 Clean hole. diameter as the Kwik Bolt TZ. The hole depth must equal the anchor embedment listed in Table 1. The fixture may be used as a drilling template to ensure proper anchor location. tj 3. ®rive the Kwik BoltTZ into the hole using d. Tighten the nut to the required a hammer. The anchor must be driven installation torque. until the nominal embedment is achieved. FIGURE 6—INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Page 58 of 69 ESR -1917 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 14 of 14 A .. T _ A Given: Two'/2-inch carbon steel KB -TZ anchors under static tension AN load as shown. ` 1,8 h,r h.f = 3.25 in. rir Normal weight concrete, r, = 3,000 psi No supplementary reinforcement (Condition B per ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable) 8" Assume cracked concrete since no other information is available. l,j}Y fw 1.5h f Needed: Using Allowable Stress Design (ASD) calculate the allowable tension load for this configuration. L 15 ha a = 4" A -A Calculation per ACI 318-14 Chapter 17, ACI 318-11 Appendix D and this report. ACI 318-14 ACI 318-11 Report Ref. Ref. Ref. Step 1. Calculate steel capacity: 0 A = O nA„ f,, = 0.75x 2 x 0.101 x 106,000 =16,0591b 17.4.1.2 D.5.1.2 §4.1.2 e Check whether f,,,, is not greater than 1.9f,,a and 125,000 psi. 17.3.3(a) D.4.3(a) Table 3 Step 2. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension: Nc Ncbg _ A wec,NVed,NW c,NV1cp,NNb 17.4.2.1 D.5.2.1 § 4.1.3 Nco Step 2a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: hm;� = 6 in. s 6 in..'. ok smin 2.375, 5.75 2.375-5.75 17.7 D.8 Table 3 slope = _ -3.0 Fig. 4 3.5-2.375 For Cmin - 4in =>2.375 controls 3.5, 2.375 Smin = 5.75 - [ (2.375 - 4.0)(-3.0)] = 0.875 < 2.375 in < 6 in:. ok 0.875 4 Cmin Step 2b. For AN check 1.5h,, =1.5(3.25) = 4.88 in > c 3.0h,, = 3(3.25) = 9.75 in > s 17.4.2.1 D.5.2.1 Table 3 Step 2c. Calculate AN. and AN, for the anchorage: AN,o = 9hef = 9 x (3.25)2 = 95.1in.2 17.4.2.1 D.5.2.1 Table 3 ANS _ (1.5he f + c)(3he f + s) _ [1.5 x (3.25) + 4] [3 x (3.25) + 6] = 139.8in.2 < 2ANCo :. ok Step 2d. Determine Vlec,N : eN = 0... Yfec,N =1.0 17.4.2.4 D.5.2.4 - Step 2e. Calculate Nb:Nb = kR.IQ %hef = 17 x 1.0 x 3,000 x 3.2515 = 5,456 lb 17.4.2.2 D.5.2.2 Table 3 Step 2f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: wed,N = 0.7+0.3 4 = 0.95 17.4.2.5 D.5.2.5 Table 3 1.5(3.25) Step 2g. Calculate modification factor for cracked concrete: yrc,N =1.00 (cracked concrete) 17.4.2.6 D.5.2.6 Table 3 Step 2h. Calculate modification factor for splitting: Wqp =1.00 (cracked concrete) - § 4.1.10 N - Table 3 Step 2i. Calculate 0 Nu,, : 0 Nft =0.65 x 139.6 - x 1.00 x 0.95 x 1.00 x 5,456 = 4,952 Ib 17. 2 1 4. . D .5.2.1 § 4.1.3 95.1 17.3.3(c) D.4.3(c) Table 3 a00017.4.3.2 Step 3. Check pullout strength: Table 3, nNP,,Pc = 0.65 x 2 x 5,515 Ib x - 7,852 Ib >4,952 .'. OK D.5.3.2 § 4.1.4 2,soo 17.3.3(c) D.4.3(c) Table 3 Step 4. Controlling strength: 0 Ncbg = 4,952 Ib < OnNP„ < ON ; , ONbe controls 17.3.1.2 D.4.1.2 Table 3 Step 5. To convert to ASD, assume U = 1.21) + 1.6L: T gno = 4'952 = 3,346 Ib. _ _ § 4.2 1.48 FIGURE 7 -EXAMPLE CALCULATION Page 69 of 69 ,)ERMli COORD COPY " PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D16-0131 DATE: 05/25/16 PROJECT NAME: BANK OF AMERICA SITE ADDRESS: 320 STRANDER BLVD X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: �BAW& . uilding Division ZbliM r��� c orks PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Corrections Required ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire Prevention Structural ❑ Planning Division Permit Coordinator ❑ DATE: 05/26/16 Structural Review Required ❑ DATE: DUE DATE: 06/23/16 Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 ANDERSEN CONSTRUCTION Opp,, Pagel of 4 Home Espanol Contact Search L&I A -'Z., Index Help My LM Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing Washington State Department of Labor & industries ANDERSEN CONSTRUCTION Owner or tradesperson 6712 N CUTTER CIRCLE PORTLAND, OR 97217 Principals 503-283.6712 ANDERSEN, DAVID L, PRESIDENT ANDERSEN, JOEL DAVID, PRESIDENT ANDERSEN, JOEL DAVID, PRESIDENT CLOE, MARTIN E, VICE PRESIDENT ECKHARDT, WILLIAM G, SECRETARY HALL, NED, AGENT (End: 01/15/2016) Doing business as ANDERSEN CONSTRUCTION WA UBI No. Business type 409 008 675 Corporation Governing persons BILL ECKHARDT DAVID L ANDERSEN; MARTIN CLOE; MARTIN E CLOE; WILLIAM G ECKHARDT; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. ........... Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. ANDERC*907DN Effective — expiration 03102/2010— 0211512018 Bond TRAVELERS CAS & SURETY CO $12,000.00 Bond account no. 0425103520351 BCM Received by L&I Effective date 01/28/2002 03/15/2010 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance ....................... National Union Fire Ins of PA $1,000,000.00 Policy no. GL 9612833 https://secure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=409008675&LIC=ANDERC*907DN&SAW= 6/13/2016 ARCFHTECTERS�ETTukwilaSouthCenter � SUITE 2000 DESIGNATION: FLAGSHIP Henderson Engineers Inc. Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing 555 Redwood, Suite 201 Las Vegas, Nevada, 89118 Contact: Michael Branson E-mail; michael.branson@hei-eng.com Telephone: 702.697.2187 E-mail: Chris.Haddad@kpff.com Phone: 206.622.5 822 Flu COPY Permit N0.1k k REVISIONS 1 S!: `�, ��1 IT No changes shall be made to the scope Plan rovialf; smi r©tiRl is subject to errors and on-:.=ssicr s. an er�i � 17 FC., ;�; Of work without prior approval of f- , T0%2.j ��3i�i�,a� ei�n documonts door, nal 67 La 4� i of REVIEWED F OR Tukwila Building Division. �, • r ��.,, P"0�hanicar the Troia?(L,'0n �„ "r,y adoptod codo or ordinaxa,. w r c�,i t CODE COMPLIANCE NOTE: Pavlsions will require a new plan submittal APPROVED 20 Str d B lvc,41 ,21 Elecarical and may imluda additional plan revic-w fees of ap}P; Mvcd Flaid Cory and ri%s;i4;jS is ar;*r��?.j,,adi_ j: -iiaL•fir-PlumbI UKW a a WA 9.8188 1 JUS 0 8 2016 Gas Piping s°• z ,00 y of Wkwila 1;."^ D"JiIOsU Cray of Tukwila Gly of TAwila BUILDING DIVISION BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA y ,t PERMIT CENTER EGRESS S a= " D OCCUPANCY i1rn ,� � E l .z PROJECT INFORMATION � 1 N'ARCHITECTURAL 3. EGRESS OCCUPANCY CALCULATION LEGEND RM. ATM VESTIBULE BUSINESS AREA LOAD 220 SF 3 NO. RM. NAME RM. USE FACTOR SQ FT OCCUPANCY 100 ATM VESTIBULE BUSINESS AREA 100 220 SF 3 100 ENTRY BUSINESS AREA 100 110 SF 2 101 (E) ATM ROOM ACCESSORY STORAGE 300 159 SF 1 102 OFFICE (FUTURE SBB) BUSINESS AREA 100 109 SF 2 103 OFFICE (FSA) BUSINESS AREA 100 108 SF 2 104 (FUTURE SR. INV. RM) BUSINESS AREA 100 107 SF 2 105 OFFICE (MLO) BUSINESS AREA 100 108 SF 2 106 OFFICE BUSINESS AREA 100 107 SF 2 107 OFFICE BUSINESS AREA 100 97 SF 1 108 (E) VAULT ACCESSORY STORAGE 300 180 SF 1 109 (E) COUPON BOOTH BUSINESS AREA 100 48 SF 1 110 (E) VAULT LOBBY BUSINESS AREA 100 99 SF 1 111 (E) STORAGE ACCESSORY STORAGE 300 18 SF 1 112 OFFICE BUSINESS AREA 100 88 SF 1 113 OFFICE BUSINESS AREA 100 88 SF 1 114 (E) JANITOR ACCESSORY STORAGE 300 48 SF 1 115 (E) MEN'S TOILET ACCESSORY 0 79 SF 0 116 (E) WOMEN'S TOILET ACCESSORY 0 125 SF 0 117 HALLWAY ACCESSORY 0 95 SF 0 118 STORAGE ACCESSORY STORAGE 300 356 SF 2 119 CALLING CUBE BUSINESS AREA 100 174 SF 2 120 (E) NER ACCESSORY STORAGE 300 160 SF 1 121 (E) BREAK ROOM ASSEMBLY: NON -CONCENTRATED 15 209 SF 14 122 TELLER BUSINESS AREA 100 709 SF 8 123 (E) WORKROOM BUSINESS AREA 100 351 SF 4 124 OFFICE (SR. SB. RM.) BUSINESS AREA 100 111 SF 2 125 BUSINESS CENTER BUSINESS AREA 100 740 SF 8 126 OFFICE BUSINESS AREA 100 95 SF 1 127 OFFICE BUSINESS AREA 100 95 SF 1 128 OFFICE BUSINESS AREA 100 96 SF 1 129 CENTRAL ZONE BUSINESS AREA 100 1,573 SF 16 6,662 SF 84 PATH OF EGRESS OCHOICE OF TWO EXITS WITH COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL DISTANCE NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS EXITING NIC MINIMUM EGRESS WIDTH: REQUIRED- 84 X.15"= 12.6" PROVIDED -170" PER IBC 1005.3.2 NUMBER OF EXITS AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS: REQUIRED- 2 PROVIDED- 4 IBC TABLE 1015.1 B OCCUPANCY EXIT TRAVEL LIMITATIONS: MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE: 300 FT. WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM IBC TABLE 1016.2 MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL: 100 FT. WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM IBC TABLE 1014.3 SHEET NUMBER REVISIONS SHEET NAME LATEST DATE DESCRIPTION RDR READER A00.10 GENERAL NOTES A00.30 ACCES ACCESSORY RECES RECESS(ED) ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION A00.50 SITE PLAN ACOUS ACOUSTIC(AL) ACOUSTIC RECPT RECEPTACLE A03.01 Project Address: Strander Blvd A04.01 AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR REF REFERENCE) FURNITURE PLAN Tukwila, WA 98188 Tukwila, ATM EQUIPMENT DETAILS AL ALUMINUM REFL REFLECTED Al2.01 Project Type: Retail banking/ Financial Center, Interior Remodel Al2.02 ALT ALTERNATE REFR REFRIGERATOR MILLWORK DETAILS MW05, MW07, MW12A, AND MW12B Al2.08 MILLWORK DETAILS MW11 ANNUNC ANNUNCIATOR REQD REQUIRED ;, Project Size: -6,700 sq. ft. MFR ANOD ANODIZED RESIS RESIST(ANT)(IVE) FURN Occupancy: B occupancy MILLWORK APPL APPLIANCE RFG ROOFING `� s"�' MOUNTED FWC AUTO AUTOMATIC RM ROOM 3120StrandorBlvd Building Type: Type 3B NOT TO SCALE AVG AVERAGE RO ROUGH OPENING OPNG OF WORK n B DF S LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED Fire Safety: Fully Sprinklered with Fire Alarm System OCCUPANCY SENSOR BD BOARD SCR SCRIBE DIAMETER UTIL UTILITY BLDG BUILDING SECUR SECURITY PLASTIC LAMINATE APPLICABLE CODES DIFFUSER BLKG BLOCKING SF SQUARE FEET PNL DIM DIMENSION BOLLD BOLLARD SGL SINGLE PREFABRICATED PREFIN t PRTECN PROTECTION PTN PARTITION R BUILDING CODE: 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH STATE OF BRDLM BROADLOOM SHORG SHORING WASHINGTON ADMEND STATE AMMENDMENTS BU BUILT UP SIM SIMILAR PLUMBING CODE: 2012 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE C SST STAINLESS STEEL ELECTRICAL CODE: 2009 WASHINGTON CITIES ELECTRICAL CODE CAB CABINET STD STANDARD ENERGY CODE: 2012 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE CEM CEMENT(ITIOUS) STL STEEL CER CERAMIC STRFR STOREFRONT MECHANICAL CODE: 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE CLG CEILING STRUCT STRUCTURAL FUEL AND GAS CODE: 2012 INTERNATIONAL FUEL AND GAS CODE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT SURF SURFACE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD: ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009 COATG COATING SUSP SUSPENDED PLANNING /ZONING CODE: TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE/ CHAPTER 83 -SHORELINE MANAGEMENT SHEET NUMBER REVISIONS SHEET NAME LATEST DATE DESCRIPTION A00.00 DRAWING INDEX, LOCATION MAP, AND PROJECT INFO A00.10 GENERAL NOTES A00.30 DOOR AND HARDWARE AND MILLWORK SCHEDULES A00.31 EQUIPMENT AND FINISH SCHEDULES A00.40 ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION A00.50 SITE PLAN A01.01 DEMOLITION PLAN A02.01 CONSTRUCTION PLAN A03.01 POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN A04.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A05.01 FINISH PLAN A06.01 FURNITURE PLAN A08.11 ATM EQUIPMENT DETAILS All 1.01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Al 1.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Al2.01 WALL PARTITION TYPES Al2.02 CEILING DETAILS Al2.03 DETAILS Al2.07 MILLWORK DETAILS MW05, MW07, MW12A, AND MW12B Al2.08 MILLWORK DETAILS MW11 Al2.13 AIRLOCK DETAILS Al2.14 OFFICE DETAILS COILG COILING SYS SYSTEM(S) S01.02 FLOOR FINISHES AND MINIMAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES. NEW CONSTRUCTION SCOPE OF 05/20/2016 CONC CONCRETE T 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT WORK INCLUDES A REMODELED 24-HOUR ATM VESTIBULE, OFFICES, TELLERLINE, AND SIGNAGE. WITHIN THIS SCOPE OF ROOF FRAMING PLAN CONSTR CONSTRUCTION T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 05/20/2016 WORK, PROPOSED INSTALLATION OF NON-BEARING PARTITIONS, DOORS, MILLWORK, FLOOR FINISHES AND ASSOCIATED S05.01 CONT CONTINUOUS(ATION) TG TEMPERED GLASS HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, AUDIONISUAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, SECURITY. EXISTING FIREPLACE CONTR CONTRACT(OR) THK THICK Til W6mWy ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS, BREAKROOM, ELETRICAL ROOM AND VAULT ARE TO REMAIN. NO CHANGE IN USE OR M.E. COV COVER TILT TOILET MECHANICAL OCCUPANCY. aakBlva.. . CPT CARPET TRAF TRAFFIC ;, r kWrleEj MFR D MIN TRANS TRANSPARENT FURN FURNITURE MILLWORK DBL DOUBLE TRTD TREATED `� s"�' MOUNTED FWC DEPT DEPARTMENT TYP TYPICAL 3120StrandorBlvd NTS NOT TO SCALE DES DET DESIGN(ED) DETAIL UNDRLAY USCOPE UNDERLAYMENT OPNG OF WORK n Strander 9lvd" w DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR STRUCTUOwl RAL OVHD DIA DIAMETER UTIL UTILITY PARTICLE BOARD PEDTR PEDESTRIAN PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE DIFF DIFFUSER V PLASTIC PLYWD PLYWOOD PNL DIM DIMENSION VEH VEHICLE GFCI PROPOSED TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK INCLUDES THE DEMOLITION OF (E) NON-BEARING PARTITIONS, DOORS, MILLWORK, PREFABRICATED DISP DISPENSER VERT VERTICLE S01.02 FLOOR FINISHES AND MINIMAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES. NEW CONSTRUCTION SCOPE OF 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT S02.01 FOUNDATION PLAN 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT WORK INCLUDES A REMODELED 24-HOUR ATM VESTIBULE, OFFICES, TELLERLINE, AND SIGNAGE. WITHIN THIS SCOPE OF ROOF FRAMING PLAN DIV DIVISION VIF VERIFY IN FIELD 05/20/2016 WORK, PROPOSED INSTALLATION OF NON-BEARING PARTITIONS, DOORS, MILLWORK, FLOOR FINISHES AND ASSOCIATED S05.01 DN DOWN W HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, AUDIONISUAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, SECURITY. EXISTING FIREPLACE DR DOOR W/ WITH Til W6mWy ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS, BREAKROOM, ELETRICAL ROOM AND VAULT ARE TO REMAIN. NO CHANGE IN USE OR M.E. DSCON DISCONNECT W/0 WITHOUT MECHANICAL OCCUPANCY. aakBlva.. . DWR DRAWER WC WATER CLOSET ;, r kWrleEj MFR E MIN WD WOOD FURN FURNITURE MILLWORK FL AST FI ASTnMFRIr: wnw wwnnUr `� s"�' MOUNTED FWC S01.01 STRUCTRAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, DRAWING SYMBOLS AND DRAWING LIST 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT S01.02 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT S02.01 FOUNDATION PLAN 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT S02.02 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT SO4.01 CONCRETE AND STEEL DETAILS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT S05.01 COLD -FORMED FRAMING DETAILS 05/20/2016 1 ISSUE FOR PERMIT F MECHANICAL LEGENDS AND GENERAL NOTES 05/20/2016 . it DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN- HVAC 05/20/2016 FAB FABRICATION MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN 05/20/2016 Y M04.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS FD FLOOR DRAIN M05.01 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT s�J� FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER HORIZONTAL HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR FPLC FIREPLACE FE&C FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET southcent Westfield LEVELING Til W6mWy M.E. FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET MAXIMUM i MECHANICAL MEMB aakBlva.. . FIN FINISH FRMG b ;, r kWrleEj MFR M00.01 MECHANICAL LEGENDS AND GENERAL NOTES 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT M01.01 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN- HVAC 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT M02.01 MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT M04.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT M05.01 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT GFRC GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GFRG szvtnst .y GFRP GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTER GL 1R1 U GR FLDG FOLDING GYPSUM o z Round i Bowli ! ' S Amuseme t' HD HEAD HDWD FLR FLOORING) HARDWARE s�J� HOLLOW METAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR FPLC FIREPLACE LT x" southcent Westfield LEVELING M M.E. FR FIRERAT(ING)(ED) MAXIMUM '� MECHANICAL MEMB aakBlva.. . MET METAL FRMG FRAMING`' MFD MANUFACTURED MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC FURN FURNITURE MILLWORK "'a' �: z ; 0. MOT MOTOR(IZED) `� s"�' MOUNTED FWC FABRIC WALL COVERINGs's+mst.. NIC "' K r, struadarBfva 3120StrandorBlvd NTS NOT TO SCALE 0 FXD FIXED° OPPOSITE HAND OPNG Soudreenter Plaza n Strander 9lvd" w � OPERABLE FXTR FIXTURE OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR a, OVERFLOW OVHD OVERHEAD P PBD PARTICLE BOARD PEDTR PEDESTRIAN PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLAS ELECTRICAL GAGAUGE PLASTIC PLYWD PLYWOOD PNL PANEL .. POLYSTYRENE PORT GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT" PREFABRICATED PREFIN t PRTECN PROTECTION PTN PARTITION R INTERRUPTER GFRC GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GFRG GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GFRP GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTER GL GLASS GR GRAD(E)(ING) GYP GYPSUM H LIGHTING PLAN HD HEAD HDWD HARDWOOD HDWE HARDWARE HM HOLLOW METAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR LOUVER CONDITIONING I INFILTR INFILTRATION INFO INFORMATION INSTRUM INSTRUMENTATION) INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR INTLK INTERLOCKING) J LIGHTING PLAN JAN JANITOR K SCHEDULES AND DETAILS KIT KITCHEN L SCHEDULES AND DETAILS LAV LAVATORY LB POUND LOUVER LOUVER LT LIGHT LVLG LEVELING M M.E. MATCH EXISTING MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MEMB MEMBRANE MET METAL MEZZ MEZZANINE MFD MANUFACTURED MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MLWK MILLWORK MOIST MOISTURE MOT MOTOR(IZED) MTD MOUNTED N NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER NTS NOT TO SCALE 0 OH OPPOSITE HAND OPNG OPENING(S) OPP OPPOSITE OPR OPERABLE ORNA ORNAMENTAL OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR OVFL OVERFLOW OVHD OVERHEAD P PBD PARTICLE BOARD PEDTR PEDESTRIAN PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLAS PLASTER PLSTC PLASTIC PLYWD PLYWOOD PNL PANEL POLYST POLYSTYRENE PORT PORTABLE PREFAB PREFABRICATED PREFIN PREFINISHED PRTECN PROTECTION PTN PARTITION R 'f! 32,a Ce 0. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS FOR DEFERRED ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD WHO SHALL REVIEW THEM AND FORWARD TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL WITH A NOTATION INDICATING THAT THE DEFERRED DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND THAT THEY HAVE BEEN FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING. THE DEFERRED ITEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THEIR DESIGN & SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. ITEMS TO HAVE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL INCLUDE: 1. FIRE SPRINKLERS 2. FIRE ALARM E00.00 SYMBOLS LISTS AND NOTES 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E01.01 DEMOLITION ELECTRICAL PLAN 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E02.01 POWER PLAN 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E03.01 LIGHTING PLAN 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E05.00 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E06.00 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E07.00 DETAILS 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT EP3.01 PHOTOMETRIC LIGHTING PLAN- DRIVE THRU 05/20/2016 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Gensler Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project 33.1361.007 REGISTERED ARCHITACT TOF ASHINGTON Number REVIEWED FOR -CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 Descri tionC'ty of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DRAWING INDEX, LOCATION MAP, AND PROJECT INFO Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" 0 2016 Gensler RECEIVED Fa .,%? P rLY.ti PERMIT CENTER GRAPHIC SYMBOLS POWER & COMMUNICATION WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX WALL MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX WALL MOUNTED SEPARATE DUPLEX WALL MOUNTED FOURPLEX WALL MOUNTED DEDICATED FOURPLEX - -WALL MOUNTED HALF DEDICATED FOURPLEX V WALL MOUNTED VOICE RECEPTACLE 7 WALL MOUNTED DATA RECEPTACLE ® WALL MOUNTED TELE/DATA RECEPTACLE 4 WALL MOUNTED A/V TROUGH WALL MOUNTED A/V RECEPTACLE 4 WALL MOUNTED CABLE TV RECEPTACLE y WALL MOUNTED VOICE/DATA JUNCTION BOX Q WALL MOUNTED ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX Q WALL MOUNTED SYSTEMS PANEL VOICE/DATA INFEED Q WALL MOUNTED SYSTEMS PANEL POWER INFEED PP QQ POWER POLE EQUIPMENT REFLECTED CEILING ACOUSTICAL CEILING AND GRID MAIN RUNNER 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING TO BE REMOVED - - - UNDER CABINET LIGHT FIXTURE ~� STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE 1 PENDANT FIXTURE CEILING HEIGHT CHANGE DIMENSION OF CEILING ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ® CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN RECESSED DOWNLIGHT O ADJUSTABLE DOWNLIGHT ® RECESSED WALL WASHER TRACK LIGHTING SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE D WALL SCONCE Q EXHAUST FAN SMOKE DETECTOR ST STROBE $ FIRE SPRINKLER O SPEAKER MS MOTION SENSOR ACCESS DOOR SECURITY CAMERA O THERMOSTAT LIGHT SWITCH $D DIMMER SWITCH PROJECTION SCREEN ® RETURN AIR ® SUPPLY AIR ® EXHAUST OO CIRCULAR DIFFUSER ® LINEAR DIFFUSER E DENOTES EXISTING TO REMAIN R DENOTES EXISTING, RELOCATED FIXTURE OEQUIPMENT SECTION INDICATIONS CONSTRUCTION 1 p COLUMN GRID M NOT IN CONTRACT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN STONE REVIEWED FOR DEMOLISHED CONCRETE A CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 33.1361.007 METAL - - - - NON-FERROUS ALUMINUM OFFICE PLYWOOD XXX WOOD (FINISH) WOOD (CONTINUOUS) Scale WOOD (BLOCKING) NONE INSULATION (LOOSE OR BATT) GLASS (LARGE SCALE) ;'- GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTICAL TILE CARPET CONSTRUCTION 1 p COLUMN GRID M NOT IN CONTRACT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN XXX DOOR TYPE ALIGN ALIGN WITH ESTABLISHED SURFACES KEY NOTE REVISION TO ADDRESS BID PROCESS 1 XX ELEVATION NUMBER ON SHEET AXX.XX DIRECTION OF ELEVATION �- SHEET WHERE SHOWN FINISH DETAIL NUMBER SHEET WHERE SHOWN DESCRIPTION OF SIMILAR OR OPPOSITE FLOOR LEVEL AND AREA OR PHASE AREA TO BE DETAILED MILLWORK f- MILLWORK SCHEDULE TAG (IF USED) XXXX FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITHOUT CABINET FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIRE VALVE WITHOUT CABINET BC FIRE VALVE CABINET 2A1 FIRE ALARM PULL WALL FINISH BASE FINISH EXTENT OF FINISH WALL FINISH XXXX SPECIAL FINISH FLOOR FINISH © CEILING FINISH CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISH I STARTING POINT SECURITY DEVICES CR CARD READER EH ELECTRIC HINGE EL ELECTRIC LOCKSET ES ELECTRIC STRIKE DR DOOR RELEASE MS DOOR RELEASE MOTION SENSOR DC DOOR MONITOR CONTACT ML ELECTRO -MAGNETIC LOCK KS KEY SWITCH DOOR HOLD OPEN IC INTERCOM © BELL PUSH BUTTON DD DOUBLE DOOR MONITOR CONTACT REMOTE DOOR RELEASE BUTTON IA INTRUSION ALARM O DOOR BELL FP_R PIR (REQUEST TO EXIT, PASSIVE INFRARED DETECTOR) CEILING MOUNTED DISABLED ACCESS NOTES 1. THE AMERICAN WITH DISABILITES ACT (A.D.A.) PROVIDES THAT ALL ALTERATIONS TO A FACILITY MUST BE MADE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE, THE ALTERED PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY ARE READILY ACCESSIBLE TO INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES. BANK AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF A.D.A. WILL BE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS AND POSSIBLY CONTRADICTORY INTERPRETATIONS. THE ARCHITECT THEREFORE, WILL USE IT'S BEST PROFESSIONAL EFFORTS TO INTERPRET A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, RULES, CODES ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS AS THEY APPLY TO THE PROJECT. THE ARCHITECT, HOWEVER, CANNOT AND DOES NOT WARRANT OR GUARANTEE THAT BANK OF AMERICA WILL COMPLY WITH ALL INTERPRETATIONS OF THE A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS AND/OR THE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, RULES, CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS AS THEY APPLY TO THE PROJECT. 2. IN BUILDING AND FACILITIES, FLOORS OF A GIVEN STORY SHALL BE A COMMON LEVEL THROUGHOUT, OR SHALL BE CONNECTED BY PEDESTRIAN RAMPS, PASSENGER ELEVATORS OR SPECIAL ACCESS LIFTS. 3. FLOOR SURAFCES SHALL BE SLIP -RESISTANT. 4. EVERY CORRIDOR AND AISLE SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR MORE, SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 44" IN WIDTH. 5. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. LEVEL CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL. BEVEL OTHERS WITH A SLOPE NOT GREATER THAN 1:2. 6. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER. TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. MOUNT DOOR OPENING HARDWARE BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE FLOOR FINISH. 7. CENTER HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 8. MAXIMUM PULL OR PUSH EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. CORRESPONDING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 9. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS (EXCEPT SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. 10. EVERY REQUIRED ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOORWAY SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN TIN WIDTH IN NOT LESS THAN 6'-8" IN HEIGHT. DOORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE SO MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY IS NOT LESS THAN 32". 11. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS IS UTILIZED, AT LEAST ONE OF THE DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR, UNOBSTRUCTED OPENING WIDTH OF 32" WITH THE LEAF POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. 12. IDENTIFY ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESIBILITY AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. 13. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE LEVEL AND CLEAR RAEA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60" AND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 48" AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. 14. FLOORS AND LANDINGS SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 15. TO ALERT THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED, MARK THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH INTERIOR STAIR WITH A STRIP OF CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2" WIDE, PLACED PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. 16. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS & COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED MIN. 15" TO BOTTOM OF THE BOX & MAX. 48" TO THE TOP OF THE BOX. MEASURE FROM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. n lei 14'jii Lei J 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT (A.D.A.) ALONG WITH ALL STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDERS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF WORK OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND CODE. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT. 2. BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME FAMILIAR WITH DRAWINGS SCOPE OF WORK AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 3. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO BANK OF AMERICA PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT AN ITEMIZED COST BREAKDOWN OF ALL SCOPE ITEMS AND A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. WORK TO BE SCHEDULED TO MEET BANK OF AMERICA REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL WORK DESCRIBED OR INDICATED IN THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL WORK DEPENDENT UPON OR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THIS WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A WORKMAN LIKE MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE BEST STANDARDS OF THE TRADE INVOLVED AND BE OF ITEMS AND MATERIALS SUITED FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED. 5. TRADESMEN, CRAFTSMEN, INSTALLERS, FOREMEN, AND SUPERVISORS ARE TO BE SKILLED, EXPERIENCED AND LICENSED IF REQUIRED IN THE WORK THEY WILL BE PERFORMING. 6. PROJECT CONSTRUCTION ITEMS TO BE NEW, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS COMPLETE DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS INCLUDING DRAWINGS, TEST DATA, SAMPLES, COST AND SCHEDULE CHANGES ARE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ANY ITEM NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS THAT ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR WOULD CAUSE A TIME DELAY SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE ARCHITECT NOTIFIED. 7. TYPICAL DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES SHALL BE USED WHENEVER APPLICABLE U.N.O. ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS USED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE CONSIDERED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. IF CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE SAME OR EXACT MEANING, ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR CLARIFICATION. 8. DIMENSION LINES ARE TO FACE OF FINISH ON EXISTING AND NEW WORK, UNLESS NOTED AS FACE OF STUD OR MASONRY OR CENTERLINE OR OTHERWISE. DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE AND LARGER SCALE DRAWINGS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SMALLER SCALE DRAWINGS. 9. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS WHERE INDICATED AND FOR ALL METAL FABRICATION OR WHERE THEY ARE CALLED OUT FOR ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FIVE (5) SETS TO THE ARCHITECT WITH AMPLE TIME TO REVIEW. REQUIRED CORRECTIONS WILL BE NOTED AND A COPY WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL REVISE DRAWINGS AND RESUBMIT FOR FINAL APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 10. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SAMPLES OF ALL FINISH MATERIALS TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS NOTING DEVIATIONS BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND NEW CONSTRUCTION OF ALL TRADES AND DELIVER TO BANK OF AMERICA AT END OF PROJECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH THE MOST CURRENT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS. 12. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND BANK OF AMERICA PROJECT MANAGER OF ALL REVISIONS TO THE DRAWINGS AND CHANGES WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK OR SCHEDULE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AGENCIES, FIELD CONDITIONS OR BANK OF AMERICA PERSONNEL REGARDLESS OF EXTENT. ALL REVISIONS TO BE IN WRITING AS CHANGE ORDERS AND APPROVED PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 13. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE LIFE SAFETY OF PUBLIC, TENANTS AND WORKERS AS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY MEASURES TO PROTECT PEDESTRIANS. 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ADEQUATE SHORING, BRACING, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO SAFELY EXECUTE ALL WORK AND SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR SAME, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BLOCKING, BACKING, FRAMING, HANGERS, OR OTHER SUPPORTS AS NECESSARY FOR ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENTS AND ALL OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING SAME. 15. SITE AND BUILDING SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CLEAN, SAFE MANNER, DIRTY/ NOISY WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AT SUCH TIME AS DIRECTED PER THE OWNER AND/OR CITY WHEN THE WORK VARIOUS SECTIONS ARE COMPLETED, AND AT OTHER TIMES AS DIRECTED BY BANK OF AMERICA, OR OWNER, ALL TRASH DEBRIS, SURPLUS MATERIAL, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER. LEAVE PREMISES IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO BANK OF AMERICA, OR OWNER. 16. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE. WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, FINISHES OR EQUIPMENT IS DAMAGED BY WORK IN THIS CONTRACT, THEY SHALL BE PATCHED, REPAIRED OR REPLACED AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING, BY TRADE WHOSE WORK IS DAMAGED AT NO COST TO BANK OF AMERICA. 17. LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL WORK TO BE CONSTRUCTED ARE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND UNLESS DISCREPANCIES ARE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER LOCATION AND ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN AND INTENDED. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT THE WORK AND SHALL ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN NECESSARY MARKERS, AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF SAME. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT, AS A GUIDE TO ALL TRADES AND TO HIS SUBCONTRACTORS, THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF NEW OR REMODEL WORK WITH RESPECT TO CHANGES TO EXISTING. 19. INSTALL AND APPLY ITEMS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, FINISHES, ETC. INCLUDING THE PREPARATION OF SURFACES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 20. PERTAINING TO EQUIPMENT: GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 21. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SWITCHES, VALVES AND OTHER CONTROL DEVICES THAT ARE CONCEALED. EXACT LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 22. BESIDES GUARANTEES REQUIRED ELSEWHERE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, HEREBY DOES, GUARANTEE ALL WORK FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF WORK WITH ANY OTHER WORK, WHICH MAY BE DISPLACED IN SO DOING, THAT MAY PROVE DEFECTIVE IN WORKMANSHIP AND/OR MATERIALS WITHIN A MINIMUM OF ONE YEAR PERIOD FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE WITHOUT EXPENSE TO BANK OF AMERICA. 23. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING THE WORK. 24. SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, REVISIONS, OR CHANGES TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PURCHASE, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 25. OWNER WILL PROVIDE WORK NOTED "BY OTHERS" OR "NIC" UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. INCLUDE SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE TO ASSURE ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION 26. COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS. 27. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE. 28. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE ARCHITECT. 29. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR MILLWORK AND ITEMS ATTACHED OR MOUNTED TO WALLS OR CEILINGS. 30. UNDERCUT DOORS TO CLEAR TOP OF FLOOR FINISHES BY 1/4 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 31. CONCEALED INSULATING MATERIALS INSTALLED WITHIN WALL SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 75 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX OF MOT MORE THAN 450. 32. INSULATING MATERIALS WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO DIRECT EXPOSURE TO POTENTIAL FIRE ON THE INSIDE OF THE BUILDING DUE TO INSTALLATION IN UNCONCEALED SPACES SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450. 33. MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN PLENUMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 1. PROVIDE EXIT SIGN WITH 6" LETTERS OVER REQUIRED EXITS, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND ADDITIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR OR FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. CONNECT EXIT SIGNS TO EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUITS. COMPLY WITH BUILDING CODES. 2. MAINTAIN AISLES AT LEAST 44" WIDE AT PUBLIC AREAS. 3. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. ALL NEW DOORS SHALL HAVE APPROVED LEVER HANDLES. 4. DOOR OPENINGS INTO REQUIRED 1 -HOUR, FIRE -RESISTIVE CORRIDORS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP ASSEMBLY HAVING A 20 MINUTE RATING AND SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING. 5. 20 -MINUTES DOOR JAMBS TO BE TIGHT -FITTING, SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROLLED. 6. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE PERSONS AND IN ANY HAZARDOUS AREAS. 7. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES FOR EXIT CORRIDORS SHALL NOT EXCEED AND END POINT FLAME SPREAD RATING: 8. CLASS I, FLAME SPREAD 0-25, SMOKE DENSITY 150, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN VERTICAL EXITS. 9. CLASS II, FLAME SPREAD 26-75, SMOKE DENSITY 300, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTAL EXITS. 10. CLASS III, FLAME SPREAD 76-200, SMOKE DENSITY OF 450, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN ANY OTHER LOCATION. 11. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS OR DOORS WHERE AIR DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE -RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS. 12. WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE -TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. 13. HEARING IMPAIRED: FLASHING VISUAL WARNINGS SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE, AND SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED. 14. LOCATE THE HIGHEST POINT OF THE ACTIVATING HANDLE OF A MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX MIN. OF 42" & MAX. OF 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY IDENTIFY ALL PROTECTED OPENINGS, CORRIDOR PARTITIONS, SMOKE STOP PARTITIONS, HORIZONTAL EXIT PARTITIONS, EXIT ENCLOSURES AND ALL FIRE RATE WALLS WITH CORRESPONDING HOURLY RATING BY EITHER INSTALLING SIGNS OR BY STENCILING IN CONCEALED SPACES THE FOLLOWING: "1 HOUR FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS." NOTE: IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE SPACED NO MORE THAN 15 FEET FROM EACH END WALL AND THIRTY (30) FEET ON CENTER WITH A MINIMUM LETTER SIZE OF THREE (3) INCHES IN HEIGHT ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 �i(�Me 1J:17e100,41'1aMali LTA IIM Seal/Signature REGISTERED ARCHIT CT SIDNEY CARBORO I.STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REVIEWED FOR DEMOLISHED NEW PARTITION A REFERENCE TO PARTITION TYPE 33.1361.007 1 HR. RATED PARTITION - - - - SMOKE PARTITION OFFICE ROOM NAME XXX ROOM NUMBER XXX DOOR TYPE ALIGN ALIGN WITH ESTABLISHED SURFACES KEY NOTE REVISION TO ADDRESS BID PROCESS 1 XX ELEVATION NUMBER ON SHEET AXX.XX DIRECTION OF ELEVATION �- SHEET WHERE SHOWN FINISH DETAIL NUMBER SHEET WHERE SHOWN DESCRIPTION OF SIMILAR OR OPPOSITE FLOOR LEVEL AND AREA OR PHASE AREA TO BE DETAILED MILLWORK f- MILLWORK SCHEDULE TAG (IF USED) XXXX FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITHOUT CABINET FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIRE VALVE WITHOUT CABINET BC FIRE VALVE CABINET 2A1 FIRE ALARM PULL WALL FINISH BASE FINISH EXTENT OF FINISH WALL FINISH XXXX SPECIAL FINISH FLOOR FINISH © CEILING FINISH CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISH I STARTING POINT SECURITY DEVICES CR CARD READER EH ELECTRIC HINGE EL ELECTRIC LOCKSET ES ELECTRIC STRIKE DR DOOR RELEASE MS DOOR RELEASE MOTION SENSOR DC DOOR MONITOR CONTACT ML ELECTRO -MAGNETIC LOCK KS KEY SWITCH DOOR HOLD OPEN IC INTERCOM © BELL PUSH BUTTON DD DOUBLE DOOR MONITOR CONTACT REMOTE DOOR RELEASE BUTTON IA INTRUSION ALARM O DOOR BELL FP_R PIR (REQUEST TO EXIT, PASSIVE INFRARED DETECTOR) CEILING MOUNTED DISABLED ACCESS NOTES 1. THE AMERICAN WITH DISABILITES ACT (A.D.A.) PROVIDES THAT ALL ALTERATIONS TO A FACILITY MUST BE MADE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE, THE ALTERED PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY ARE READILY ACCESSIBLE TO INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES. BANK AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF A.D.A. WILL BE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS AND POSSIBLY CONTRADICTORY INTERPRETATIONS. THE ARCHITECT THEREFORE, WILL USE IT'S BEST PROFESSIONAL EFFORTS TO INTERPRET A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, RULES, CODES ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS AS THEY APPLY TO THE PROJECT. THE ARCHITECT, HOWEVER, CANNOT AND DOES NOT WARRANT OR GUARANTEE THAT BANK OF AMERICA WILL COMPLY WITH ALL INTERPRETATIONS OF THE A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS AND/OR THE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, RULES, CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS AS THEY APPLY TO THE PROJECT. 2. IN BUILDING AND FACILITIES, FLOORS OF A GIVEN STORY SHALL BE A COMMON LEVEL THROUGHOUT, OR SHALL BE CONNECTED BY PEDESTRIAN RAMPS, PASSENGER ELEVATORS OR SPECIAL ACCESS LIFTS. 3. FLOOR SURAFCES SHALL BE SLIP -RESISTANT. 4. EVERY CORRIDOR AND AISLE SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR MORE, SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 44" IN WIDTH. 5. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. LEVEL CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL. BEVEL OTHERS WITH A SLOPE NOT GREATER THAN 1:2. 6. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER. TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. MOUNT DOOR OPENING HARDWARE BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE FLOOR FINISH. 7. CENTER HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 8. MAXIMUM PULL OR PUSH EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. CORRESPONDING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 9. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS (EXCEPT SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. 10. EVERY REQUIRED ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOORWAY SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN TIN WIDTH IN NOT LESS THAN 6'-8" IN HEIGHT. DOORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE SO MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY IS NOT LESS THAN 32". 11. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS IS UTILIZED, AT LEAST ONE OF THE DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR, UNOBSTRUCTED OPENING WIDTH OF 32" WITH THE LEAF POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. 12. IDENTIFY ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESIBILITY AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. 13. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE LEVEL AND CLEAR RAEA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60" AND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 48" AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. 14. FLOORS AND LANDINGS SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 15. TO ALERT THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED, MARK THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH INTERIOR STAIR WITH A STRIP OF CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2" WIDE, PLACED PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. 16. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS & COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED MIN. 15" TO BOTTOM OF THE BOX & MAX. 48" TO THE TOP OF THE BOX. MEASURE FROM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. n lei 14'jii Lei J 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT (A.D.A.) ALONG WITH ALL STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDERS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF WORK OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND CODE. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT. 2. BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME FAMILIAR WITH DRAWINGS SCOPE OF WORK AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 3. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO BANK OF AMERICA PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT AN ITEMIZED COST BREAKDOWN OF ALL SCOPE ITEMS AND A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. WORK TO BE SCHEDULED TO MEET BANK OF AMERICA REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL WORK DESCRIBED OR INDICATED IN THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL WORK DEPENDENT UPON OR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THIS WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A WORKMAN LIKE MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE BEST STANDARDS OF THE TRADE INVOLVED AND BE OF ITEMS AND MATERIALS SUITED FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED. 5. TRADESMEN, CRAFTSMEN, INSTALLERS, FOREMEN, AND SUPERVISORS ARE TO BE SKILLED, EXPERIENCED AND LICENSED IF REQUIRED IN THE WORK THEY WILL BE PERFORMING. 6. PROJECT CONSTRUCTION ITEMS TO BE NEW, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS COMPLETE DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS INCLUDING DRAWINGS, TEST DATA, SAMPLES, COST AND SCHEDULE CHANGES ARE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ANY ITEM NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS THAT ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR WOULD CAUSE A TIME DELAY SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE ARCHITECT NOTIFIED. 7. TYPICAL DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES SHALL BE USED WHENEVER APPLICABLE U.N.O. ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS USED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE CONSIDERED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. IF CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE SAME OR EXACT MEANING, ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR CLARIFICATION. 8. DIMENSION LINES ARE TO FACE OF FINISH ON EXISTING AND NEW WORK, UNLESS NOTED AS FACE OF STUD OR MASONRY OR CENTERLINE OR OTHERWISE. DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE AND LARGER SCALE DRAWINGS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SMALLER SCALE DRAWINGS. 9. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS WHERE INDICATED AND FOR ALL METAL FABRICATION OR WHERE THEY ARE CALLED OUT FOR ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FIVE (5) SETS TO THE ARCHITECT WITH AMPLE TIME TO REVIEW. REQUIRED CORRECTIONS WILL BE NOTED AND A COPY WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL REVISE DRAWINGS AND RESUBMIT FOR FINAL APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 10. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SAMPLES OF ALL FINISH MATERIALS TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS NOTING DEVIATIONS BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND NEW CONSTRUCTION OF ALL TRADES AND DELIVER TO BANK OF AMERICA AT END OF PROJECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH THE MOST CURRENT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS. 12. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND BANK OF AMERICA PROJECT MANAGER OF ALL REVISIONS TO THE DRAWINGS AND CHANGES WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK OR SCHEDULE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AGENCIES, FIELD CONDITIONS OR BANK OF AMERICA PERSONNEL REGARDLESS OF EXTENT. ALL REVISIONS TO BE IN WRITING AS CHANGE ORDERS AND APPROVED PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 13. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE LIFE SAFETY OF PUBLIC, TENANTS AND WORKERS AS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY MEASURES TO PROTECT PEDESTRIANS. 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ADEQUATE SHORING, BRACING, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO SAFELY EXECUTE ALL WORK AND SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR SAME, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BLOCKING, BACKING, FRAMING, HANGERS, OR OTHER SUPPORTS AS NECESSARY FOR ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENTS AND ALL OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING SAME. 15. SITE AND BUILDING SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CLEAN, SAFE MANNER, DIRTY/ NOISY WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AT SUCH TIME AS DIRECTED PER THE OWNER AND/OR CITY WHEN THE WORK VARIOUS SECTIONS ARE COMPLETED, AND AT OTHER TIMES AS DIRECTED BY BANK OF AMERICA, OR OWNER, ALL TRASH DEBRIS, SURPLUS MATERIAL, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER. LEAVE PREMISES IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO BANK OF AMERICA, OR OWNER. 16. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE. WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, FINISHES OR EQUIPMENT IS DAMAGED BY WORK IN THIS CONTRACT, THEY SHALL BE PATCHED, REPAIRED OR REPLACED AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING, BY TRADE WHOSE WORK IS DAMAGED AT NO COST TO BANK OF AMERICA. 17. LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL WORK TO BE CONSTRUCTED ARE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND UNLESS DISCREPANCIES ARE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER LOCATION AND ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN AND INTENDED. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT THE WORK AND SHALL ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN NECESSARY MARKERS, AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF SAME. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT, AS A GUIDE TO ALL TRADES AND TO HIS SUBCONTRACTORS, THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF NEW OR REMODEL WORK WITH RESPECT TO CHANGES TO EXISTING. 19. INSTALL AND APPLY ITEMS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, FINISHES, ETC. INCLUDING THE PREPARATION OF SURFACES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 20. PERTAINING TO EQUIPMENT: GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 21. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SWITCHES, VALVES AND OTHER CONTROL DEVICES THAT ARE CONCEALED. EXACT LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 22. BESIDES GUARANTEES REQUIRED ELSEWHERE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, HEREBY DOES, GUARANTEE ALL WORK FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF WORK WITH ANY OTHER WORK, WHICH MAY BE DISPLACED IN SO DOING, THAT MAY PROVE DEFECTIVE IN WORKMANSHIP AND/OR MATERIALS WITHIN A MINIMUM OF ONE YEAR PERIOD FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE WITHOUT EXPENSE TO BANK OF AMERICA. 23. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING THE WORK. 24. SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, REVISIONS, OR CHANGES TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PURCHASE, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 25. OWNER WILL PROVIDE WORK NOTED "BY OTHERS" OR "NIC" UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. INCLUDE SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE TO ASSURE ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION 26. COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS. 27. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE. 28. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE ARCHITECT. 29. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR MILLWORK AND ITEMS ATTACHED OR MOUNTED TO WALLS OR CEILINGS. 30. UNDERCUT DOORS TO CLEAR TOP OF FLOOR FINISHES BY 1/4 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 31. CONCEALED INSULATING MATERIALS INSTALLED WITHIN WALL SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 75 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX OF MOT MORE THAN 450. 32. INSULATING MATERIALS WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO DIRECT EXPOSURE TO POTENTIAL FIRE ON THE INSIDE OF THE BUILDING DUE TO INSTALLATION IN UNCONCEALED SPACES SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450. 33. MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN PLENUMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 1. PROVIDE EXIT SIGN WITH 6" LETTERS OVER REQUIRED EXITS, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND ADDITIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR OR FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. CONNECT EXIT SIGNS TO EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUITS. COMPLY WITH BUILDING CODES. 2. MAINTAIN AISLES AT LEAST 44" WIDE AT PUBLIC AREAS. 3. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. ALL NEW DOORS SHALL HAVE APPROVED LEVER HANDLES. 4. DOOR OPENINGS INTO REQUIRED 1 -HOUR, FIRE -RESISTIVE CORRIDORS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP ASSEMBLY HAVING A 20 MINUTE RATING AND SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING. 5. 20 -MINUTES DOOR JAMBS TO BE TIGHT -FITTING, SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROLLED. 6. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE PERSONS AND IN ANY HAZARDOUS AREAS. 7. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES FOR EXIT CORRIDORS SHALL NOT EXCEED AND END POINT FLAME SPREAD RATING: 8. CLASS I, FLAME SPREAD 0-25, SMOKE DENSITY 150, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN VERTICAL EXITS. 9. CLASS II, FLAME SPREAD 26-75, SMOKE DENSITY 300, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTAL EXITS. 10. CLASS III, FLAME SPREAD 76-200, SMOKE DENSITY OF 450, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN ANY OTHER LOCATION. 11. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS OR DOORS WHERE AIR DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE -RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS. 12. WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE -TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. 13. HEARING IMPAIRED: FLASHING VISUAL WARNINGS SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE, AND SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED. 14. LOCATE THE HIGHEST POINT OF THE ACTIVATING HANDLE OF A MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX MIN. OF 42" & MAX. OF 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY IDENTIFY ALL PROTECTED OPENINGS, CORRIDOR PARTITIONS, SMOKE STOP PARTITIONS, HORIZONTAL EXIT PARTITIONS, EXIT ENCLOSURES AND ALL FIRE RATE WALLS WITH CORRESPONDING HOURLY RATING BY EITHER INSTALLING SIGNS OR BY STENCILING IN CONCEALED SPACES THE FOLLOWING: "1 HOUR FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS." NOTE: IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE SPACED NO MORE THAN 15 FEET FROM EACH END WALL AND THIRTY (30) FEET ON CENTER WITH A MINIMUM LETTER SIZE OF THREE (3) INCHES IN HEIGHT ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 �i(�Me 1J:17e100,41'1aMali LTA IIM Seal/Signature REGISTERED ARCHIT CT SIDNEY CARBORO I.STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Project Number APPROVED 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Description City of Tukwila p BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES RECEIVED Scale CITY OF TUKWILA NONE I' . 'z ' 2 b PERMIT CENTER 0 2016 Gensler 1 NO. ASSEMBLY LOCATION TYPE WIDTH DIMENSIONS HEIGHT THICKNESS DOOR MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH FRAME HEAD DETAILS JAMB SILL ASSEMBLY RATING FIRE TEMP SMOKE RATING RISE LABEL HARDWARE SET NOTES 100 CENTRAL ZONE H 24'- 1 3/4" 111-011 13/4" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - Al 2.07 13/Al2.03 14/Al2.03 - - - - BY MFG HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION 101 ENTRY E 6' - 0" 8' - 5" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.13 16/Al2.13 - - - SET -1 102 OFFICE (FUTURE SBB) B 3' - 0" 81- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.03 - - - SET -5 103 OFFICE (FSA) B 3' - 0" 81- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.03 - - - SET -5 104 (FUTURE SR. INV. RM) B 31-0-1 81- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.03 - - - SET -5 105 OFFICE (MLO) B 3' - 0" 8' - 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.03 - - - SET -5 106 OFFICE B 3'- 0" 81- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.03 - - - SET -5 107 OFFICE B 31-0- 81-6- 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.03 - SET -5 112 OFFICE B 3'- 0" 8'- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.03 - - - SET -5 113 OFFICE B 3' - 0" 81- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 - - - - SET -5 114 (E) JANITOR A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 13/4" WOOD SEE SHEET NOTE'C' HOLLOW METAL SEE SHEET NOTE "C" 09/Al2.03 10/Al2.03 - - - - SET -9 PROVIDE 3/4" UNDERCUT AT DOOR LEAF. 117 CENTRAL ZONE A 3' - 0" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" WOOD SEE SHEET NOTE'C' HOLLOW METAL SEE SHEET NOTE "C" 09/Al2.03 10/Al2.03 03/Al2.04 - - - SET -4 PROVIDE PASSAGE TYPE LOCK. PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPE TO BE VIEWED FROM HALLWAY 117 DIRECTION. 118A STORAGE A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 13/4" WOOD SEE SHEET NOTE'C' HOLLOW METAL SEE SHEET NOTE "C" 09/Al2.03 10/Al2.03 - - - - SET -10 118B CENTRAL ZONE A 31-011 8' - 0" 13/4" WOOD SEE SHEET NOTE'C' HOLLOW METAL SEE SHEET NOTE "C" 09/Al2.03 10/Al2.03 03/Al2.04 - - - SET -11 B PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPES TO BE VIEWED FROM HALLWAY 118 DIRECTION 119 CALLING CUBE A 3'- 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WOOD SEE SHEET NOTE'C' HOLLOW METAL SEE SHEET NOTE "C" 09/Al2.03 10/Al2.03 01/Al 2.04 - - - SET -12 PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPES TO BE VIEWED FROM CALLING CUBES 119 DIRECTION. 122 TELLER A 3'- 0" 7' - 0" 13/4" WOOD SEE SHEET NOTE'C' HOLLOW METAL SEE SHEET NOTE "C" 09/Al2.03 10/Al2.03 01/Al 2.04 - - - SET -11 123 (E) WORK ROOM A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 13/4" WOOD SEE SHEET NOTE'C' HOLLOW METAL SEE SHEET NOTE "C" 09/Al2.03 10/Al2.03 01/Al2.04 - - - SET -11 PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPES TO BE VIEWED FROM WORKROOM 123 DIRECTION. 124 OFFICE (SR. SB. RM.) B 3' - 0" 81-411 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 08/Al2.14 08/Al2.14 02/Al2.04 - - - SET -5 125 CENTRAL ZONE E 6'- 0" 8'- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.13 16/Al2.13 - - - SET -1 126 OFFICE B 3' - 0" 81- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.04 - - - SET -5 127 OFFICE B T - 0" 81- 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.04 - - - SET -5 128 OFFICE B 3' - 0" 8' - 6" 1/2" ALUMINUM/GLASS SEE SHEET NOTE "E" - - 16/Al2.14 16/Al2.14 02/Al2.04 - - - SET -5 PEEP SCOPE WHERE / SCHEDULED o - in M SINGLE PAINT GRADE SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR 2" HOLLOW METAL FRAME r 1/2" TEMPERED UNIT GLASS FRAMELESS TYPE E 1/2" TEMPERED MONOLITHIC GLASS TYPE H ROLL UP GATE i..., -L- Lj%.vJN GATE SYSTEM DOOR 100A (OUTSIDE) O 0 i cc c r DOOR 100A (SECURE SIDE) O DOOR 101 (OUTSIDE) DOOR 101 (SECURE SIDE) DOOR HARDWARE ITEM DESCRIPTION A HINGE B TRANSFER: ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSFER C PANIC HARDWARE E KEY SWITCH: (RECESS MOUNTED ON INTERIOR JAMB FRAME). F CYLINDER: (TEMPORARY CYLINDER USED DURING CONSTRUCTION; TO BE REPLACED WITH ITEM "0" AFTER CONSTRUCTION) G CLOSER H PULL HANDLE I SWEEP J WEATHERSTRIP K THRESHOLD O PERMANENT CYLINDER Q CARD READER (SURFACE MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR JAMB FRAME) FUNCTION STATEMENTS FROM EXTERIOR - LOCKED CONDITION AFTER HOURS: ATM DOORS: ACCESS VIA VALID CARD WHICH UNLOCKS EXIT DEVICE ON ATM DOORS. CUSTOMERS PUSH TRIM FOR ENTRANCE SINGLE DOORS: ACCESS VIA VALID CARD WHICH UNLOCKS EXIT DEVICE. EMPLOYEES PULL TRIM FOR ENTRANCE. FROM EXTERIOR - UNLOCKED CONDITION DURING BUSINESS HOURS: ATM DOORS: PARABIT CONTROLLER HOLDS DOORS UNLOCKED ON A TIME SCHEDULE. CUSTOMERS PUSH TRIM FOR ENTRANCE SINGLE DOORS: ACCESS VIA VALID CARD WHICH UNLOCKS EXIT DEVICE. EMPLOYEES PULL TRIM FOR ENTRANCE. FROM INTERIOR: ATM DOORS: FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES VIA THE OFFSET DOOR PULL OR BY DEPRESSING THE PUSH TO EXIT BUTTON SINGLE DOORS: EXIT AT ANYTIME VIA PANIC HARDWARE. SECURE LOCKDOWN FROM INTERIOR DURING BUSINESS HOURS: ATM DOORS: IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY, BANK ASSOCIATE USES A KEY TO OPERATE THE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH WILL OVERRIDE THE ACCESS SYSTEM AND SECURE THE DOOR (RED LED). EGRESS WILL STILL BE ALLOWED. AFTER THE EVENT, ASSOCIATE USES A KEY TO OPERATE THE KEYSWITCH AND THE DOOR WILL RESUME OPERATION UNDER PARABIT CONTROLLER SYSTEM (GREEN LED) SINGLE DOORS: DOOR SHALL BE LOCKED AT ALL TIMES. EXIT AT ANYTIME VIA PANIC HARDWARE. EVACUATION LOCKDOWN FROM EXTERIOR DURING BUSINESS HOURS: ATM DOORS: IN THE EVENT OF AN EVACUATION, BANK ASSOCIATE TO USE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH WILL OVERRIDE THE ACCESS SYSTEM AND SECURE THE DOORS (RED LED). EGRESS WILL STILL BEALLOWED AND ASSOCIATE WILL EXIT THROUGH THE SINGLE DOOR. AFTER EVENT, ASSOCIATE WILL ENTER THE BANK BY OPERATING THE EXTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH UNLOCKS THE DOORS FOR 10 SECONDS. AFTER ENTERING THE BANK, ASSOCIATE TO OPERATE THE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH AND DOORS WILL RESUME OPERATION UNDER PARABIT CONTROLLER SYSTEM (GREEN LED). SINGLE DOORS: DOOR SHALL BE LOCKED AT ALL TIMES. STORAGE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON STANDARDS HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION PLAN, ELEVATION & DETAIL Al2.07 TAG NUMBER NAME DESCRIPTION HEIGHT AND DEPTH LOCATION REMARKS Al2.07 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW11 TELLER WORK COUNTER BASE CABINETS WITH BACKSPLASH HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN Al2.08 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW12A TELLER WORKROOM BASE CABINET AND OPEN UPPER CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH) HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN Al 2.07 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW12B TELLER WORKROOM COUNTER OPEN BELOW AND OPEN UPPER CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH) HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN IA12.07 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW13A WORKROOM CASH VAULTS FILLER PANELS SURROUNDING CASH VAULTS HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: 2'-7" 1 Al 2.08 - io 0 TYPE E 1/2" TEMPERED MONOLITHIC GLASS TYPE H ROLL UP GATE i..., -L- Lj%.vJN GATE SYSTEM DOOR 100A (OUTSIDE) O 0 i cc c r DOOR 100A (SECURE SIDE) O DOOR 101 (OUTSIDE) DOOR 101 (SECURE SIDE) DOOR HARDWARE ITEM DESCRIPTION A HINGE B TRANSFER: ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSFER C PANIC HARDWARE E KEY SWITCH: (RECESS MOUNTED ON INTERIOR JAMB FRAME). F CYLINDER: (TEMPORARY CYLINDER USED DURING CONSTRUCTION; TO BE REPLACED WITH ITEM "0" AFTER CONSTRUCTION) G CLOSER H PULL HANDLE I SWEEP J WEATHERSTRIP K THRESHOLD O PERMANENT CYLINDER Q CARD READER (SURFACE MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR JAMB FRAME) FUNCTION STATEMENTS FROM EXTERIOR - LOCKED CONDITION AFTER HOURS: ATM DOORS: ACCESS VIA VALID CARD WHICH UNLOCKS EXIT DEVICE ON ATM DOORS. CUSTOMERS PUSH TRIM FOR ENTRANCE SINGLE DOORS: ACCESS VIA VALID CARD WHICH UNLOCKS EXIT DEVICE. EMPLOYEES PULL TRIM FOR ENTRANCE. FROM EXTERIOR - UNLOCKED CONDITION DURING BUSINESS HOURS: ATM DOORS: PARABIT CONTROLLER HOLDS DOORS UNLOCKED ON A TIME SCHEDULE. CUSTOMERS PUSH TRIM FOR ENTRANCE SINGLE DOORS: ACCESS VIA VALID CARD WHICH UNLOCKS EXIT DEVICE. EMPLOYEES PULL TRIM FOR ENTRANCE. FROM INTERIOR: ATM DOORS: FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES VIA THE OFFSET DOOR PULL OR BY DEPRESSING THE PUSH TO EXIT BUTTON SINGLE DOORS: EXIT AT ANYTIME VIA PANIC HARDWARE. SECURE LOCKDOWN FROM INTERIOR DURING BUSINESS HOURS: ATM DOORS: IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY, BANK ASSOCIATE USES A KEY TO OPERATE THE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH WILL OVERRIDE THE ACCESS SYSTEM AND SECURE THE DOOR (RED LED). EGRESS WILL STILL BE ALLOWED. AFTER THE EVENT, ASSOCIATE USES A KEY TO OPERATE THE KEYSWITCH AND THE DOOR WILL RESUME OPERATION UNDER PARABIT CONTROLLER SYSTEM (GREEN LED) SINGLE DOORS: DOOR SHALL BE LOCKED AT ALL TIMES. EXIT AT ANYTIME VIA PANIC HARDWARE. EVACUATION LOCKDOWN FROM EXTERIOR DURING BUSINESS HOURS: ATM DOORS: IN THE EVENT OF AN EVACUATION, BANK ASSOCIATE TO USE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH WILL OVERRIDE THE ACCESS SYSTEM AND SECURE THE DOORS (RED LED). EGRESS WILL STILL BEALLOWED AND ASSOCIATE WILL EXIT THROUGH THE SINGLE DOOR. AFTER EVENT, ASSOCIATE WILL ENTER THE BANK BY OPERATING THE EXTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH UNLOCKS THE DOORS FOR 10 SECONDS. AFTER ENTERING THE BANK, ASSOCIATE TO OPERATE THE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH AND DOORS WILL RESUME OPERATION UNDER PARABIT CONTROLLER SYSTEM (GREEN LED). SINGLE DOORS: DOOR SHALL BE LOCKED AT ALL TIMES. MW05 STORAGE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON STANDARDS HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION PLAN, ELEVATION & DETAIL Al2.07 TAG NUMBER NAME DESCRIPTION HEIGHT AND DEPTH LOCATION REMARKS MW05 STORAGE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON STANDARDS HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN Al2.07 MW07 BASE CABINET AND UPPER CABINETS (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH) HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN Al2.07 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW11 TELLER WORK COUNTER BASE CABINETS WITH BACKSPLASH HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN Al2.08 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW12A TELLER WORKROOM BASE CABINET AND OPEN UPPER CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH) HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN Al 2.07 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW12B TELLER WORKROOM COUNTER OPEN BELOW AND OPEN UPPER CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH) HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: REFER TO PLAN IA12.07 SEE SPEC SECTION 06 40 23 FOR GROMMET COLOR MW13A WORKROOM CASH VAULTS FILLER PANELS SURROUNDING CASH VAULTS HEIGHT: REFER TO ELEVATION DEPTH: 2'-7" 1 Al 2.08 - KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DOOR HARDWARE GROUPS. B. NOT USED C. PAINT DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES TO MATCH ADJACENT PARTITION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. NOT USED. E. DOOR RAILS/FRAME TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH. F. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE LEVER TYPE MEETING ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. G. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE SATIN CHROME FINISH (US26D, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED) H. COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE KEYING WITH THE OWNER AND OBTAIN OWNER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO PLACING HARDWARE ORDER. I. VERIFY IN FIELD ALL DIMENSIONS FOR MILLWORK. J. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR WOOD DOOR FINISHES LEGEND 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 Seal/Signature 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 A 10237 REGISTERED ARCHITECT SIDNEY L. CARBORO STATE OF ASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila Description BUILDING DIVISION DOOR AND HARDWARE AND MILLWORK SCHEDULES Scale As indicated IT�Z����7 ®2016 Gensler RECEIVED CITE' OF TUKWILA L .. `a' 2 J` PERMIT CENTER NUMBER I DESCRIPTION I MANUF/MODEL NO. DIMENSION NOTES 1. EQUIPMENT BY BANK SECURITY VENDOR: HAMILTON. DIEBOLD. & NCR 6 CARD, CHECK AND NOTE FILE CABINET KORDEN FFSC13 31.6"D X 36.25"H X 25.25"W PROVIDED BY HAMILTON, COLOR: BLACK 36 AGREEMENT CONTRACT FILE CABINET FIRE KING 3 DRAWER 44 WITH FLIP TOP 44 1/2" W X 221/8" D X 581/2" H VERIFY DIMENSIONS WITH MANUFACTURER 37 10 IN. STAND UP STORAGE PEDESTRAL DIEBOLD 18 11/16" X 10" X 3-2-1/4" ARIBA41-018854-000C 38 NIGHT DEPOSITORY WALK UP DIEBOLD 2.75"W X 4.5"H - 39 ADA SIT DOWN PEDESTAL DIEBOLD 18 11/16" X 18 11/16" X 2'4 1/2" ARIBA 00-22047-LOOA 40 10 IN. ADA STORAGE PEDESTAL DIEBOLD 41-018855-000-C 10" X 1811/16" X 2'4 1/2" - 41 TELLER CASH STORAGE SAFES HAMILTON 96-946 RIGHT SWING, HAMILTON 96-947 LEFT SWING 70" H X 38"W X 26"D COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY 41D TELLER CASH STORAGE SAFES (HALF HEIGHT) HAMILTON 96-948-R RIGHT SWING, HAMILTON 96-948-L LEFT SWING 38" H X 38"W X 26"D COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY 43 STAND UP PEDESTAL DIEBOLD SU-4-L2L (LEFT), DIEBOLD SU-4-R2L (RIGHT) 18 11/16" X 18 11/16" X T2 1/4 ARIBA 00 -022013 -L -B (LEFT), ARIBA 00 -022013 -R -B (RIGHT) 56B ATM -WALK UP- VESTIBULE NCR- 6684 NEXT GEN (5 HIGH SECURITY ENCLOSURE) SHORT SLEEVE - 57 ATM- DRIVE UP ISLAND NCR- 6688 SELFSERV NEXT GEN 5.12"DIA X 3.43"D L. tUUlrMtN 1 t$Y jtUUK1 I Y VtNUUK 58 SECURITY MONITOR PANASONIC PLCD 15", 17',19" SCREEN 15" AT CALLING CUBES; 17"/19" AT WORKROOM 59 SECURITY CAMERA (INTERIOR DOME) PANASONIC WV-CF634 4.25"D X 3.72"H CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL, ONLY 61 HOLD UP BUTTON DMP 1142 -BC 3.3"L X 1.6"W X 1.2"H WIRELESS 2 BUTTON TRANSMITTER; COLOR: WHITE 62 ROBBERY LIGHT DMP 572 2.75"W X 4.5"H - 63 SECURITY CAMERA (INTERIOR BOX) PANASONIC WV-CP504 2.81"W X 2.56"H X 4.06"D - 82 POINT OF CONNECTION HP 3015X 17.6'W X 16.2"D X 18.9"H - 83 VAULT SOUND DETECTOR DMP PSD -100 20.3"W x 21.6"D x 28.2"H ALL DOOR CHIMES TO BE SET AT TWO TONES, U.O.N. 86 DOOR CONTACT WIRELESS DMP 1101 4.65"L X 3.1"W X 1.4"H COLOR: WHITE 94 SECURITY PANEL (KEYPAD) DMP 7872-WBOA 5.8"W X 4.13"H X .6"D COLOR: WHITE 97 SECURITY CAMERA (EXTERIOR DOME) PANASONIC WV-CW504S 6.46"W X 9.46"D X 5.36"H 98 VAULT SECURITY MICROPHONE POTTER VSM 5.12"DIA X 3.43"D 99 MOTION DETECTOR DMP 1127W 2.7"W x4.33H x 1.77"D COLOR: WHITE 100 CARD READER PARABIT ACS -2 -KIT -IP -SR -S 5.0" X 2.1" X 1.0" BACK TELLER LINE 101 CARD READER DMP MP5365 - - 102 MOTION DETECTOR 360 DMP 1126R 4"DIA X 2"D COLOR: WHITE 103 KEY FOB TRANSMITTER DMP 1145-2 1.98"W X 1.98"H X .6"D COLOR: BLACK 105 BANDIT BARRIER TRANSACTION CAMERA PARABIT 37 3/4"H X 401/8"W X 20"D SURFACE: 400-10056, EDGE: 400-10055 106 SECURITY MONITOR @ TELLER STATION WELDEX: WDL-1040M - COLOR: BLACK F6Mq•L.1I;IPI1tel`I■=rl•119►Ia;411;1aGia;aE•1\Lail IR.'fas) ;41101.-11R1■I_\IL•1:ft•i•1..IZ11.10111101:4 5 CPU HOLDER (BY FURN VENDOR) STEELCASE DETAILS X06927-835 BLACK - CPTH ALT 7 COMBO BOARD (CORK/WHITE) STAPLES #518886 (QUARTET) 48"W X 36"H CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL, ONLY 9 WALL CLOCK -10 IN BLACK QUARTZ STAPLES #235853 9.75" DIAMETER CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL, ONLY 10 CPU, KEYBOARD, MOUSE HP DC5750 17.9"H X 13.6"W X 14.4"D - 11 FLAT SCREEN MONITOR SILHOUETTES: SC14E OPEN TOP 15" _ 12 PRINTER HP 3015X 17.6'W X 16.2"D X 18.9"H - 14 COUNTER COPIER/FAX HEWLETT-PACKARD M525F 20.3"W x 21.6"D x 28.2"H ALL DOOR CHIMES TO BE SET AT TWO TONES, U.O.N. 15 MICROWAVE KENMORE 24.05"W X 19.65"D X 13.63"H SEARS NO.:74229 COLOR: BLACK 16 REFRIGERATOR KENMORE #78892 28 5/8"W X 32 7/8"D X 66 9/16"H SEARS NO.: 04678892000 20 VALIDATION PRINTER EPSON TM U325 6.46"W X 9.46"D X 5.36"H 21 MICR READER MAGTEK 4"W X 6"D X 3.5"H 22 PRINTER HP LASERJET P3015 17.6"W X 16.2"D X 12.4"H - 23 CORDLESS PHONE CISCO CP.7920 5.0" X 2.1" X 1.0" BACK TELLER LINE 24 PHONE CISCO CP.7960 8.2"x 10.5"X 6.0" - 25 CUSTOMER -ACTIVATED PAYMENT TERMINAL: QUICK SERVICE TERMINAL VERIFONE MX 925 2.2" X 8.6" X 9.1" - 26 CURRENCY COUNTER CUMMINS-ALISON CORP JETSCAN CURRENCY TWO POCKET 17"D X 15"H X 10.5"W/ 1 VW X 5"D X 4"H 29 CART STAPLES/ #810832 37 3/4"H X 401/8"W X 20"D COLOR: GRAY 30 COUNTER CHECK SEPARATOR MMF 266066404 COLOR: BLACK 31 PHONE (NER) CORTELCO 2554 SINGLE LINE WALL TELEPHONE 8"W X 6"H X 3 5/8"D COLOR: 47 -RED 32 SIX POCKET FORM HOLDER MMF 267460604 COLOR: SMOKE 33 CURRENCY COUNTER PRINTER PERPPHAL RESOURCES IDP -3550 61/2"W X 8"D X 7"H CALIFORNIA ONLY- AT MERCHANT WINDOW 50 TRASH CONTAINER UNTOUCHABLE SQUARE CONTAINER 3569-88 - 51 TCD BENCHMARK SERIES 7, MODEL 750 18.75"W X 26.65"D X 38.25"H FUTURE OPTION; NOT PROVIDED AT OPENING 55 ROLLING RECYCLE BINS RECALL 42"H X 24"W X 30"D - 64 PURELL HAND SANITIZER PURELL FMX -12 DISPENSER 10 9/16"H X 6 1/8"W X 5 1/8"D CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL, ONLY 66 DESK SIDE RECYCLING CONTAINER RUBBERMAID 2955-73 11.38"L X 8.25"W X 12.13"H - 67 SQUARE RECYCLING CONTAINER UNTOUCHABLE FG356973 - 69 CORKBOARD STAPLES #518548 (QUARTET) (2) 36"H X 48"W CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL, ONLY 71 CREDIT CARD TERMINAL FIRST DATA FD50Ti 3.5"H X 3.7"W X 7.8"D - 75 MEDIA MONITOR LG 42LX33OC- PROVIDED BY DIVERSIFIED MEDIA GROUP 37.8" X 22.3" X 2.2" - 88 US FLAG CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 89 CISCO AIRONET CISCO AIRONET 1140 SERIES ACCESS POINT 8.7"L X 8.7"W X 1.84" D CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 93 MEDIA/BTM MOUNT VISIONMOUNT LT25 TILTING MOUNT LT25-B1 / PROVIDED BY DIVERSIFIED MEDIA GROUP - 95 REMOTE CAPTURE SCANNER imageFORMULA CR -1901 CHECK TRANSPORT 8.4"X 18.7" X 10.7" 96 TABLET STORAGE MIDDLE ATLANTIC PRODUCTS: PTRK-2126 26.93"L x 26.93"W x 45.91 H" - 104 DIGITAL POSTER WAP AIRTIGHT C-55 ACCESS POINT / PROVIDED BY DIVERSIFIED MEDIA GROUP 6.3" DIA - 107 FUTURE CASH 360 PROVIDE BY OWNER TBD TBD 4. r_WU1rMtN I b UUIV I KAU I UK 1 FIREMAN'S LOCKBOX REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 12 90 00 TANDUS GROUP, BAC 6' ROLL RS WITH POWERBOND BACKING, SIZE: 6' WIDE, STYLE: VISUAL TENSION CPTH ALT 2 TRASH/ASH RECEPTACLE ARCHITEK BY UNITED RECEPTACLES- A38SU PL HINGED CANOPY TOP, ASH/TRASH RECEPTACLE 24" DIA. X 43" TALL FINISH: ARCHITECTURAL BRONZE/SAND. USE OPTIONAL ANCHORING KIT AND BLACK SAND ASH/TRASH RECEPTACLE. 3 COAT HOOKS REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 12 90 00 - COAT RACK WITH 3 HOOKS ON BAR 65 FILTRATED WATER DISPENSER QUENCH WATER COOLER: SWC2000 17.9"H X 13.6"W X 14.4"D CONTACT: MIKE DAVIS 610.930.2302/CELL: 813.336.1502 90 INTERIOR TRASH RECEPTACLE SILHOUETTES: SC14E OPEN TOP 14 3/4"SQ X 25"H, 16 GAL CAPACITY TO BE ADD IT FOR 3 OR MORE ATM MACHINE 91 INTERIOR TRASH RECEPTACLE SILHOUETTES: SH12E OPEN TOP HALF ROUND 18"W X 32"H X 9"DP, 12 GAL CAPACITY TO BE ADD IT FOR 3 OR MORE ATM MACHINE 92 CHIME, BUZZER, TRANSFORMER, ETC. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 26 27 26 - ALL DOOR CHIMES TO BE SET AT TWO TONES, U.O.N. FEC -1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET- FRONT OF HOUSE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 10 44 00 1 RECESSED, PAINTED TO MATCH WALL FEC -2 EXTINGUISHER BRACKET REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 10 44 00 1 COLOR: BLACK 1 FWM7 1 PRODUCT (SEE CONTRACTOR NOTES) CARPET (BAC PROPRIETARY) Ut:KAMII: I ILC MAU F'KUrKlt i AKY ) CONTACT INFO: EMAIL: NATIONAL_ ACCOUNT@DALTILE.COM, TOLL FREE NUMBER- 877.556.5728, FAX: 214.309.4228 CT -4 FLOOR TILE: 12" X 12" DALTILE: PLAZA NOVA 3/8" THICK TILE, WHITE IMAGE PN94 - SKU#PN941212SAM1P/ GROUT (G-4): STARQUARTZ QUARTZLOCK2 380 CHARCOAL GRAY- SKU#9999630764 CT -5 TILE SIZE: 15.74"X 39.37" (16"X 40") KERLITE PORCELAIN; NOISETTE/MATTE FINISH. GROUT (G-3): QUARTZLOCK 2 #283 HEMP, SKU #9999630751. PROVIDED BY CREATIVE MATERIALS. CT -7 FIELD TILE: 6"X36" DALTILE: SADDLE BROOK 5/16" THICK, WALNUT CREEK SDI - SKU#: SDI 5636SAMS1PR/ GROUT (G6): MAPEI CHOCOLATE -07 V IIV i L %,VIVIrVJI I IVIV I ILC (DNI, rr-MOUMIr 1 1 V C)/ DAJL7 Vrur-oio i CONTACT INFO: ETEVA BALDWIN, CUSTOMER SERVICE REP, PHONE: 800-241-2262 EXT. 6581 FAX: 706-625-6210, EMAIL: ETEVA BALDWIN@MANNINGTON.COM VCT -1 I MANNINGTON COMMERCIAL, ESSENTIALS, 219 TOFFEE 12"X12", 1/8" GAUGE. WALL bASt (tfAL; VKtbL;KIF I IVL)/ "bA515 UF- UtSIUN" B-2 JOHNSONITE WALL BASE, RUBBER, 4" X 1/8", 283 -TOAST B-3 DALTILE "MATTE" 0799 PEARL WHITE, 6" HIGH X 6" WIDE BASE TILE, SKU#0799S3619T1P1; 6" HIGH X 6" WIDE CORNER BASE, SKU#0799SCRL3619T1P1 B -4A JOHNSONITE FLEXIBLE WALL BASE, RUBBER, 41/2" X 3/8", #68 WHITE SAND B -4B JOHNSONITE FLEXIBLE WALL BASE, RUBBER, 41/2" X 3/8", #66 EITHER ORE �_� le 11 ■ r->•_�•• r;� �.zl;a � u�� a rn=n_'c.-I 1►'1.1 a n R.�I LCI► • P-1 CONTACT INFO: TANDUS GROUP, APRIL WOOTEN - STRATEGIC ACCOUNT FACILITATOR, PHONE: 800.241.4902 EXT. 2622 - NATIONWIDE CPT -1 TANDUS GROUP, BAC 6' ROLL RS WITH POWERBOND BACKING, SIZE: 6' WIDE, STYLE: VISUAL TENSION CPTH ALT TANDUS GROUP, BAC 6' ROLL RS WITH POWERBOND BACKING, POWERBOND MED FLOOR, SIZE: 6' WIDE, STYLE: VISUAL TENSION CPT -4 TANDUS GROUP, BAC 6' ROLL RS WITH POWERBOND BACKING, SME #:1018278-008, MATERIAL: ANTRON LUMENA NYLON CPT -4 ALT TANDUS GROUP, BAC 6' ROLL RS, STYLE #: 1018278-008, MATERIAL: ANTRON LUMENA NYLON, TYPE: TEXTURED LOOP, 100% SOLUTION DYED Ut:KAMII: I ILC MAU F'KUrKlt i AKY ) CONTACT INFO: EMAIL: NATIONAL_ ACCOUNT@DALTILE.COM, TOLL FREE NUMBER- 877.556.5728, FAX: 214.309.4228 CT -4 FLOOR TILE: 12" X 12" DALTILE: PLAZA NOVA 3/8" THICK TILE, WHITE IMAGE PN94 - SKU#PN941212SAM1P/ GROUT (G-4): STARQUARTZ QUARTZLOCK2 380 CHARCOAL GRAY- SKU#9999630764 CT -5 TILE SIZE: 15.74"X 39.37" (16"X 40") KERLITE PORCELAIN; NOISETTE/MATTE FINISH. GROUT (G-3): QUARTZLOCK 2 #283 HEMP, SKU #9999630751. PROVIDED BY CREATIVE MATERIALS. CT -7 FIELD TILE: 6"X36" DALTILE: SADDLE BROOK 5/16" THICK, WALNUT CREEK SDI - SKU#: SDI 5636SAMS1PR/ GROUT (G6): MAPEI CHOCOLATE -07 V IIV i L %,VIVIrVJI I IVIV I ILC (DNI, rr-MOUMIr 1 1 V C)/ DAJL7 Vrur-oio i CONTACT INFO: ETEVA BALDWIN, CUSTOMER SERVICE REP, PHONE: 800-241-2262 EXT. 6581 FAX: 706-625-6210, EMAIL: ETEVA BALDWIN@MANNINGTON.COM VCT -1 I MANNINGTON COMMERCIAL, ESSENTIALS, 219 TOFFEE 12"X12", 1/8" GAUGE. WALL bASt (tfAL; VKtbL;KIF I IVL)/ "bA515 UF- UtSIUN" B-2 JOHNSONITE WALL BASE, RUBBER, 4" X 1/8", 283 -TOAST B-3 DALTILE "MATTE" 0799 PEARL WHITE, 6" HIGH X 6" WIDE BASE TILE, SKU#0799S3619T1P1; 6" HIGH X 6" WIDE CORNER BASE, SKU#0799SCRL3619T1P1 B -4A JOHNSONITE FLEXIBLE WALL BASE, RUBBER, 41/2" X 3/8", #68 WHITE SAND B -4B JOHNSONITE FLEXIBLE WALL BASE, RUBBER, 41/2" X 3/8", #66 EITHER ORE �_� le 11 ■ r->•_�•• r;� �.zl;a � u�� a rn=n_'c.-I 1►'1.1 a n R.�I LCI► • P-1 BENJAMIN MOORE; ECO SPEC WB INTERIOR LATEX EGGSHELL ENAMEL NO. OC -122- COLOR: COTTON BALLS P-2 BENJAMIN MOORE; ECO SPEC WB INTERIOR LATEX SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL NO. OC -122- COLOR: COTTON BALLS P-3 BENJAMIN MOORE; ECO SPEC WB INTERIOR LATEX FLAT FINISH NO. 373 NO. OCA 8- COLOR: DOVE WING P-4 BENJAMIN MOORE; ECO SPEC WB INTERIOR LATEX EGGSHELL FINISH HC -77: NO. OCA5 COLOR: BABY FAWN P-7 BENJAMIN MOORE; ECO SPEC WB INTERIOR LATEX EGGSHELL FINISH HC -77: ALEXANDRIA BEIGE P-8 BENJAMIN MOORE; SEMI -GLOSS PAINT HC -76 -DAVENPORT TAN (2 FINISH COATS), WITH PRIMER ECO SPEC. WB P-12 BENJAMIN MOORE; ECO SPEC WB INTERIOR LATEX EGGSHELL FINISH HC -77; DURANGO 2137-30 P-13 ARMOURCOAT, FINISH: CLEARSEAL GLOSS, COLOR: PLB Y5951 l���ic� � . �sri a .r 1► i� 1=pan• � a .� a•� .� lv r_'t ► �. � � CONTACT INFO: B&N INDUSTRIES, INC. - LENA LIM, 212-912-3875, Ilim@bnind.com WC -1 B&N INDUSTRIES, INC. CUBE WALL PANEL 48" X 96" X 0.75 (+.025" CLEAT);1088202-903; B&N TO PROVIDE WALL CLEAT AND PANEL CLEAT SCREWS, GC TO PROVIDE 1.OX1.0 SATIN ANOD. ALUM. CLEAT AT EXPOSED EDGES WC -2 STANDARD FRP; COLOR: WHITE (CLASS 1/A FIRE RATING) WC -4 DESIGNTEX TURIN, COLOR: TUR 017 GRIFFON (CLASS 1/A FIRE RATING) WC -11 FILZFELT; COLOR: BEIGE 160,6"X 24" TILE (CLASS 1/A FIR RATING); EDGE TRIM PIECE SHOULD BE PROVIDED. Llll➢II V111 114.71=L-111 J;t•J id 0I a rG\;ll'/I P1I,VIJJ I II,AL I,CIL11V 17 I ILC IDAI, rKCJI,KW I IVCD DA.oIA UI- UtoII71V - ACT -1 CONTACT INFO: AMY MORGENWECK, CELL: 917.951.6524, FOR SAMPLE CALL- 800.433.3222- WWW.WILSONART.COM MEL -1 WILSONART MELAMINE, DESIGNER WHITE, SEMI -GLOSS (#D354-07), PL -1 WILSONART LAMINATE, COLOR: DESIGNER WHITE (#D354-01), FINISH: GLOSS PL -2 WILSONART LAMINATE, COLOR: DESIGNER WHITE (#D354-07), FINISH: SEMI -GLOSS PL -4 WILSONART LAMINATE, COLOR: GREEN SOAPSTONE ( #4885-07), FINISH: TEXTURED GLOSS PL -5 WILSONART, GRAPHITE NEBULA TEXTURED GLOSS (4623-7) PL -6 WILSONART LAMINATE, COLOR: BLACK ( #1595), FINISH: #60 MATTE PL -7 WILSONART LAMINATE, FROSTY WHITE, MATTE (#1573-60) PL -8 WILSONART HIGH WEAR LAMINATE FROSTY WHITE, MATTE (#1573-60), TYPE: 107HW PLA0 WILSONART LAMINATE, COLOR: PINNACLE WALNUT ( #7992-38), FINISH: FINE VELVET PLA 1 PIONITE LAMINATE, COLOR: TAUPE (#ST606-G), FINISH: GLOSS PL -12 WILSONART LAMINATE, COLOR: WALLABY (#D439-6), FINISH: MATTE P1I,VIJJ I II,AL I,CIL11V 17 I ILC IDAI, rKCJI,KW I IVCD DA.oIA UI- UtoII71V - ACT -1 2X4 INTERIOR CEILING TILE, COLOR: WHITE, SIZE: 24" X 48" X 3/4" PERFORMANCE: ASTM E 1264, TYPE III, FORM 2, PATTERN CE (PERFORATED, SMALL HOLES AND LIGHTLY TEXTURED). APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: CERTAIN TEED CORP., ARMSTRONG, USG INTERIORS, INC. ACT -4 ARMSTRONG LYRA, SERIES 1600 2X2 TILE, COLOR: WHITE; 9/16" INTERLUDE XL DIMENSIONAL GRID ULALINU I-ILM MAL; VKUNKItIAKY) FLM -1 3M, FROSTED CRYSTAL, #7725-324 FLM -2 JOHN RYAN, SCRIBBLE WINDOW FILM (3M), MODEL#: 3545C; COLOR: WHITE, MATTE, OPAQUE; SIZE: 48"AND 54" WIDE, MATERIAL: POLYOLEFIN FLM -3 JOHN RYAN, SCRIBBLE WINDOW FILM, TRANSLUCENT WHITE, #IJ 3630-20 FLM -6 3M TRANSLUCENT OVERLAY FILM, MODEL #:1172; PRODUCT ELECTROCUT FILM; COLOR: RED; FINISH: TRANSPARENT; INSTALLATION: DRY APPLICATION METHOD ON SECOND SURFACE FLM -10 JOHN RYAN, SCRIBBLE WINDOW FILM; LOCATION: EXTERIOR GLAZING, PRODUCT: PRIVACY AND OBSCURING SCRIBBLE FADE; INSTALLATION: APPLIED ON SECOND SURFACE FLM -11 JOHN RYAN,GLAZING FILM, BOSS WALL VV/ALPI-UI-I- MAI (bAU rKUVKit I AKY) WM-1 I REESE PERFEC MAT/RUBBER HINGE/ TREAD RAILS: ANODIZED ALUMINUM, CLEAR/ POLYPROPYLENE BRUSH, GRAY/SQUARE VINYL EDGE, BLACK GLAZING (BAC PERFORMANCE) GL -3 1/2" TEMPERED MONOLITHIC GLASS, REFER TO SPECS SECTION 08 80 00 GL -4 5/8" TEMPERED MONOLITHIC GLASS, REFER TO SPECS SECTION 08 80 00 KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES NOTES FOR CONTRACTOR 1. ALL FLOORING IS TO BE FURNISHED BY BANK OF AMERICA VENDOR - TANDUS US. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SOLICIT BIDS FOR FLOORING WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE WORK OF TANDUS INTO THE PROJECT SCHEDULE, AND ON THE WORK SITE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING CLEAN, BROOM SWEPT, FLOOR COVERING READY SUBSTRATE. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MINOR, POST FLOORING INSTALLATION PAINT TOUCH UP AND NORMAL, POST CONSTRUCTION CLEAN UP AND JANITORIAL SERVICES, INCLUDING VACUUMING OF CARPET, AND CLEAN/WASH OFF OF RESILIENT FLOORING. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAJOR FLOORING PREPARATION AND/OR LEVELING. TANDUS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MINOR FLOOR PREPARATION, DEFINED AS EITHER: a. FILLING OF CRACKS AND VOIDS LESS THAN 1/8"X 1/8" b. ONE HOUR PER 1,000 SF, INCLUDING FINAL SWEEPING. TANDUS WILL INSPECT PROJECTS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED INSTALLATIONS SO THAT FLOOR PREPARATION ISSUES, IF ANY CAN BE PROPERLY ADDRESSED. LEGEND r WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone. 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 A\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature rS10237FARCHI1ECTCT EGISTERED SIDNEY CARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number REVIEWED FOI 33.1361.007 CODE COMPLIM APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 Description EQUIPMENT AND FINISH SCHEDULES City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISI Scale RECEIVED I WILA 2 Ap PERMIT CENTER 0 2016 Gensler 4" MAX. ELEVATION 0`4 GAD %A/IM-rU AAI\/ ARAl1I IAIT ELEVATION ACCESSIBLE -PROTRUDING OBJECTS SCALE: 3/4"= 1'4' 13 ATM LL O 47" —ON -9 z ual O � O W Xm�/ MAX.1 o = w =S O U O 2711 Q �— o � y -1 O N ELEVATION ACCESSIBLE -PROTRUDING OBJECTS SCALE: 3/4"= 1'4' 13 ATM LL O 47" —ON -9 z ual O w MAX.1 o = w �w O U O 2711 Q �— o -1 w W c� LL O Uj ------------------ Nv.%, I \\\\\� ATM, DISPLAY FEATURES AND REACHABILITY MUST CONFORM ADA REQUIREMENTS. LINE OF REQUIRED CLEARANCE _ cn N z M 1 SIDE ELEVA PLAN VIEW 4'-0" _ 2 BEVELLED CHANGE IN LEVEL VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL SECTION VIEWS ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" EXIT SIGNAGE IDENTIFICATION WITH RASIED LETTERS AND BRAILLE. BRAILLE TO MATCH BACKGROUND FINISH. CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND EITHER LIGHT ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. PER 11 B-703.5.1 CHARACTERS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM FONTS WHERE THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "O" IS 60 PERCENT MIN AND 110 PERCENT MAX OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I". (11B-703.2.4). CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE 5/8 INCH MIN AND 2 INCHES MAX. BASED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I".(11 B-703.2.5). STROKE THICKNESS OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" SHALL BE 15 PERCENT MAX OF THE HEIGHT OF THE CHARACTER. (11B-703.2.6) CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MIN. AND SHALL BE SAN SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2. (11 B-703.2) BRAILLE SHALL BE CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) AND SHALL COMPLYING WITH (11B-703.3 AND 11B-703.4) CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THESE STANDARDS. DOTS SHALL HAVE A DOMED OR ROUNDED SHAPE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 11 B-703.3.1. VISUAL CHARACTERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11 B-703.5 FF 611 i6 TO n coco AT LOBBY AREAS WITH DOOR LEADING INTO RATED CORRIDOR TO BUILDING EXIT ell EXIT = 4- --------------- 0 --------------0 m U_ AT EXITS LEADING TO EXTERIOR OF BUILDING 6" _ e EXIT --------------- -- - 00 EXIT — r STAIR - co ROUTE ;0 DOWN00 - ---------- z ---- ---z co c0 co co v AT ROOM/AREA EXITS LEADING AT CORRIDOR SIDE OF EXIT STAIRS I— — — —1 z 24" MIN. CLEAR AT EXTERIOR DOORS b t L 18" MIN. CLEAR AT INTERIOR DOORS v L TYPICAL DOOR LANDING 36" MIN. CD HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE 24" MIN. ccoo if LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE z \ — — i 11 22" MIN. HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE 4" MIN. u NOTE: X =12" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER. NOTE: Y = 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER. — —' NOTE: Y = 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER LATCH APPROACH, PE E119iSii,,ITNI I� / OUTLINE OF DOOR IN OPEN POSITION \ 611 \ I ALIGN TOP OF DEVICES o \ 10" 2'-6" MAX.1 \� THERMOSTAT LOCATION. DO NOT W O c� LL O Uj o 1 a O � DIMMERS. = c1 1 OM N :;t o R ` \ 00 \ iv W DEVICES AT DOOR IN OPEN POSITION _J L DIMMERS, EGRESS BUTTON, CARD C? READER, (ETC.) CLUSTER. SEE PLAN z \ USE GANG -TYPE COVER PLATES FOR in ELEVATION .1 .1 _ 2 BEVELLED CHANGE IN LEVEL VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL SECTION VIEWS ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" EXIT SIGNAGE IDENTIFICATION WITH RASIED LETTERS AND BRAILLE. BRAILLE TO MATCH BACKGROUND FINISH. CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND EITHER LIGHT ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. PER 11 B-703.5.1 CHARACTERS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM FONTS WHERE THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "O" IS 60 PERCENT MIN AND 110 PERCENT MAX OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I". (11B-703.2.4). CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE 5/8 INCH MIN AND 2 INCHES MAX. BASED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I".(11 B-703.2.5). STROKE THICKNESS OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" SHALL BE 15 PERCENT MAX OF THE HEIGHT OF THE CHARACTER. (11B-703.2.6) CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MIN. AND SHALL BE SAN SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2. (11 B-703.2) BRAILLE SHALL BE CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) AND SHALL COMPLYING WITH (11B-703.3 AND 11B-703.4) CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THESE STANDARDS. DOTS SHALL HAVE A DOMED OR ROUNDED SHAPE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 11 B-703.3.1. VISUAL CHARACTERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11 B-703.5 FF 611 i6 TO n coco AT LOBBY AREAS WITH DOOR LEADING INTO RATED CORRIDOR TO BUILDING EXIT ell EXIT = 4- --------------- 0 --------------0 m U_ AT EXITS LEADING TO EXTERIOR OF BUILDING 6" _ e EXIT --------------- -- - 00 EXIT — r STAIR - co ROUTE ;0 DOWN00 - ---------- z ---- ---z co c0 co co v AT ROOM/AREA EXITS LEADING AT CORRIDOR SIDE OF EXIT STAIRS I— — — —1 z 24" MIN. CLEAR AT EXTERIOR DOORS b t L 18" MIN. CLEAR AT INTERIOR DOORS v L TYPICAL DOOR LANDING 36" MIN. CD HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE 24" MIN. ccoo if LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE z \ — — i 11 22" MIN. HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE 4" MIN. u NOTE: X =12" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER. NOTE: Y = 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER. — —' NOTE: Y = 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER LATCH APPROACH, PE E119iSii,,ITNI I� / OUTLINE OF DOOR IN OPEN POSITION \ 611 \ I ALIGN TOP OF DEVICES o \ 1 � 6" / RMOSTAT IG OF DIMMER SWITCHES I- I_uJRESCENT SWITCH (SECURITY DEVICE WHERE OCCURS. I.E. CARD READERS, ETC.) FIRE EXTINGUSHER AND/OR HOSE CABINET DOOR FRAME AUDIBLEIVISIBLE STROBE HOLD UP LIGHT ALIGN TOP OF DEVICES 41/2" m� E=- \� THERMOSTAT LOCATION. DO NOT U O LOCATE DIRECTLY ABOVE LL O Uj o 1 a O � DIMMERS. = c1 1 OM N :;t o R ` \ 00 \ iv DEVICES AT DOOR IN OPEN POSITION 1 � 6" / RMOSTAT IG OF DIMMER SWITCHES I- I_uJRESCENT SWITCH (SECURITY DEVICE WHERE OCCURS. I.E. CARD READERS, ETC.) FIRE EXTINGUSHER AND/OR HOSE CABINET DOOR FRAME AUDIBLEIVISIBLE STROBE HOLD UP LIGHT ALIGN TOP OF DEVICES 41/2" DEVICES AT DOOR IN CLOSED POSTION NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS TO CENTER LINE OF DEVISES U.O.N.; INTERCOM TO BE MOUNTED @ 31-9" AFF U.O.N.; CENTER ALL DEVICES BELOW SWITCH. ALL OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST WITH A MAX OF 5 LBS. OF FORCE TO OPERATE. A CLEAR SPACE TO BE PROVIDED OF 30" MIN. X 48" MIN. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SCALE: 3/4"= V-0" 04 KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 /� ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 OWNW7�F_ FOR PERMIT Seal/Signature 0237 �— REGISTERED ARCHITECT SIDNEY SCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR Project Number COAPP COMPLIANCE 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Description C&Y of`I"ukwiia RI III stn - ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION Scale As indicated 41. D 2016 Gensler RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER \� THERMOSTAT LOCATION. DO NOT U LOCATE DIRECTLY ABOVE Uj o 1 DIMMERS. = c1 1 UL O 0 :;t o R ` \ iv LOCATION FOR: LIGHT SWITCH, O DIMMERS, EGRESS BUTTON, CARD C? READER, (ETC.) CLUSTER. SEE PLAN FOR QUANTITY OF EACH CLUSTER. USE GANG -TYPE COVER PLATES FOR MORE THAN ONE DEVICE OF THE .1 .1 J J .1 \1 SAME TYPE. I DEVICES AT DOOR IN CLOSED POSTION NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS TO CENTER LINE OF DEVISES U.O.N.; INTERCOM TO BE MOUNTED @ 31-9" AFF U.O.N.; CENTER ALL DEVICES BELOW SWITCH. ALL OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST WITH A MAX OF 5 LBS. OF FORCE TO OPERATE. A CLEAR SPACE TO BE PROVIDED OF 30" MIN. X 48" MIN. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SCALE: 3/4"= V-0" 04 KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 /� ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 OWNW7�F_ FOR PERMIT Seal/Signature 0237 �— REGISTERED ARCHITECT SIDNEY SCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR Project Number COAPP COMPLIANCE 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Description C&Y of`I"ukwiia RI III stn - ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION Scale As indicated 41. D 2016 Gensler RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER v 4 r� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ \I \ o<� KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND r SCOPE OF INTERIOR WORK WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 cmensler. Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 14, ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 10237FARCH�ffCT GISTERED SIDNEY CARBORO STATE O ASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR Project Number CODE COMPLIANCE 33.1361.007 AP ROVED JUN 0 8 2016 Description . ty of TA ikwila SITE PLAN BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED Scale CITY OF TUKWILA As indicated 0 2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER KED NOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND 01 REMOVE AND SALVAGE RETIREMENT CENTER MILLWORK FOR RELOCATION. 02 DEMO PORTION OF WALL TO ACCOMODATE NEW GLAZING. SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY 03 REMOVE PORTION OF WALL TO ACCOMODATE NEW DOOR. SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN. OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. (E) WALL TO REMAIN 04 REMOVE AND SALVAGE DOOR FOR RELOCATION B. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING, AND GUARDRAILS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF BUILDING AND WORKERS. 05 REMOVE ONLY THOSE COLUMNS EXCLUSIVELY ASSOCIATED WITH SUPPORTING EXISTING AIRLOCK C. ERECT AND MAINTAIN DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, AND 06 SYSTEM. REMOVE AIRLOCK SYSTEM COMPLETE. SMOKE, ETC. TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDING. ON COMPLETION, REMOVE PARTITIONS AND REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. — — — — — (E) WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED 07 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR AIMS. D. IF DEMOLITION IS PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, RESTORE EFFECTED AREAS AT NO COST TO 08 EXTERIOR ATMS, SURROUNDING BOLLARDS, AND SURROUNDIBNG CURB TO BE REMOVED. THE OWNER. 09 REMOVE EXISTING VAT SYSTEM ABOVE GROUND. ABANDON IN-PLACE UNDERGROUND TUBING. CLOSE OFF E. REMOVE FROM SITE DAILY AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF REFUSE, DEBRIS, RUBBISH, AND OTHER MATERIALS (E) DOOR TO REMAIN ENTRANCE TO UNDERGROUND TUBING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR ISLAND AS REQUIRED TO RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. ACCOMMODATE NEW LEVEL SURFACE. F. REMOVE DESIGNATED PARTITIONS, COMPONENTS, BUILDING EQUIPMENT, AND FIXTURES AS REQUIRED FOR "^ 10 SALVAGE 2 ASSOCIATES (SMALL) AND 1 MANAGER (LARGE) CUBES FOR RE -USE NEW WORK. 11 EXISTING EXTERIOR OVERHANG FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. G. REMOVE ABANDONED HVAC EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING DUCT WORK. ul (E) DOOR TO BE DEMOLISHED 12 (E) NIGHT DROP TO REMAIN. H. REMOVE ABANDONED ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING AND DEVICES, UNLESS OTHERWISE 13 REMOVE ALL POWER DATA. REPAIR GYP. BOARD. DO NOT BLANK PLATE. NOTED. 14 REMOVE (E) VAULT FLOORING. PREP SLAB FOR NEW FINISH. I. REMOVE ALL FURNITURE AND FURNITURE SYSTEMS FROM THE SPACE, U.O.N. NOT IN CONTRACT 15 REMOVE EXISTING BANDIT BARRIER COMPLETE. J. REMOVE FLOOR FINISHES THROUGHOUT AREA OF WORK, U.O.N. PREP CONCRETE TO RECEIVE NEW 16 REMOVE (E) CURB TO ALLOW FOR NEW ATM INSTALLATION. FLOORING FINISH __J K. REMOVE ALL DROPPED CEILINGS, EXIT SIGNS, AND LIGHTING THROUGHOUT, U.O.N. L REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL AND DATA, INCLUDING FLOOR MOUNTED, THROUGHOUT. M PROTECT ALL EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN. 6 4.7 4 3 2 F-11 - ::i ____ - - - D.5 I.— = —tel DEMOLITION PLAN 04 SCALE: 3/16"= 1'-0" 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 ens, er Facsimile 510.625.7499 I4\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 05720116 !SSUE-FOR PERMIT Seal/Signature 10237 REGISTERED ARCHITE T SIDNEY L. ARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description DEMOLITION PLAN Scale As indicated 0 2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. B. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING, AND GUARDRAILS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF BUILDING AND WORKERS. C. ERECT AND MAINTAIN DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, AND SMOKE, ETC. TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDING. ON COMPLETION, REMOVE PARTITIONS AND REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. D. IF DEMOLITION IS PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, RESTORE EFFECTED AREAS AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. E. REMOVE FROM SITE DAILY AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF REFUSE, DEBRIS, RUBBISH, AND OTHER MATERIALS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. F. REMOVE DESIGNATED PARTITIONS, COMPONENTS, BUILDING EQUIPMENT, AND FIXTURES AS REQUIRED FOR NEW WORK. G. REMOVE ABANDONED HVAC EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING DUCT WORK. H. REMOVE ABANDONED ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING AND DEVICES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I. REMOVE ALL FURNITURE AND FURNITURE SYSTEMS FROM THE SPACE, U.O.N. J. REMOVE FLOOR FINISHES THROUGHOUT AREA OF WORK, U.O.N. PREP CONCRETE TO RECEIVE NEW FLOORING FINISH K. REMOVE ALL DROPPED CEILINGS, EXIT SIGNS, AND LIGHTING THROUGHOUT, U.O.N. L REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL AND DATA, INCLUDING FLOOR MOUNTED, THROUGHOUT. M PROTECT ALL EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN. NOT IN CONTRACT T" _ 7 (E) ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING GRID TO BE I- - 4-- ~ REMOVED L_L__L_J (E) GYPSUM BOARD CEILING/HEADER TO BE J REMOVED (E) HVAC SUPPLY REGISTER TO BE REMOVED II i � II ( E) HVAC EXISTING RETURN REGISTER TO BE II��II REMOVED _ _ _ _ (E) Z X 4' LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED (E) RECESSED LIGHTING TO BE REMOVED 6 4.7 4 3 2 C.5 DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 04 SCALE: 3/16"= V-0" Bankof America Tukwila SouthCenter i• 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 A\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 0237 REGISTERED ARCHITECT SIDNEY . ARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON I Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Proiect Number 33.1361.007 Description REVIEWED FOR— CODE RCODE COMPLIA CE JUN 0 8 2016 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN I BUILDING DMS Scale RECEIVED -CITY GF- TL4KWII=A As indicated ,. f e 2"^� •^+ F 11 111" 111 pill ® 2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER 33 OVERHEAD ROLLING GATE EMERGENCY RELEASE BUTTON 6 4.7 4 3 2 .o 0 0 I - D.5 i r CONSTRUCTION PLAN SCALE: 3/16"= V-0" 01 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 14, ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 137 REGISTERED ARCHITECT AE Y WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 Description City of Tukwila tiBUILDING ILDING DIVISI CONSTRUCTION PLAN RECEIVED Scale CITY OF TUKWILA As indicated 1�11L` p PERMIT CENTER 0 2016 Gensler KEY NOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND 01 NOT USED 28 NOT USED A. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR ALL OUTLET MOUNTED ORIENTATION. OTHERWISE MOUNT IT 02 NOT USED 29 NOT USED VERTICALLY. OUTLETS SHOWN WITH A"+" SIGN ONLY SHALL BE LOCATED 1" CLEAR ABOVE THE 03 FLUSH MOUNTED FLOOR P/C BOX. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND REFER TO 06/Al2.03 FOR 30 NOT USED SCHEDULED MILLWORK COUNTER. TO BE COORDINATED WITH COUNTER HEIGHT. `I I' WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX TV WALL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE FOR TV, ❑ INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 31 NOT USED B. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CAMERA OR MONITOR; 3" SQUARE C. FURNITURE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. WALL MOUNTED FOURPLEX 04 NOT USED 32 PROVIDE TWO (2)1" CONDUITS FOR POWER WITH PULL STRING STUBBED FROM 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE D. FOR ADDITIONAL SCHEDULES AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFER TO A00.00 AND A00.31. 0 05 NOT USED CEILING TO JUNCTION BOX BELOW TELLER LINE. E. LOCATION OF CORES TO BE CONFIRMED WITH ARCHITECT. DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SENSOR 06 REFER TO MILLWORK ELEVATION FOR OUTLET LOCATION33 NOT USED F. CONFIRM ALL LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL AND DATA COVER PLATES WITH ARCHITECT. ALL DEVICE COVER FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX 07 CHIME IN WALL 6" ABOVE CEILING 34 NOT USED G. PLATES SHALL BE WHITE UON. WIRELESS HOLD UP, DOUBLE BUTTON WILL BE INSTALLED AT TELLER POSITIONS, PLATFORM DESKS, FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED 1 TELE / 2 DATA O FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED TELE/DATA. SINGLE 08 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR ALL CEILING MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERAS 35 NOT USED FOR PERSONNEL ENTRY AND EXIT, AND ANY WHERE A HOLD UP IS CONSIDERED NECESSARY IN A © RECEPTACLE DROP BANKING CENTER. THE NEW WIRELESS INTERFACE MODULE WILL BE LOCATED IN THE NEW ROOM BY 09 NOT USED 36 REFER TO ATA/ATM VENDOR CUT SHEETS ON BANK OF AMERICA RETAIL DESIGN STANDARDS WEBSITE FOR THE ALARM PANEL. ® 10 PROVIDE SINGLE GANG J -BOX WITH 3/4" STUB UP. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AND SPECIFIC ATM/ATA DEVICE RELATED ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS H. WALL MOUNTED OUTLETS / J -BOXES TO BE AT 15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX. WALL MOUNTED 1 TELE / 2 DATA COLOR 37 PROVIDE LAMP -4 WITH WS -1 I. UON PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT SUCH AS FIRE RECEPTACLE. DUAL DROP 11 NOT USED 38 EXISTING POWER AND DATA TO REMAIN STROBES AND FIRE PULL AND FOR ALL SECURITY EQUIPMENT SUCH AS HOLD UP LIGHTS. J. FIRE DEVICE COVERS SHALL MATCH WHITE UNLESS DICTATED OTHEWISE BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONS. 12 NOT USED 39 REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER AND DATA ASSOCIATED WITH DEMOLISHED ATM COORDINATE K. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. WALL MOUNTED TELE/DATA RECEPTACLE. 13 REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWING FOR UNDER -COUNTER WIRE MOLD WITH BANK TECHNOLOGY. L. VERIFY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS, POWER AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER SINGLE DROP 14 NOT USED 40 NEW/RELOCATED POWER AND DATA COORDINATE WITH BANK TECHNOLOGY. TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND FUNCTION. VERIFY MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. tM. FLUSH WALL MOUNTED POWER JUNCTION 15 NOT USED 41 NOT USED N. GANG ADJACENT LIGHT SWITCHES AND COVER WITH A SINGLE PLATE. BOX WITH HARDWARE CONNECTION 16 NOT USED 42 POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR CASH 360 EQUIPMENT TBD 0. INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER LINE OF OUTLET OR SWITCH, OR CLUSTER OF OUTLETS OR 17 FLUSH MOUNTED FLOOR PIC BOX. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION 43 RECONFIGURE EXISTING POWER AND DATA AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW SINGULAR ATM P. SWITCHES, UON. INSTALL OUTLETS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PATITIONS IN SEPARATE STUD CAVITIES. DO NOT INSTALL 0 18 NOT USED 44 NOT USED BACK-TO-BACK. EQUIPMENT WITHOUT POWER SUPPLY 19 NOT USED 45 PROVIDE TWO (2)1" CONDUITS FOR DATA WITH PULL STRING STUBBED FROM 6" ABOVE ACCESIBLE CEILING Q. PROVIDE MATCHING COVER PLATES, RECEPTACLES AND RELATED ITEMS. PROVIDE ONE-PIECE TYPE 20 NOT USED TO JUNCTION BOX BELOW TELLER LINE. R. GANG COVER PLATES, UON. IDENTIFY DEDICATED OR ISOLATED GROUND ELECTRICAL OUELTS WITH A RED DOT. O 21 NOT USED 46 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRONIC KEY SWITCH S. DOOR BELL PUSH BUTTON COVER PLATE: PLATE TO BE INSTALLED WHEN PUSH BUTTON IS LOCATED ON EQUIPMENT WITH POWER SUPPLY 22 NOT USED 47PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR EMERGENCY RELEASE BUTTON PARTITION WALL. T. ALL DOOR CHIMES TO BE SET AT TWO TONES UON. FIRE ALARM PULL BOX 23 NOT USED AL 24 NOT USED FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBE 25 REFER TO DETAIL 07/Al2/03 26 NOT USED 27 NOT USED B- - . — — — — —I POWER & COMMUNICATION PLAN SCALE: 3/16"= 1'-0" 0 4 Bankolf Tukwila SouthCenter i• 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 - Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature 10237 REGISTERED ARCHIT CT SIDNEY L. ARB ORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SoutfiCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN Cita of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Scale As indicated Q 2016 Gensler RECEIVED PERMIT CENTER 06 UNDER CABINET LIGHTS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWING 07 NOT USED 08 NOT USED 09 NOT USED 10 COORDINATE CAMERA LOCATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR PLANS. CAMERA TO BE REMOVED. IF BANDIT BARRIER IS INSTALLED 11 NOT USED 12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED 14 WIRELESS APPLICATION PROTOCOL FOR DIGITAL POSTER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH BANK VENDOR. 16 NOT USED 17 NOT USED 18 EXTEND EXISTING GRID TO ACCOMODATE NEW WALL CONFIRGUATION. ALIGN WITH EXISTING. GRID TO BE HUNG AT SAME HEIGHT AS EXISTING. 19 CEILING BROW OVER OFFICES WITH LED LINEAR LIGHTING COVE. 20 NEW DROPPED SOFFIT TO ACCOMMODATE ROLLING GATE 21 PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE (PRODUCT NUMBER 4M -F) TO BE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE- SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. PENDANT TO BE HUNG AT 10'-0" A.F.F. 22 LOCKING ACCESS PANEL 23 RELOCATED SUPPLY GRILL /-1VV VJIIVFIL VGILIIVV VRIIJ L J ('l O RECESSED DOWNLIGHT DS A DIMMING SENSOR GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT/CEILING \ \� ADJUSTABLE DOWNLIGHT ODIMENSION OF CEILING SPEAKER ABOVE FLOOR FINISH OM MOTION DETECTOR -X CEILING ACCESS PANEL DIMENSION ABOVE FLOOR FINISH VM VAULT SECURITY MICROPHONE DC DOOR CONTACT SUPPLY AIR SD SOUND DETECTOR ® EXIT SIGN pp SECURITY CAMERA RETURN AIR OS PASSIVE INFRARED WALL SWITCH DD= DOME CAMERA p OCCUPANCY SENSOR WAP EXHAUST PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY WIRELESS APPLICATION PROTOCOL OS SENSOR A OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR- 360 DEGREE, 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURE g TWO-SIDED SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ~ UNDERCABINET LIGHTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 3116"= V-0" 04 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature 11TASIDIEY GISTERED RCHITE T L. ARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila Description BUILDING DIVISION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RECEIVED Scale CITY OF TUKWILA As indicated C' 'il+ i ;J PERMIT CENTER 1 0 2016 Gensler 01 NOT USED 02 NOT USED 03 TELLER LINE MILLWORK AND UNDERCOUNTER STEELS TO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB 04 NOT USED 05 NOT USED 06 NOT USED 07 NOT USED 08 NEW CARPET IN VAULT. CARPET TO BE INSTALLED AROUND EXISTING SAFETY DEPOSIT BOXES. 09 EXISTING FLOORING TO REMAIN IN THIS ROOM 10 REFINISH EXISTING PRINTER CABINET (FACE AND ALL EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES) WITH NEW PLAM (PL -12). SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. 11 BOSS WALL MERCHANDISING FILM PROVIDED BY JOHN RYAN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH VENDOR. ARROWS REPRESENT APPROXIMATE EXTENT OF FILM. 12 GF -FSA MERCHANDISING FILM PROVIDED BY JOHN RYAN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH VENDOR. ARROWS REPRESENT APPROXIMATE EXTENT OF FILM. 13 NEW TILE FLOORING THROUGHOUT CENTRAL ZONE AS SHOWN. PATTERN SHOWN TO ILLSTRATE TILE DIRECTIONALITY, STAGGER JOINTS AS SHOWN 14 POTENTIAL MERCHANDISING GRAPHICS FOR THESE SPECIALISTS TO BE COORDINATED WITH VENDOR. A. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON A00.31. B. REFER TO SHEET A00.00, A00.30, AND A00.31 FOR EXTENT OF FINISHES AND FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES C. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE PAINTED P-4 AND TO RECEIVE WALL BASE B-413, U.O.N. D. ALL FLOORS SHALL BE CARPET, CPT -4 WITH B-2, U.O.N. E. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF SOFFIT OVER OFFICES TO BE PAINTED P-4 U.O.N. F. REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET Al2.03 FOR CARPET TO VCT, CARPET TO TILE, AND VCT TO TILE TRANSITIONS. G. NOT USED H. PROVIDE STRAIGHT, FLUSH RESILIENT BASE AT CARPETED AREAS, AND COVED, TOP SET RESILIENT BASE AT RESILIENT FLOORING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I. REFER TO FINISH NOTES ON SHEET A08.01 FOR FINISHES IN RESTROOMS. J. NOT USED K. ENSURE SURFACES TO RECEIVE FINISHES ARE CLEAN, TRUE, AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. L. ALL UNDERSIDE OF SOFFITS IN CENTRAL ZONE TO BE P-3 U.O.N. i Ulm CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISH WALL FINISH TAG WALL FINISH W BASE FINISH EXTENT OF WALL FINISH )()()( FLOOR FINISH NOT IN CONTRACT F-1 ALIGN FLOOR TILE STARTING WORK POINT 64.7 T 3 2 TI Al2.03 I I M�� (134.3--4.1) ----(:C) - C.5 �J ----(E4.5 FINISH PLAN 04 SCALE: 3116" =1'-0" 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 1/#\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 02371 REGISTERED OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description REVIEWED FC CODE COMPLIAI APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 FINISH PLAN I BUILDING RECEIVED Scale CITY OF TUKWILA As indicated 2 °, 0 2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER 4.7 FURNITURE COMPONTENT # FURNITURE COMPONENT DESCRIPTION BMA80073 CHECK DESK CH -5 TELLER STOOL CH -56 TELLER CHAIR- ADA CH -10 CALLING CUBE (UCC) CHAIRS CH -12-F LOBBY WAITING CHAIR CH -26C -F LOBBY WAITING SOFA CH -26D -F LOBBY WAITING SOFA CH -26E -F LOBBY WAITING SOFA CH -27-F CONFERENCE ROOM GUEST (UCR) CH -29a -F DM -1-F MEDIA WALL FL -1 CALLING CUBE FILES FL -2 PEDESTAL TB -16 LOBBY WAITING TABLE WS -1 UNIVERSAL CONFERENCE ROOM WS -1 ALT UNIVERSAL CONFERENCE ROOM WS -2 CALLING CUBE - ASSOCIATES WS -3 CALLING CUBES - MANAGER LOB WS -11C -FS UNIVERSAL FILE MILLWORK COMPONTENT # MILLWORK COMPONENT DESCRIPTION BMA80073 CHECK DESK BMA80074RT HOST STATION- RIGHT HAND BMAB0077 ATM CHECK DESK C. FOR CUSTOM MILLWORK COMPONENTS U � � V FURNITURE PLAN 01 SCALE: 3/16"= T-0" 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 lzi� ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 11L:jC+i • ' PERMIT— .. 'r Seal/Signature 1j�237 REGISTERED ARCHITECT SIDNEY eCARBORO 11 STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description FURNITURE PLAN Scale 3116" =1'-0" 0 2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CGDE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN o 8 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED �ITY OF TUKWIL A PERMIT CENTER i EQ. FO 566 02 A08.11 WALK-UPATKI�I I v M O M I I a CLEAR SPACE 2 3/4" EQ EQ 2 3/4" z O F- U I z O U W2'- 1 1/4" ROUGH OPENING v ch O c+M CLEAR SPACE NCR- 6684 SHORT SLEEVE 5 HIGH SECURITY ENCLOSURE ATM ROOM or= PLAN DETAIL AT ATM SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0"" 01 SCALE: 3l4 - -1-0 WALK -1 SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN 4 NCR- 6684 SHORT SLEEVE 5 HIGH SECURITY ENCLOSURE ATM�"j SECTION DETAIL AT ATM SCALE: 1/2" =1'-0" 06 SCALE: 3l4"- 1-0" 02 - Yt KEYNOTES 01 BASE AS SCHEDULED 02 SOFFITT FOR ROLL DOWN GATE 03 NEW NEXT GEN ATM SURROUND. ORDER NUMBER FRAME -R -SUR -54 -SINGLE STD SHEET NOTES LEGEND Bankof America Tukwila , a a i• 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature 10237 REGISTERED ARCHIT T SIDNEY L. CARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description ATM EQUIPMENT DETAILS Scale As indicated 0 2016 Gender REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila RECEIVED CITY OF T UK LILA PERMIT CENTER 1'-0" CALLING CUBES CALLING CUBESUCR SCALE: 1/2" =1'-0" 0 9 SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0" 0�/1 SCALE. 112" = T -O" 0* TELLER EQUIPTMENT MERCHANT- TYP. SCALE: 1/2" =1'-0" 14 UJ z O N J F - z W U W O O z J_ W V LL O F -- Z 0 LU 0.' LU J LIJ H O M Q C7 z J_ W U U- 0 O UJ TELLER EQUIPTMENT STANDARD- TYP.0 SCALE: 1/2" " 02 1 WORK ROOM " ' " =1'- 0 CODEAPPROVEaDIVCE SCALE: 1l2= 1-0 33.1361.007 ECJ 2 (L Fn 9 EXTERIOR CENTRAL ZONE CENTRAL ZONE CLASS SIDELITE UCR UCR SCALE: 1/2" =1'-0" 11 „ = , „ ®7 „ _ , SCALE: 1l2 1-0 SCALE: 1/2 -1- 03 0 vVVI111VVV .,V111 1 VI % VI\ 1 1 V .,.Vf- SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0" 4 I CALLING CUBES SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0" 04 KEYNOTES 11 MARKETING FILM TO BE PROVIDED BY VENDOR. SEE FINISH PLAN. 12 WC -11 ALONG MEDIA WALL. CENTER TILES ALONG WALL VERTICALLY. STAGGER JOINTS. 13 DISTRACTION MARKINGS FILM ALONG OFFICE FRONTS. REFER TO DETAIL 02/Al2.14 FOR ASSOCIATED DIMENSIONS 14 INFILL WALL ABOVE NEW BUSINESS CENTER ENTRANCE (SHOWN SHADED GREY). ALIGN TOP OF INFILL TO TOP OF EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING. 15 EXISTING EXPOSED TRUSS TO REMAIN 16 ROLLING GRILL COIL BOX. SEE DETAIL 17 EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBER ABOVE 18 SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SEISMIC BRACING INSIDE WALL ABOVE UCRS, TYP. 19 DISTRACTION MARKINGS SHEET NOTES LEGEND Bankof America L� Tukwila S6uthCenter !• 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 GensierTelephone 510.625.7400 _ Facsimile 510.625.7499 A\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 10237 REGISTERED ARCHIT T r SIDNEY L. SCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON I Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR Project Number CODEAPPROVEaDIVCE 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Description City of Tukwila INTERIOR ELEVATIONS LSCaIe RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 112" =1'-0" „- 1 $1 0 2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER rO2 Al2.14 O.H.H. CENTRAL ZONE 01 SCALE: 1l2„ _ -1,-0„ TELLERS 02 SCALE: 1/2” = T-0” TELLERS 03 SCALE: 112" = T-0" TELLERS 04. SCALE: 1/2"= V-0" KEYNOTES 01 OPEN TO BEYOND 15 TELLER LINE MILLWORK BY OWNERS VENDOR 16 UNDERCOUNTER STEEL (EQUIPMENT 39) INSIDE RETURN 17 UNDERCOUNTER STEEL (EQUIPMENT 43) INSIDE RETURN SHEET NOTES LEGEND B W i• 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 ..Gensler Facsimile 510.625.7499 Izi\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 102371 REGISTERED r��ARCHITAFCT IDNEY L. ARBORO STATE OF ASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED Project Number cor E COMPl�IgIVCE 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Description City of Tukwila BUILDING INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DIVISI(jN- _ _... DECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" t �'d Z5 of PERMIT CENTER 0 2016 Gensler PARTITION TYPE MARK FRAMING DETAILS ATTEN THK FIRE RTG TESTED ASSEMBLY STC RTG THK (IN) DEPTH SPACING TOP BOT N3F .027 13 5/8" 16" O.C. N -T01 I N-1301 3" 1 - A-1301 3" N SERIES PARTITION TYPES 13 SCALE: 3n_ -1-0n PREFORMED MINERAL WOOL WALL PLUG CONTINUOUS ACOUSTIC SEALANT SLIP TYPE HEAD JOINT SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET (WHERE SCHEDULED) METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER FO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN i/4" PLYWOOD ON PUBLIC SIDE 7F PARTITION. EXTEND TO DECK ABOVE. PERPENDICULAR TO RIBBING PREFORMED MINERAL WOOL WALL PLUG SLIP TYPE HEAD JOINT BALLISTIC MATERIAL (PARTITION TYPE A3G ONLY) SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET (WHERE SCHEDULED) SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD A3G PARTITION ONLY - 5/16" UL LISTED LEVEL 2 BALLISTIC FIBER GLASS X X X x X X x x X X X X x X X x X PARTITION TYPE MARK SHEATHING FRAMING DETAILS ATTEN FIRE THK RTG TESTED STC ASSEMBLY RTG THK (IN) DEPTH SPACING TOP BOT A3A .027 3 5/8" 16" O.C. A -T01 A-1301 NONE METAL C -STUD A313 .027 3 5/8" 16" O.C. A -T01 A-1301 3" METAL C -STUD A3E .027 13 5/8" 16" O.C. A -T03 A -B01 NONE NONE A3G .027 13 5/8" 16" O.C. A-TO1 A-601 3" METAL C -H STUD sm A SERIES PARTITION TYPES 01 SCALE: 3 -1-0 PARALLEL TO RIBBING FLAT STRAP AND BACKING PLATE PREFORMED MINERAL WOOL WALL PLUG SLIP TYPE HEAD JOINT BALLISTIC MATERIAL (PARTITION TYPE A3G ONLY) SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET (WHERE SCHEDULED) SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD PARTITION HEAD DETAIL -TO 1 PARTITION HEAD DETAIL A-TO1 n_ n n_ SCALE: 3 -1-0 SCALE: 3- 1-0n GYPSUM BOARD 3/4" PLYWOOD ON PUBLIC SIDE. EXTEND TO DECK ABOVE. SOUNDS ATTENUATION BLANKET (WHERE SCHEDULED) METAL STUD METAL RUNNER TRACK CONTINUOUS ACCOUSTIC SEALANT PERPENDICULAR TO RIBBING PREFORMED MINERAL WOOL WALL PLUG CONTINUOUS ACOUSTIC SEALANT SLIP TYPE HEAD JOINT SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET (WHERE SCHEDULED) SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD PARALLEL TO RIBBING FLAT STRAP AND BACKING PLATE PREFORMED MINERAL WOOL WALL PLUG SLIP TYPE HEAD JOINT SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET (WHERE SCHEDULED) SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD PARTITION BASE DETAILN—B01PARTITION HEAD DETAIL A_ 03 n n=, n SCALE: 3 -1-0 SCALE: 3 1-0 GYPSUM BOARD SOUNDS ATTENUATION BLANKET (WHERE SCHEDULED) BALLISTIC MATERIAL (PARTITION TYPE A3G ONLY- SEE PLAN) METAL STUD METAL RUNNER TRACK CONTINUOUS ACCOUSTIC SEALANT PARTITION BASE DETAIL 0f%AI M 4n — 41 NO A -B01 ;EYN OTES SHEET- NOTES 01. ALL PARTITION SHEATHING TO BE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 02. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SCHEDULED FINISHES FOR PARTITION LAYOUT AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 03. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ARTWORK HANGING AS INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH ART CONSULTANT FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND LOCATIONS. 04. FOR INTERIOR FRAMING LIMITING HEIGHTS REFER TO ASTM C-754, TABLE(S) 3 AND 4. 05. CONTRACTOR TO RE -CONFIRM STUD SIZING AND SUBMIT SELECTION CRITERIA FOR REVIEW INCLUDING DELINIATION OF SLAB TO UNDERSIDE OF SLAB INFORMATION 06. PROVIDE 1/2" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD IN LIEU OF PARTITION GWB BEHIND TILE LOCATIONS. 07. GWB SEAMS SHOULD BE STAGGERED BETWEEN DOUBLE LAYERS OF DRYWALL. 08. INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES THAT SERVE OPPOSITE SIDES OF A WALL IN SEPARATE STUD CAVITIES. 09. INSTALL INSULATION PAD BEHIND JUNCTION BOXES FOR STC -50 - INSULATION IS TO BE CONTINOUS AND MIGHT BE COMPRESSED. _EGEND PARTITION TAG PARTITION TYPE DESIGNATOR (SEE PARTITION SERIES TYPE SCHEDULES) FRAMING MEMBER SIZE (SEE TABLE B BELOW) PARTITION SERIES (SEE TABLE A - BELOW) FIRE RATING (IF APPLICABLE) TABLE A PARTITION SERIES CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY SERIES SHEATHING FRAMING MEMBERS SHEATHING A 1 - LAYER METAL C -STUD 1 - LAYER B 2 -LAYERS METAL C -STUD 2 -LAYERS C 1 - LAYER METAL C -STUD 2 -LAYERS D 1 - LAYER METAL C -STUD NONE E 2 -LAYERS METAL C -STUD NONE F 1 - LAYER MTL HAT CHANNEL NONE G 1 -LAYER NONE NONE H 1 - LAYER METAL C -H STUD NONE i 2 -LAYERS METAL C -H STUD LINER PANEL K 1 - LAYER (2) METAL C STUDS 1 - LAYER L 2 -LAYERS (2) METAL C STUDS 2 -LAYERS M NONE CMU NONE N 1 -LAYER METAL C -STUD 2 -LAYERS O 1 -LAYER METAL C -STUD 1 -LAYER GYP. 1 LAYER KEVLAR TABLE B- FRAMING DEPTH SCHEDULE TAG NUMBER MTL STUD MTL C -H STUD DESIGNATION DEPTH DEPTH WOOD STUD DEPTH - NO FRAMING 0 7/8" FURRING CHANNEL N/A 1 15/8" N/A N/A 2 21/2" 21/2" N/A 3 3 5/8" N/A N/A 4 4" 4" 3 1/2" 6 6" 6" 5 1/2" 8 8" N/A 71 /4" FLAGSHIP MANHATTAN ID: CA5-141 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 A# ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 05120/16 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 10237 REGISTERED ARCHIT T SIDNEY ARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Mik ED FOR MPLIANCE OVED Project Number 0 „,%,P 33.1361.007 - City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Description WALL PARTITION TYPES DECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA _Scale As indicated I %; 2 PERMIT CENTER 0 2016 Gensler ROLLING GATE COIL BOX CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS STRUCTURE Al SCHEDULE DR CEILING GRID TELE/DATA RE AS PER P/C PL CLIP ATTACHN ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANE WIRELESS APPLIC) PROTOCOL GYPSUM B CEILING MOUNTED WAP SEC DTL 09 SCALE: 3 -1-0 CONDUIT OP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PAN CLIP ATTACK SUSPENSIOP WIRELESS A PROTOCOL TELE/DATA F AS PER P/C I ACOUSTICAI CEILING PAS CEILING MOUNTED WAP SEC PLAN ,,- _ 10 3 SCALE: 1-0, „ EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE TO REMAIN MOTOR TO SIT IN BETWEEN EXISTING CEILING AND STRUCTURAL MEMBER SECTION OF ROLLING GRILL 16 (E) CEILING SEE RCP NEW DROPPED SOFFIT SEE RCP ANGLE CLIP PINNED TO CEILING STRUCTURE ABOVE STRUCTURE & BOLTED TO VERTICAL COMPRESSION BRACE 12 GA. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER VERTICAL COMPRESSION BRACE MADE FROM .055 STEEL TUBING 12 GA. BRACE WIRES AT 450 IN FOUR DIRECTIONS - WIRES TIED TO GRID 2" M 2" MAX. SELF TAPPING DRIVE SCREW 8" X 1/2" O O O OO SPRING CLIP .035 SPRING STEEL CEILING CLIP ON END OF GRID MAIN VERTICAL BRACE RUNNER FOR SNAPPING AND MAIN RUNNER LOCKING ON MAIN RUNNER n-rrr� unr�rn i�� NOTES: 1. AREA OF CEILING SUPPORTED NOT TO EXCEED 144 SQ. FT. 2. MAXIMUM BRACE SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 12'-0". 3. FIRST BRACING POINT WITHIN 4'-0" OF EACH WALL. 4. BRACE POINT ON MAIN RUNNER NOT TO EXCEED 2" DISTANCE FROM CROSS RUNNER. DECK ABOVE FLAT STRAP "X" BRACING. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SEE RCP WC -4 ABOVE BROW. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE LIGHT FIXTURE. / COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1" METAL ANGLE FIRE RESISTANT PLYWOOD P-4 SEE R_ CP �-- CORNERBEAD P-4 - PROVIDE PLATE FOR BRACING AT PARTITION LAY -IN LIGHTTYPICAL 12 GAUGE FIXTURE �— HANGER WIRE HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNER HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNER ATTACH FIXTURE HOUSING TO CEILING SYSTEM WITH SELF TAPPING METAL 2 a c 3/8" MIN. CLR. CROSS OR MAIN RUNNER COMPRESSION STRUT HEAVY CROSSDUTM SCREWS ONE AT EACH J SCHEDULED CEILING RUNNERS CORNER U SYSTEM NOTE: LATERAL BRACING FOR SUSPENDED CEILING MUST BE PROVIDED PER UBC REQUIREMENTS WHERE LOADS ARE LESS THAN 5# PER FOOT & NOT SUPPORTING NOTES: INTERIOR PARTITIONS. CEILING BRACING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FOUR No 12 GAUGE 1. TIE ADJACENT WALLS TO CEILING MAIN AND CROSS RUNNER. WIRES SECURED TO THE MAIN RUNNER INTERSECTION AND SPLAYED 90 DEGREES 2. INSTALL CEILING GRID USING NO. 12 GA. SPLAY WIRE HANGERS AT 45,90 DEGREES TO EACH FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE OTHER (4 WIRES) BEGINNING 4'-0" FROM STARTING POINT OF GRID AND TILE LAYOUT AND IN BOTH IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 4'-0" FROM WALL. ATTACHMENT DIRECTIONS AT 12'-0" THEREAFTER. OF THE RESTRAINT WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE ADEQUATE FOR THE LOAD IMPOSED. INSTALL TWO ADDITIONAL WIRES AT OPPOSITE CORNERS (MAY BE SLACK) OF LIGHT FIXTURE HOUSING ADDITIONAL WIRES AT OPPOSITE CORNERS (MAY BE SLACK) OF LIGHT FIXTURE HOUSING THAN 8 INCHES FROM PERIMETER WALL. LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION SEISMIC CEILING BRACING DETAIL " 061 "_ . " 021 SCALE: 12"-1-0 SCALE: 3 -1-0 #12 SMS UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE 1"'Z' -CLIPS #8 SMS CONT. MTL. STUD TRACK 4" STUD BRACES AT 48" O.C. W/ (3) - #8 SMS EACH END MTL. STUDS ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CONT. MTL. STUD TRACK SCHEDULED CEILING SYSTEM SEE RCP FOR HEIGHT BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ABOVE 16 GA. METAL TRACK 1 1/2" CHANNEL AT 12'-0" O.C. EACH DIRECTION FOR LATERAL BRACE 2 GA. HANGER WIRE WAY 45 DEGREE 12 GA. /IRE BRACING AT EACH ATERAL BRACING CHANNEL TYPICAL 12 GA. HANGER WIRE SET IN CONC. SLAB ABOVE COMPRESSION STRUT TWO 12 GA. SPLAY W I RES AT 450 PARALLEL TO CROSS TEES LOCKING CROSS TEES AT 4'-0" O.C. TYP ANGLE CLIP- PINNED TO CEILING STRUCTURE AND BOLTED TO VERTICAL COMPRESSION BRACE COMPRESSION STRUT MFR: DONN SEE CEILING BRACING DETAIL FOR SPACING REQUIRMENTS TWO 12 GA. SPLAY WIRES AT 45° PARALLEL TO MAIN TEES TYP. HANGER WIRES AT 4'-0" O.C. KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 z Seal/Signature 10237 REGISTERED '`� ARCHI ECT SIDNEY SCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON' Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description CEILING DETAILS Scale As indicated Q 2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE ►PPROVERD JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila ` DECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA P.i PERMIT CENTER (E) WALL CONSTRUCTION (E) TUBE STEEL C STRUCTURAL DR STEEL CHANNEL, STRUCTURAL DR METAL STUDS Al PROVIDE METAL TYP. BOTH SIDE; OVERHEAD D00 GUIDES (TYP BC DROPPED SOFF NOTE: DETAILS I DRAWINGS SHO' DOOR AS THE Bi IF ANOTHER, API MANUFACTUREF GC SHALL REVIE NOTIFY ARCHITE DISCREPANCIES SELECTED MANI CEILING SLOT AI !" TYPE'X' GYP. MTL. STUD FURF PROVIDE METAL BEAD, TYP. AT A TUBE STEEL, SE STRUCTURAL D' (E) WALL CONSTRUCTION BOXED HEADER SCHEDULED PARTITION METAL CLIP HOLLOW METAL FRAME SCHEDULED DOOR INTERIOR 4-1/2" DEEP EXTERIO JAMB FRAME R 1/2" TRANSITION MUST COMPLY WITH ADA TRANSITION REQUIREMENTS. SEE DETAIL 12/A00.40 N SCHEDULED 1/4" : V MAX CARPET — 1 /2" MAX DOME TYPE TRANSITION STRIP AS SPECIFIED — SCHEDULED DOOR (WHERE OCCURS) SCHEDULED VCT 1rrm,'�Srr i i i r ri ' KEYNOTES 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 nnUBLE STUDS IEDULED PARTITION LLOW METAL FRAME METAL ANCHOR SCHEDULED DOC SPECIFIED FLOOR COVER RECESSED FLOOR BOX GROUT AT JOINT POURED � T CONCRETE FLOOR 1/8" TILE ih N N N ALL GLASS STRUCTURAL SUPPORT. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS CEILING TOP RAIL GLAZING GASKET (BLACK) GL -4 GL -4 SIDELITE CLIP (2X2) SIDELITE CLIP (2X2) GL -4 GLAZING GASKET (BLACK) SIDELITE RAIL LINE OF FLOOR TILE MECHANICALLY FASTEN SIDELIGHT RAIL. TRACK AS RECOMMENDED BY A/E SINGLE POLE WITH PILOT LIGHT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS WHITE RECEPTACLE BOX. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS O O O \ LIGHT ON LIGHT OFF LO TELLER SIDE TELLER LINE MILLWORK BY OTHERS NOTE: COORDINATE HOLD-UP BUTTON LOCATION W/ OWNER VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. UNDERCOUNTER STEEL BY OTHERS. HOLD-UP BUTTON BY OTHERS. SCHEDUI 1 ILL IVIL Biu..- "SCHLUTER" RENO -U SATIN ANODIZED ALUM. FINISH PLAN VIEW CERAMIC TILE TO VCT TRANSITION TYPICAL TELLER SWITCH -03 O LE: 3" =1'-0" SCALE: 1" =1'-0" SCA SEE AD„r,%,",. DIAGRAMS DOUBLE STUDS @ SIDES OF OPENINGS LINE OF CEILING, WHERE OCCURS BACKING PLATE 6"X 16 GA. STL. PLATE FASTEN FLUSH TO STUDS W/ (2) 8-18 WAFER HEAD SELF DRILLING SCREWS PER STUD. ALL BACKING TO SPAN MIN. THREE STUDS. DOUBLE STUDS @ SIDES OF OPNGS TYP. 20 GA. MIN. SCREW STUDS k 206A k k k SIDELITE SECTIONBLOCKING DIAGRAM 1 08 RCAI F' 3 -1-B SCALE: 12 -1-0 0" UNIFORM JOINT TYPICAL WALK -OFF MAT WMA FLOOR TILE W/ALUM. EDGE TRIM (SCHLUTER SHIENE) PLAN AT TILE WALK OFF MRA AT TNSITION "_ i n 0� SCALE: 3 -0 X 5 Seal/Signature Fk Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR FAPPROVED ODE COMPLIANCE Project Number JUN o s 2016 33.1361.007 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Description DETAILS ScaleI;F_'I-EIVED CITY Oi= TUKWILA As indicated PERMIT CENTER NOTES: 1. EXTEND BACKING PLATES TO LAST STUD BEYOND FACE OF FIXTURE OR ACCESSORY, TYP. 2. PROVIDE METAL SLEEVES 3- #8 F.H.S.H.S. THROUGH WALL FINISH AT FIXTURE FASTENING, TYP. 3. SEE TYPICAL WALL FRAMING FOR GAUGE OF STUDS. 4. ALL BACKING PLATES SHALL BE 1" LONG SCREWED TO STUDS, TYP. 1/16V 5. VERIFY LENGTH, HEIGHT., TYP. @ WEB OF LOCATION OF BACKING PLATE, AND BACKING PLATE NUMBER REQ'D WITH ACCESSORY TO STUD MANUFACTURERS. 6. USE #12 SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS WHEN ATTACHING ITEMS TO BACKING PLATE. 7. WALL STUD FLANGES ARE CONTINUOUS AT BACKING PLATE. SIDELITE SECTIONBLOCKING DIAGRAM 1 08 RCAI F' 3 -1-B SCALE: 12 -1-0 0" UNIFORM JOINT TYPICAL WALK -OFF MAT WMA FLOOR TILE W/ALUM. EDGE TRIM (SCHLUTER SHIENE) PLAN AT TILE WALK OFF MRA AT TNSITION "_ i n 0� SCALE: 3 -0 X 5 Seal/Signature Fk Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR FAPPROVED ODE COMPLIANCE Project Number JUN o s 2016 33.1361.007 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Description DETAILS ScaleI;F_'I-EIVED CITY Oi= TUKWILA As indicated PERMIT CENTER Al2.07 17� A PLAN VIEW STANDARD MELAMINE SHELVES.7 SHELVES HIGH PER SECTION, TYP. METAL STANDARDS.2 PER SECTION, TYP. p ELEVATION O r A PLAN VIEW p ELEVATION CV 0 cV 0 cV Ell d' EQ EQ - -- - EQ �, EQ 4'- 10 7/8" HOLD Al2.07 A PLAN VIEW __ OPEN SHEL CONTINUOI LAMINATE TASK LIGHT FIXTURE ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE PL -7 p ELEVATION EQ.1 EQ.1 EQ.2 19 L EQ.2 EQ.2 el L EQ.2 D 2'-51/8" 4'-71/4" OPEN SHELVING ON STANDARDS WORK ROOM CALLING CUBE 2 12 as a SCALE. 1/2"-1-0 SCALE. 3I4 —1-0 SCALE. 314 —1-0 SCHED. PARTITION REINFORCED TO ACCOMODATE SHELF LOADING ADJUSTABLE WHITE MELAMINE SHELVES ON HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS & STDS, SPACED EQUALLY (NOT TO EXCEED 2'-0") SCHEDULED BASE NOTE: REFER TO MILLWORK SCHEDULE AND ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY OF SHELVES SECTION a. ADJ. WALL SHELVES 13 SCALE. 11/2" —1-0 -� AM BACKSPLASH INDICATED ON ELEVATION LL -HEIGHT BACKSPLASH ERE INDICATED ON ELVATION) AM COUNTER TOP, F -EDGE, ZIBE TO WALL & CAULK W/ -OR TO MATCH LAMINATE 4OCKETT GROMMET ERE OCCURS NT FINISH TRIM TO rCH ADJACENT WALL "HEDULED PARTITION -IEDULED BASE SCHEDULED CEILING P -LAM END PANEL (BOTH SIDES) P -LAM ADJUSTABLE SHELF ON PINS. SEE ELEV. FOR QTY. AND LOCATIONS NICKEL PLATED SHELF SUPPORT PEGS IN NICKEL SOCKET @ 4" O.C. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING IN PARTITION AND MOUNT SHELVING UNIT TO STUDS AND BLOCKING ONLY SCRIBE P. LAM. TRIM AROUND EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE SIZE OF P.LAM. TRIM WITH INSTALLED EQUIPMENT ON SITE. LIGHT FIXTURE ONLY WHERE SCHEDULED ON POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN EQUIPMENT (BY OTHERS) BELOW WHERE INDICATED SECTION AT OPEN OUNTER07 SECTION @ UPPER SHELVING UNIT SCALE: 11/2" —1-0 SCALE: 11/2" —1-0 z 0 a w J LL O LL LL LU P -LAM BACKSPLASH AS INDICATED ON ELEVATION (FU WHERE INDICATED 3" DOUG MOCKETT ONLY WHERE INDI( P -LAM DOOR WITH SCHEDULED PULL CABINET LOCK WH SCHEDULED P -LAM ADJUSTABLI PINS NICKEL PLATED SH SUPPORT PEGS IN SOCKET @ 4" O.C. INTERIOR OF CABIP FACED WITH MELAI WOOD BLOCKING P -LAM BASE SCRIB KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES A. ALL INTERIOR OF MILLWORK TO BE WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE AS SPECIFIED ON ELEVATIONS. C. PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH TO ALL MILLWORK COUNTER LOCATED AGAINST A WALL. LEGEND 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 .Caensler Facsimile 510.625.7499 A� ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Will Seal/Signature 10237 REGIST;C7 1 ARCHI �W ISIDNEY SCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description nr_e1r_vvcu rurt CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 CKY of Tulmila BUILDING DIVISION MILLWORK DETAILS MW05, MW07, MW12A, AND MW12B RECEIVED Scale CITE' OF TUKWILA As indicated 2 11, Z,;' 5 PERiViIT CENTER D 2016 Gensler A PLAN VIEW ALL EXPOSEI SHALL BE PL -17'-6114„ 10'-1 118" B ELEVATION TELLERLINE MILLWORK SCALE: 314" =1'-0" 02 KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES A. ALL INTERIOR OF MILLWORK TO BE WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE AS SPECIFIED ON ELEVATIONS. C. PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH TO ALL MILLWORK COUNTER LOCATED AGAINST A WALL. LEGEND Bankof America Tukwila SouthCenter :. 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 Seal/Signature 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 10237REGISTERED I ARCHITECT ���illll , SIDNEY LrJSCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter FOR Project Number FREVIEWED VED CE APP COMPLIANCE 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Description City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MILLWORK DETAILS MW11 -1 RECEIVED LScale CITY OF TUKWILA 3141=1'-0" , ra 0 2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER ALL GLASS STRUCTURAL SUPPORT REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS �— CEILING TOP RAIL GLAZING GASKET (BLACK) N N 2" GL -4 GL -4 SIDELITE CLIP (2X2) SIDELITE CLIP (2X2) GL -4 GLAZING GASKET (BLACK) II IV SIDELITE RAIL `v LINE OF FLOOR TILE MECHANICALLY FASTEN SIDELIGHT RAIL TRACK -1 ♦ nn -A ..-I SERIES 8300 (032) TRANSPARENT UIJ I RNV 1 iwi J I RIrCJ D 101V1VP1VG VINYL (3MIL.) APPLIED TO SECOND VENDOR IN: 3M DUSTED CRYSTAL VINYL SURFACE APPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE CUT BETWEEN RED SQUARES DIST11 RACTION MARKINGS 09 ENLARGED PLAN- EN I KY AIKLUUK Vt%%j I ItJULt SCALE: 12"-1-0 SCALE. 112 1'-0" 16 14 Al2.13 Al2.13 ;;>EEQ EQ r� 11 Al2.13 DISTRACTION V13O4N MARKINGS PROVIDED BY SIGNAGE VENDOR I I 0 t f� I ( Al2.13 MITERED SIDELITE RAIL BEYOND CORNER MALL CLAMP s SIDELITE RAIL GASKET BEYOND U- N O 0 ALL GLASS STRUCTURAL SUPPORT REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS TOP TRACK GLAZING GASKET (BLACK) 2" GL -4 GASKET 112" X 1"X 112" METAL U -CHANNEL 2" DOOR STOP/STRIKE LINE OF DOOR PATCH BEYOND PANIC HARDWARE CYLINDER GL -3 DOOR RAIL RECESSED FLOOR CLOSER LINE OF FLOOR TILE CEILING 7�1 DETAIL AT GLAZING 1 DETAIL AT STOREFRONT 03 "- 1 " ■ ■ "_ 1 " SCALE: 12 -1-0 SCALE: 12 1-0 c N ZED SIDELITE RAIL BEYOND 2"X2" SQUARE SIDELITE CLIP 2" 1/4" GL -4 ATTACHED W/ (2) OVAL HEAD PHILLIPS SCREWS SHEET NOTES LEGEND Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Gensler Facsimile 510.625.7499 I4� ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 10237 REGISTE�T� ARCHIT SIDNEY L. ARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description AIRLOCK DETAILS Scale As indicated � 2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 —4 City of Tukwila RI 111 111 CITY OF TUKWILA G't 2 41 PERMIT CENTER PLAN DETAIL AT OFFICE FRONT i " 09 SCALE: 6"= 1-0 LINE OF CEILING @ CENTRAL LOBBY SCHEDULED HE MOUNTED DOOR BROW CE WHERE O LINE OF S UUUK Mu I h PLAN DETAIL AT OFFICE FRONT1 10 SCALE: 6" =1'-0" L RECESS PROVIDE E M SILJCI-171 1 i r�nn. r rvwr. J .ZONE 12 Al2.02 GL h aiucr..rvn r rw11- r rw%.rx IL TYPICAL OFFICE FRONTS ELEVATION 02 SCALE: 1 =1-0 RECESSED FLOOR CLOSEF PROVIDED BY MANUFACTUI SCHEDULED FLOOR MECHANICALLY FASTEN SIDELIGHT RAIL TRACK CENTRAL ZONE GLAZING GASKET (BLACK) SIDELITE RAIL SCHEDULED FLOORING MECHANICALLY FASTEN SIDELIGHT RAIL TRACK GLASS DOOR SECTION- WITH BROW 16CLASS PARTITION SECTION- WITH BROW 12GLASS DOOR SECTION 08 GLASS PARTITION SECTION04SCALE: 3e_1r-0n SCALE: 3" _1r -0n SCALE: 3"=1-0n SCALE: 3"= 1-0" KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 �,k ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 10237FARCHIT GISTERED T 4SIDNEY L. SCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description OFFICE DETAILS Scale As indicated ® 2016 Gensler BODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER 2 A . L RECESS PROVIDE E M SILJCI-171 1 i r�nn. r rvwr. J .ZONE 12 Al2.02 GL h aiucr..rvn r rw11- r rw%.rx IL TYPICAL OFFICE FRONTS ELEVATION 02 SCALE: 1 =1-0 RECESSED FLOOR CLOSEF PROVIDED BY MANUFACTUI SCHEDULED FLOOR MECHANICALLY FASTEN SIDELIGHT RAIL TRACK CENTRAL ZONE GLAZING GASKET (BLACK) SIDELITE RAIL SCHEDULED FLOORING MECHANICALLY FASTEN SIDELIGHT RAIL TRACK GLASS DOOR SECTION- WITH BROW 16CLASS PARTITION SECTION- WITH BROW 12GLASS DOOR SECTION 08 GLASS PARTITION SECTION04SCALE: 3e_1r-0n SCALE: 3" _1r -0n SCALE: 3"=1-0n SCALE: 3"= 1-0" KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 �,k ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature 10237FARCHIT GISTERED T 4SIDNEY L. SCARBORO STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description OFFICE DETAILS Scale As indicated ® 2016 Gensler BODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER -D 0 ..0 0 C_ �i •L U 0 U E _n N N O co 0 N 0 N 0 a� 0 ..0 O n 0 0 cn — I Y C/ -) g M m a� c Q (1) X U O C_ m X 0 I o C,r) Q Q O 0 M M — M rn F-- X LO Cn O 0 O ° � m C o O� Ln N I CD E cfl 0 4- +' x O n drawings and are to be field -verified by the Contractor. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions before commencing any demolition. Contractor shall provide adequate shoring and bracing of all structural members, existing construction and soil excavations, as required, and in a manner suitable to the work sequence. Temporary shoring and bracing shall not be removed until all final connections have been completed in accordance with the drawings and materials have achieved design strength. No reinforcing bars in existing construction shall be cut unless directed to by the Architect or as shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for all safety precautions and the methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required to perform the work. CONCRETE Concrete work shall conform to all requirements of IBC Chapter 19. CONCRETE MIXES: Concrete mixes shall conform to the following requirements: fc Test Age si (days) Use 4,000 28 Curbs (5 sacks/cement per cy minimum) Water -reducing admixtures may be incorporated in concrete mix designs, but shall conform to ASTM C 494, and be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. CaCI 2 or other water-soluble chloride admixtures shall not be used. Water/cement ratio shall be measured by weight and shall be based on the total cementitious material. Water/cement ratio and water content shall be determined by the supplier based on strength requirements. Field -measured slump shall conform to the submitted concrete mix design. Tolerance of slump shall conform to ASTM C 94. An air=entraining agent conforming to ASTM C 260 shall be used in all concrete mixes which are exposed to weather. The amount of entrained air shall be 5 percent t1 1/2 percent by volume. The amount of entrained air shall be measured in the field at the discharge from the truck. The Contractor shall submit concrete mix designs for approval 2 weeks prior to placing any concrete. The mix design shall be in conformance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. The submittal shall indicate the maximum aggregate size of each mix which shall not exceed 1 1/2". CURING: If the air temperature will exceed 75 degrees F within 48 hours of placing concrete, a moist cure shall be applied to the concrete for a period of 36 hours after finishing concrete surfaces. Refer to the project specifications for curing requirements. REINFORCING STEEL Deformed Bars ASTM A 615, Grade 60 Adhesive Reinforcing Dowels ASTM A 615, Grade 60 Adhesive as required per post -installed anchors Reinforcing shall be supported as specified by the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Reinforcing steel shall be detailed in accordance with ACI standard of practice as outlined in ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." ANCHORS IN CONCRETE NOTES STRUCTURAL DRAWING SYMBOLS Evaluation Report STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS STRUCTURAL ICC -ES ESR -3187 DESIGN LOADS STRUCTURAL STEEL SURFACE - SLOPE UP AB Anchor Bolt IBC International Building Code ADD'L Additional ID Inside Diameter All design and construction shall conform to the requirements of the International REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONSADH SURFACE -STEPPED Adhesive IF Inside Face Building Code (IBC), 2012 Edition, as amended by the City of Tukwila. ADJ Adjustable 1 IN Inch AFF Above Finish Floor INFO Information Structural Steel AISC 360 -Specification for ARCH Anchor INT Interior ROOF SNOW LOAD: Design roof snow load is per SEAW White Paper and are g P P Structural Steel Buildings SURFACE - SLOPE DOWN ARCH Architectural JT Joint consistent with existing building drawings dated 6/20/2008. ARD Adhesive Reinforcing Dowel K Kip (1,000 lbs.) High Strength Bolts RCSC Specification for Structural B/ Bottom of KSF Kips per Square Foot Minimum design load 25 psf + drift. Joints using High -Strength BoltsA BLDG Building LF Lineal Foot STANDARD SECTION CUTS BLKG Blocking LLH Long Leg Horizontal SEISMIC LOADS: Alterations to the existing structure are in conformance with the Welding AWS D1.1, typical S2.1 BM Beam LLV Long Leg Vertical Exception to Section 3404.4 of the IBC. Earthquake design for non-structural AWS D1.3 for cold -formed framing BOT Bottom LP Low Point components are based on ASCE 7 Section 13.3 with the following factors: BRG BTWN Bearing Between LTWT MAX Light Weight Maximum Welder Certification American Welding Society (AWS) A ELEVATION OF WALL OR FRAME C Camber MECH Mechanical Site Class D s3.1 CAP Capacity MFR Manufacturer Risk Category II Washington Association of CC Center to Center MIN Minimum Seismic Design Category D Building Officials (WABO) 100'-0° SPOT ELEVATION CIP Cast in Place MISC Miscellaneous CJ Construction or Control Joint NO Number Ss = 1.453 g STEEL MATERIALS 100 -o CJP Complete Joint Penetration NS Near Side S1 = 0.541 g Wide Flange Shapes (W) ASTM A 992 TOP OF CONCRETE ELEVATION CL CLG Centerline Ceiling NS NTS Nonshrink Not to Scale SDs = 0.968 g Plates (PL), Bars, Angles (L), ASTM A 36, unless noted otherwise CLR Clear OC On Center S D1 = 0.541 g Channels (C) 100-0 TOP OF STEEL ELEVATION COL Column OD Outside Diameter IE = 1.0 Structural Tubes (HSS) ASTM A 500, Grade C CONC Concrete OF Outside Face Structural Bolts ASTM A 325 CONN Connection OPNG Opening GENERAL NOTES Anchor Rods ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 LEVEL 01 CONST Construction OPP Opposite unless noted otherwise100'-01, ELEVATION OF LEVEL CONT Continuous P Post CONTR Contractor PAF Power Actuated FastenerCOORD SUBMITTALS: Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Architect prior to any Threaded Rods ASTM A 36 Coordinate PC Piece fabrication or construction for all structural items, including the following: Welding Electrodes 70 ksi, low hydrogen, typical ®WP WORKPOINT CTR Center PEN Penetration embedded steel items, structural steel, steel deck, and cladding panels. 60 ksi, minimum, steel deck and cold- CY Cubic Yard PJP Partial Joint Penetration formed framing DBA Deformed Bar Anchor PL Plate If the shop drawings differ from or add to the design of the structural drawings, they DBL Double PNL Panel shall bear the seal and signature of the Washington State Registered Professional Structural steel design, fabrication and erection shall conform to the requirements of �� DIRECTION of SPAN DCI Department of Construction De PSF Pounds Per Square Foot Engineer who is responsible for the design. IBC Chapter 22. All members are to be erected with natural mill camber or induced and Inspections PSI Pounds Per Square Inch camber u unless otherwise noted on the plans. Substitution of member sizes or P, P .,� � � . ,� .. � � .. EXISTING FRAMING DEMO DET Demolish Detail R RD Radius Roof Drain DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: Per IBC Section 107.3.4.1, drawings and calculations steel grade will not be allowed without prior approval of the Architect. Bolted DIA Diameter REINF Reinforcing for the design and fabrication of items that are designed by others shall bear the connections are to be of high strength ASTM A 325 bolts as shown, unless noted DIAG Diagonal REM Remain(der) seal and signature of the Washington State Registered Professional Engineer who otherwise. A minimum of two bolts is required for all beam connections. Alternative BEAM, OR GIRDER DN Down REQ'D Required is responsible for the design and shall be submitted to the Architect and the building connections to those shown on these drawings will require prior approval of the DWG Drawing RND Round department for review prior to fabrication. Unless specifically detailed on structural Architect. DWL Dowel RO Rough Opening drawings, deferred submittals include but are not limited to the following: _ -r —_ —_ —_ —_ —_ r_ —_ WALL BELOW THIS LEVEL WITH HEADER BELOW EA Each SCHED Schedule The Contractor shall be responsible for all erection aids and joint preparations re arations that � EF Each Face SECT Section Equipment Anchorage include, but are not limited to, erection angles, lift holes and other aids, welding EL EQ Elevation Equal SHT SHTG Sheet Sheathing Seismic Design of Nonstructural Components Interior Non -Bearing Cold -Formed Steel Framing procedures, required root openings, root face dimensions, groove angles, backing WALL ABOVE THIS LEVEL EQUIP Equipment SIM Similar bars, copes, surface roughness values, and unequal parts. ES Each Side SP Space EW Each Way SQ Square NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS: Design, detailing and anchorage of all WELDING: All welding shall be in conformance with AISC and AWS Standards, _ _ — — — _ _ _ _ WALL BELOW THIS LEVEL EX Existing STD Standard nonstructural components shall be in accordance with IBC Section 1613 and ASCE and shall be performed by AWS-WABO-certified welders using 70 ksi electrodes EXP Expansion STL Steel 7 Chapter 13. Nonstructural components designed by others shall not induce and low hydrogen processes. Only welds that are prequalified, as defined by AWS, EXT Exterior STRUCT Structural torsional loading into supporting steel structural members without additional bracing or qualified by testing shall be used. Shop drawings shall show all welding with = O STEEL COLUMN ABOVE OR PASSING THRU THIS LEVEL FDN Foundation SUPP Support of those members to eliminate torsional forces. Torsional bracing shall be designed AWS A2.4 symbols. Welds shown on the drawings are minimum sizes. Increase FF Finish Floor SYM Symmetrical by the nonstructural component designer and approved by the Engineer. weld size to AWS minimum sizes based on thickness. Minimum weld size shall be �� FIN FLG Finish Flange T/ T&B Top of Top and Bottom 3/16 -inch unless noted otherwise. The welds shown are for the final connections. i i i STEEL COLUMN BELOW THIS LEVEL �-� `-' FLR Floor THK Thickness) INSPECTION: Special inspection per IBC Chapter 17 shall be performed by an Field weld symbols are shown where field welds are required by the structural --�- FOB Face of Building THRU Through approved testing agency as indicated in the Statement of Special Inspections and design. Where field weld is not indicated, the Contractor is responsible for FS Far Side TRANS Transverse Testing.STEEL determining if a weld should be shop or field -welded in order to facilitate the IN CROSS SECTION FT Feet TYP Typical structural steel erection. FTG Footing UNO Unless Noted Otherwise SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Contractor shall verify all levels, dimensions, and existing GA Gauge VERT Vertical conditions in the field before proceeding. Contractor shall notify the Architect of NONSHRINK GROUT: All nonshrink grout shall have minimum fc = 5,000 psi. GALV Galvanized W/ With any discrepancies or field changes prior to installation or,fabrication. In case of GEN General WHS Welded Headed Stud discrepancies between the existing conditions and the drawings, the Contractor ANCHORS GR GWB Grade Gypsum Wall Board W/O WP Without Work Point shall obtain direction from the Architect before proceeding. Dimensions noted as HGR Hanger plus or minus (±) indicate unverified dimensions and are approximate. Notify HK Hook Architect immediately of conflicts or excessive variations from indicated POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS: Provide post -installed anchors per the following HORIZ Horizontal dimensions. Noted dimensions take precedence over scaled dimensions --DO NOT schedule unless noted otherwise: HP High Point SCALE DRAWINGS. Dimensions of existing conditions may be based on record HSS Hollow Structural Section drawings and are to be field -verified by the Contractor. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions before commencing any demolition. Contractor shall provide adequate shoring and bracing of all structural members, existing construction and soil excavations, as required, and in a manner suitable to the work sequence. Temporary shoring and bracing shall not be removed until all final connections have been completed in accordance with the drawings and materials have achieved design strength. No reinforcing bars in existing construction shall be cut unless directed to by the Architect or as shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for all safety precautions and the methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required to perform the work. CONCRETE Concrete work shall conform to all requirements of IBC Chapter 19. CONCRETE MIXES: Concrete mixes shall conform to the following requirements: fc Test Age si (days) Use 4,000 28 Curbs (5 sacks/cement per cy minimum) Water -reducing admixtures may be incorporated in concrete mix designs, but shall conform to ASTM C 494, and be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. CaCI 2 or other water-soluble chloride admixtures shall not be used. Water/cement ratio shall be measured by weight and shall be based on the total cementitious material. Water/cement ratio and water content shall be determined by the supplier based on strength requirements. Field -measured slump shall conform to the submitted concrete mix design. Tolerance of slump shall conform to ASTM C 94. An air=entraining agent conforming to ASTM C 260 shall be used in all concrete mixes which are exposed to weather. The amount of entrained air shall be 5 percent t1 1/2 percent by volume. The amount of entrained air shall be measured in the field at the discharge from the truck. The Contractor shall submit concrete mix designs for approval 2 weeks prior to placing any concrete. The mix design shall be in conformance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. The submittal shall indicate the maximum aggregate size of each mix which shall not exceed 1 1/2". CURING: If the air temperature will exceed 75 degrees F within 48 hours of placing concrete, a moist cure shall be applied to the concrete for a period of 36 hours after finishing concrete surfaces. Refer to the project specifications for curing requirements. REINFORCING STEEL Deformed Bars ASTM A 615, Grade 60 Adhesive Reinforcing Dowels ASTM A 615, Grade 60 Adhesive as required per post -installed anchors Reinforcing shall be supported as specified by the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Reinforcing steel shall be detailed in accordance with ACI standard of practice as outlined in ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." ANCHORS IN CONCRETE Anchor Type Approved Anchor(s) Evaluation Report Adhesive Hilti HIT-HY 200 ICC -ES ESR -3187 Mechanical Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ ICC -ES ESR -1917 Use of alternate products, or of post -installed anchors at locations not shown in these drawings, is subject to the approval of the Architect. Submit proposed anchors to the Architect with an ICC -ES or IAPMO UES report valid for the 2012 IBC. Submitted ICC -ES and IAPMO UES reports shall demonstrate that the anchors are suitable for use in cracked concrete or uncracked, fully grouted reinforced concrete masonry units. Where anchors resist seismic loads, submitted ICC -ES and IAPMO UES reports shall demonstrate that the anchors are suitable for the resistance of seismic loads. Adhesives shall not be installed prior to the concrete reaching an age of 21 days as required by ACI 318. Cold -formed steel framing members shall be of the type, shape, size, gauge, and spacing as shown on the drawings. Member types and sizes shown on the drawings refer to members as defined by the Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA). Members equivalent in shape, size, stiffness, and strength by other manufacturers may be substituted for framing members shown. Alternate members shall be subject to review and approval by the Architect and Structural Engineer prior to fabrication and erection. All cold -formed steel framing shall conform to the AISI S100 - "North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members." All studs, tracks and joists shall be galvanized. Fastenings shall be as shown on the drawings. Fastenings not shown shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Cold -formed steel welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.3, "Specification for Welding Sheet Steel in Structures." Welders shall be qualified by WABO Sheet Steel Welder Certification Program. DRAWING LIST S01.01 Structural Notes, Abbreviations, Drawing Symbols and Drawing List S01.02 Statement of Special Inspections S02.01 Foundation Plan S02.02 Roof Framing Plan SO4.01 Concrete and Steel Details S05.01 Cold -Formed Framing Details 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 200( Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 10041600159 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila Description BUILDING DIVISION STRUCTURAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, DRAWING SYMBOLS AND DRAWING LIST Scale © 2016 Gensler pE;;EIVED L's"YV 23 PERMIT CENTER 0 0 U Q U 0> N O O Cn I' • I STATEMENT OF STRUCTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING TABLE 2 - REQUIRED STRUCTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS - 2012 INSPECTION - 318-11 SYSTEM or MATERIAL REMARKS IBC CODE CODE or STANDARD I FREQUENCY (NOTE 8) OBSERVE 1PERFORM1 CONTINUOUS FPERIODIC - 2009 REFERENCE REFERENCE I STEEL INSPECTION TASKS PRIOR TO WELDING: WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPSs) ADHESIVE ANCHORS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTALLY OR UPWARDLY INCLINED AISC 360: TB N5.4-1 ICC EVALUATION RPT X AISC 360 5.0 AVAILABLE ORIENTATIONS TO RESIST SUSTAINED TENSION 51-50-1705 ACI 318 D.9.2.4 UT- AWS D1.1 6.13 & 6.14.3 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATIONS FOR WELDING AISC 360: TB N5.4-1 X RCSC SPECIFICATION CONSUMABLES AVAILABLE MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS WAC ICC EVALUATION RPT OF DIAMETER, MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION (TYPE/GRADE) AISC 360: TB N5.4-1 X 51-50-1705 ACI 318 D.9.2 1705.2 TB N5.6-1 HIGH-STRENGTH LOT TO BE USED IN BOLTS, SECTION 7 THE WORK WELDER IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AISC 360: TB N5.4-1 X FIT -UP OF FILLET WELDS: DIMENSIONS (ALIGNMENT, GAPS AT ROOT), CLEANLINESS (CONDITION OF STEEL SURFACES), TACKING (TACK AISC 360: TB N5.4-1 X WELD QUALITY AND LOCATION), BACKING TYPE AND FIT (IF APPLICABLE) CHECK WELDING EQUIPMENT AISC 360: TB N5.4-1 INSPECTION TASKS DURING WELDING: USE OF QUALIFIED WELDERS AISC 360: TB N5.4-2 X CONTROL AND HANDLING OF WELDING AISC 360: TB N5.4-2 X CONSUMABLES: PACKAGING, EXPOSURE CONTROL NO WELDING OVER CRACKED TACK WELDS AISC 360: TB N5.4-2 X ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: WIND SPEED AISC 360: TB N5.4-2 X WITHIN LIMITS, PRECIPITATION AND TEMPERATURE 1705.2 WPS FOLLOWED: SETTINGS ON WELDING EQUIPMENT, TRAVEL SPEED, SELECTED WELDING MATERIALS, SHIELDING GAS TYPE/FLOW RATE, AISC 360: TB N5.4-2 X PREHEAT APPLIED, INTERPASS TEMPERATURE MAINTAINED (MIN./MAX.), PROPER POSITION (F, V, H, OH) WELDING TECHNIQUES: INTERPASS AND FINAL CLEANING, EACH PASS WITHIN PROFILE AISC 360: TB N5.4-2 X LIMITATIONS, EACH PASS MEETS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS INSPECTION TASKS AFTER WELDING: WELDS CLEANED AISC 360: TB N5.4-3 X SIZE, LENGTH AND LOCATION OF WELDS AISC 360: TB N5.4-3 X WELDS MEET VISUAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: CRACK PROHIBITION, WELD/BASE-METAL FUSION, AISC 360: TB N5.4-3 X CRATER CROSS SECTION, WELD PROFILES, WELD SIZE, UNDERCUT, POROSITY 1705.2 ARC STRIKES AISC 360: TB N5.4-3 X K -AREA AISC 360: TB N5.4-3 X REPAIR ACTIVITIES AISC 360: TB N5.4-3 X DOCUMENT ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF [AISC 360: TB N5.4-3 X WELDED JOINT OR MEMBER INSPECTION TASKS PRIOR TO BOLTING: MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATIONS AVAILABLE AISC 360: TB N5.6-1 X FOR FASTENER MATERIALS FASTENERS MARKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM AISC 360: TB N5.6-1 X REQUIREMENTS PROPER FASTENERS SELECTED FOR THE JOINT DETAIL (GRADE, TYPE, BOLT LENGTH IF THREADS AISC 360: TB N5.6-1 X ARE TO BE EXCLUDED FROM SHEAR PLANE) 1705.2 PROPER BOLTING PROCEDURE FOR JOINT DETAIL AISC 360: TB N5.6-1 X CONNECTING ELEMENTS, INCLUDING THE APPROPRIATE FAYING SURFACE CONDITION AND AISC 360: TB N5.6-1 X HOLE PREPARATION, IF SPECIFIED, MEET APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS PRE -INSTALLATION VERIFICATION TESTING BY INSTALLATION PERSONNEL OBSERVED AND AISC 360: TB N5.6-1 X DOCUMENTED FOR FASTENER ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS USED PROPER STORAGE PROVIDED FOR BOLTS, NUTS, AISC 360: TB N5.6-1 X WASHERS AND OTHER FASTENER COMPONENTS INSPECTION TASKS DURING BOLTING: FASTENER ASSEMBLIES, OF SUITABLE CONDITION, PLACED IN ALL HOLES AND WASHERS (IF AISC 360: TB N5.6-2 X REQUIRED) ARE POSITIONED AS REQUIRED JOINT BROUGHT TO SNUG -TIGHT CONDITION AISC 360: TB N5.6-2 X PRIOR TO THE PRETENSIONING OPERATION 1705.2 FASTENER COMPONENT NOT TURNED BY THE AISC 360: TB N5.6-2 X WRENCH PREVENTED FROM ROTATING FASTENERS ARE PRETENSIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RCSC SPECIFICATION, PROGRESSING AISC 360: TB N5.6-2 X SYSTEMATICALLY FROM THE MOST RIGID POINT TOWARD THE FREE EDGES INSPECTION TASKS AFTER BOLTING: DOCUMENT ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF 1705.2 AISC 360: TB N5.6-3 X BOLTED CONNECTIONS INSPECTION SYSTEM or MATERIAL REMARKS IBC CODE CODE or STANDARD FREQUENCY (NOTE 6) ICONTINUOUSI PERIODIC REFERENCE REFERENCE COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF WELD FILLER METALS 1705.2.2.1.1 1705.2.2.1 AWS D1.3 SECTION 6 X MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS VERIFYING USE OF PROPER WPS'S X COPY OF WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS VERIFYING WELDER QUALIFICATIONS X COPY OF QUALIFICATION CARDS WELDED FRAMING CONNECTIONS AWS D1.3 SECTION 6 X ALL WELDS VISUALLY INSPECTED PER AWS D1.3 6.1 of Q 0 M • • 11-11 O LO n co No M P 0 n I M • TABLE 2 CONTINUED - REQUIRED STRUCTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS - 2012 INSPECTION - 318-11 SYSTEM or MATERIAL CODE or STANDARD REMARKS IBC CODE CODE or STANDARD FREQUENCY (NOTE 6) CONTINUOUS FPERIODIC - 2009 REFERENCE REFERENCE I CONCRETE INSPECTION OF ANCHORS POST -INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE MEMBERS: ADHESIVE ANCHORS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTALLY OR UPWARDLY INCLINED WAC ICC EVALUATION RPT X AISC 360 5.0 REFER TO ANCHOR CALLOUTS FOR SUSTAINED ORIENTATIONS TO RESIST SUSTAINED TENSION 51-50-1705 ACI 318 D.9.2.4 UT- AWS D1.1 6.13 & 6.14.3 TENSION (ST) DESIGNATION LOADS. RCSC SPECIFICATION EACH COMBINATION MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS WAC ICC EVALUATION RPT OF DIAMETER, X ALL ANCHORS SHALL BE VISUALLY INSPECTED NOT DEFINED ABOVE. 51-50-1705 ACI 318 D.9.2 (NOTE 7) TB N5.6-1 TESTING TABLE 3 - REQUIRED STRUCTURAL TESTING - 2012 TESTING - 318-11 IBC CODE CODE or STANDARD FREQUENCY SYSTEM or MATERIAL REMARKS CONTINUOUS PERIODIC - 2009 REFERENCE REFERENCE STEEL RADIOGRAPHIC (RT) RT- AWS D1.1 6.16 MAGNETIC PARTICLE (MT) AND AISC 360 5.0 MT- AWS D1.1 6.14.4 PER DRAWINGS ALL CJP WELDS REQUIRE UT TESTING ULTRASONIC (UT) TESTING OF WELDS UT- AWS D1.1 6.13 & 6.14.3 RCSC SPECIFICATION EACH COMBINATION PRE -INSTALLATION VERIFICATION OF 1705.2.1 FOR STRUCTURAL OF DIAMETER, PRETENSIONED HIGH STRENGTH AISC 360: JOINTS USING LENGTH, GRADE, AND BOLTS TB N5.6-1 HIGH-STRENGTH LOT TO BE USED IN BOLTS, SECTION 7 THE WORK STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING NOTES: 1. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO CHAPTER 17 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC). REFER TO TABLES 1 AND 2 FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TABLES 3 AND 4 FOR TESTING REQUIREMENTS. 2. REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS ARE AS FOLLOWS: IBC - 2012 ACI - 318-11 AWS - CURRENT EDITION ASTM - CURRENT EDITION AISC - 360-10 RCSC - 2009 3. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND ASSOCIATED TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E329 (MATERIALS), ASTM A880 (STEEL), AND ASTM E543 (NON-DESTRUCTIVE). THE TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY SHALL FURNISH TO THE ARCHITECT A COPY OF THEIR SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. WELDING INSPECTORS SHALL BE QUALIFIED PER SECTION 6.1.4.1.1 OF AWS D1.1 AND WABO. 4. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE INDICATED WORK FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION AND NOTED IN THE INSPECTION REPORTS. ISSUES REQUIRING IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS OR ENGINEERING INPUT ARE TO BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY UPON DISCOVERY. 5. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS FOR EACH INSPECTION TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR, AND OWNER. THE TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL REPORT STATING THAT THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS INSPECTED AND IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND THAT ALL DISCREPANCIES NOTED IN THE INSPECTION REPORTS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 6. CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION: SPECIAL INSPECTION BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR WHO IS PRESENT WHEN AND WHERE THE WORK TO BE INSPECTED IS BEING PERFORMED. PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION: SPECIAL INSPECTION BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR WHO IS INTERMITTENTLY PRESENT WHERE THE WORK TO BE INSPECTED HAS BEEN OR IS BEING PERFORMED. 7. WHERE PERIODIC INSPECTION IS ALLOWED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ANCHOR ICC EVALUATION REPORT, INSPECTIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: • FOR ALL ANCHORS, PRIOR TO CONCEALMENT, VERIFY: ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR DIMENSIONS, ANCHOR SPACING AND EDGE DISTANCE. • FOR EACH ANCHOR TYPE AND SIZE, INSPECTOR SHALL BE ONSITE TO CONTINUOUSLY INSPECT A MINIMUM OF THE FIRST 10 ANCHORS INSTALLED BY EACH INSTALLER FOR CONFORMANCE WITH ICC EVALUATION REPORT. PROVIDED ALL ANCHORS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, PROVIDE PERIODIC INSPECTION ON A MINIMUM OF 10% OF THE NEXT 1000 ANCHORS BY EACH INSTALLER AND A MINIMUM OF 5% OF THE REMAINING ANCHORS BY EACH INSTALLER. INSPECTIONS SHALL OCCUR A MINIMUM OF ONCE PER WEEK AT A RANDOM TIME WHILE ANCHOR INSTALLATION IS ONGOING. ANY NON-COMPLIANCE ISSUES SHALL RESET THE INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS TO TEN (10) CONTINUOUS INSPECTIONS. NON-COMPLIANT ANCHORS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW AND SHALL BE BROUGHT INTO COMPLIANCE BY EITHER TESTING OR RE -INSTALLATION. • INSPECTION REPORTS SHALL IDENTIFY NAMES OF INSTALLERS. • SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION AT THE END OF ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS STATING THAT THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF ANCHORS WERE INSPECTED. 8. OBSERVE: OBSERVE THESE ITEMS ON A RANDOM BASIS. OPERATIONS NEED NOT BE DELAYED PENDING THESE INSPECTIONS. PERFORM: PERFORM THESE TASKS FOR EACH ELEMENT. O N 0 aD E 0 c iL Bankof America Tukwila SouthCenter iTUTAIMM10-b] Ne 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Gensler Facsimile 510.625.7499 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com IA ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 10041600159 14 CODE COMPLIAI APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila ^BUILDING DIVISIO Description STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS RECAVED CITY OF TUKWILA Scale " 9 P: l © 2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER z n CD _Z J Li U n W I— U W J LL W ry I L N N U C - Z5 O V) N N ° I � L C- Q) o n a) U t -° O O ° N — O Cn � I � Cn 0 U m m L - W -) m C [-- Q) x U (n t Q +, O 0 m 0 Cf) — C O O LnNO N ro I o E 0 co ° x ° n Bankof America Tukwila • A A WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION - 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 Project Number 10041600159 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Description FOUNDATION PLAN RECEIVED CITY Or TUKWILA Scale As indicated PERMIT CENTER © 2016 Gensler V U g m Z n z_ J_ W U W I- U W J lL W m I 0 d- 0 Q I ° N c - Q) Q) L ngn �-.I. Z O C J C- O Vi � W U Q UI :D O o I Q O U a CO 0 r4-) x N Q 0 O m O CD I N O O N Q > I a a) to � nL` W o 4-1 c m °' U 4- -0 O N (n o ° N Cn OI m Q M j m N x U (n � Q -� o 0 m 0 0 — Q — Q M o M 0-)Cnx I o Q O ° Q m C O O� L N r I — O 0 U ^n`` }J Q)X d_ 160 C5 ) C47) C4) 3.03 03 20 am EX 1/2" THK STEEL PL, TYP I� I I li I I I ---- -. ...III - _. ❑ ❑ Ili ❑ III — I I I III li{ III ! ' I I Ili I''I IIS �j I r- II jEX 2x1 0 @ 4 OC I I I EX 4x1 I 6 3/ 6 1/2 GLB I - - - - - -- -- —- I ..,._...r,.,...-..., ..e....,, ._r._. _.-...v..s, ..,:,..._.. r._ ,...... ,v,.,,:...., -..e-_.. .._ .. ., _ . ........ ,,., ._... •.w....r,..._..._,,....... ,...,...__..._,.,.. . .._. _....... __.,.,x. -.._Y,._ ........,,...z._.__n..._r,m... _ a..., — --- — - - I 3 _ N , LI I I I a I C f f l !' s ti € ! 3 zf _ - - 1- - co �H' co xl N., 1 ------- EX L I ....._.,x .... _ _ ,._ �...,. .,........�/4LV,_,....:, �� Ii I xx x N l i t I III I I I I 4 w W, Nr w M' EX TRUSS 3 h � I a 1i n I ----- _- - - - - - SII Oa � NI �_ & °o �k �I I N I I WI t' f I j af W. x x I ' If'n a EX TRUSS a 3 • I , Cn o'1 f l N I I wX. I N, 3 I I EX 12x6x5/8 @};' BELOW o X I! x wl I ,, 'I K I k I w� a _ M# — — — — — _ — — Eli — — — — — — — — — ------I1– — — — — — — — — — — — _ EX TRUSS i 4 i I I r----------- w I I I I O� I II I I N co N[I r G I I I o I c C1 LU (01 xI ` R d I I I I EX TRUSS II I III - - I II 17-� -1co SII If li i l LJ_ _-T-__� I II i'I II 1 1 0 b (1 I I I EX 6 3/4x GLIB -------- _-2 1 F- —1 I EX63/4x18GLB ili I a o W I f° Iii --------- 1 � i i ' n 11 N x i 1 1 I I I j I'i---- EL -- EX 2 11/16x9 1/4 PSL....>- i i l I I -I SIL_ ____L___� - Jj 111 I f j I i1 II I III III co I[___ -----_]L_ II II I I EX TRUSS Iu, � T �-� I I I I I I.�..,...,..,n-a..:.K.....,._.,.,,u_....-,.....,.....w,r.a..n...,..,...,,.,..z,..,"„� ❑III I I 1- - - 1 III w I I I I I F J f 111 �I 11 I I r1 Ir J 1 1 1 1 I L_ 7 C L=- _j j I I I I I I it - -� I I I Iii II II � � II I I II II 11 II I II II II II II I -------..----------� -----11L_T J N °? N 0 T m co e— N 0 T N CP ao Ir 0 N a C C.5 LJ D.5 E F ywankof America - 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 1601 Sth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com V\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Number 10041600159 ROOF FRAMING PLAN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RE "EIVEL Scale C'.ITY OF TUKWILA As indicated . , PERMIT CENTER r � x © 2016 Gensler 10'-711t 10'-5 1/2"± 18'-4"t 17'-811t 8'-60't 13'-5"± 471-0"± I i am EX 1/2" THK STEEL PL, TYP I� I I li I I I ---- -. ...III - _. ❑ ❑ Ili ❑ III — I I I III li{ III ! ' I I Ili I''I IIS �j I r- II jEX 2x1 0 @ 4 OC I I I EX 4x1 I 6 3/ 6 1/2 GLB I - - - - - -- -- —- I ..,._...r,.,...-..., ..e....,, ._r._. _.-...v..s, ..,:,..._.. r._ ,...... ,v,.,,:...., -..e-_.. .._ .. ., _ . ........ ,,., ._... •.w....r,..._..._,,....... ,...,...__..._,.,.. . .._. _....... __.,.,x. -.._Y,._ ........,,...z._.__n..._r,m... _ a..., — --- — - - I 3 _ N , LI I I I a I C f f l !' s ti € ! 3 zf _ - - 1- - co �H' co xl N., 1 ------- EX L I ....._.,x .... _ _ ,._ �...,. .,........�/4LV,_,....:, �� Ii I xx x N l i t I III I I I I 4 w W, Nr w M' EX TRUSS 3 h � I a 1i n I ----- _- - - - - - SII Oa � NI �_ & °o �k �I I N I I WI t' f I j af W. x x I ' If'n a EX TRUSS a 3 • I , Cn o'1 f l N I I wX. I N, 3 I I EX 12x6x5/8 @};' BELOW o X I! x wl I ,, 'I K I k I w� a _ M# — — — — — _ — — Eli — — — — — — — — — ------I1– — — — — — — — — — — — _ EX TRUSS i 4 i I I r----------- w I I I I O� I II I I N co N[I r G I I I o I c C1 LU (01 xI ` R d I I I I EX TRUSS II I III - - I II 17-� -1co SII If li i l LJ_ _-T-__� I II i'I II 1 1 0 b (1 I I I EX 6 3/4x GLIB -------- _-2 1 F- —1 I EX63/4x18GLB ili I a o W I f° Iii --------- 1 � i i ' n 11 N x i 1 1 I I I j I'i---- EL -- EX 2 11/16x9 1/4 PSL....>- i i l I I -I SIL_ ____L___� - Jj 111 I f j I i1 II I III III co I[___ -----_]L_ II II I I EX TRUSS Iu, � T �-� I I I I I I.�..,...,..,n-a..:.K.....,._.,.,,u_....-,.....,.....w,r.a..n...,..,...,,.,..z,..,"„� ❑III I I 1- - - 1 III w I I I I I F J f 111 �I 11 I I r1 Ir J 1 1 1 1 I L_ 7 C L=- _j j I I I I I I it - -� I I I Iii II II � � II I I II II 11 II I II II II II II I -------..----------� -----11L_T J N °? N 0 T m co e— N 0 T N CP ao Ir 0 N a C C.5 LJ D.5 E F ywankof America - 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 1601 Sth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com V\ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Number 10041600159 ROOF FRAMING PLAN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RE "EIVEL Scale C'.ITY OF TUKWILA As indicated . , PERMIT CENTER r � x © 2016 Gensler 7D 0 vi U Q) co n U E r ro N O 1 O O N O N 0 N 0 0 (D 4- O U) — cn og Q) m N X U U) Q +' o 0 m 0 cn ._ Q — v- Q 0 M o 1 11 m 0-) x LO cnI o Q O ° O m O O M L N ro (10I CD O E 0 Q) C) X m SECTION ALIGN B/STL EX W6 (W6 @ SIM) 2 3/4" W6 PER PLAN PL 1/4X4 1/2 W/ (2) 3/4"o A325N BOLTS 3/16 3/16 W6 PER NOTES: 1. SEE 2/SO4.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. SCALE: „/2•=�'-I,• SECTION KPFF K0000 SO4.01 MC6 POST PER PLAN, NOTE 1 I T CL MC6 — -H _ I � EX HSS COL -----J 1/4 1/4 NOTES: 1. TOP OF POST ELEVATION= +11'-1"t AFF, COORDINATE WITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 2. LOCATE PLATE WITHIN TOP 8" OF MC POST. PLAN DETAIL -TOP/MC6 POST PL 3/8x4xO'-4", NOTE 2 L6x4x5/16 x 0'4" LLV @ 36" OC MAX 3/4nO A325 BOLT CTR'D IN VERT LONG -SLOTTED HOLE, RUN FINGER TIGHT, JAM NUT— L3x3x1 /4 x CONT SCALE:AM 3•_1'-O• 0 1 SECTION KPFF K0000 SO4.01 t$tLUVV tiAbt I'L CL W16 C%/ 1A/AG NOTES: 1. SEE 2/SO4.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. SCALE: 11/2' -O'Q SECTION KPFF K0000 SO4..01 CL HSS CL W16 EX W16 VIF .H 3/16 3 i- 3/16 V 3 CEILING PER ARCH DWGS BLKG AS REQ'D GLASS PARTITION NI HSS POST PER PLAN 4 SIDE: EX SOG 1/2"t NO SCALE: -ON 4 KPFF K0000 SO4.0� 3/4" 3/4" EX W16 �. M �- (2) 1/2" Ox2" EMBED HIT KB -TZ ANCHORS NS/FS SECTION A -A 3/16 1" MIN TYP — L5x3x1/4 (LLV) EA SIDE OF HSS W/ 3/4"0 A307 THRU-BOLT CTR'D IN VERT LONG -SLOTTED HOLE, RUN FINGER TIGHT, JAM NUT ACCESS HOLE 2"x3 1/2" PL 3/8x5xO'-5" SCALE: 11/2•=l' -o• 7 STEEL POST DETAIL KPFF K0000 SO4.01 EXTERIOR ATM I I I I I (6) 5/8"0 x 4" EMBED HIT KB -TZ ANCHORS, COORD LAYOUT W/ 1 ° I ATM SUPPLIER I I I I 0 0 I I L— — — — — — — — — — — — J INTERIOR ATM I 0 0 I I I I I I I I I 0 I I I L------------ --� (4) 5/8"0 x 2" EMBED HIT KB -TZ ANCHORS, COORD LAYOUR W/ ATM SUPPLIER 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Gensler Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 1601 Sth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com I/ # \ ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION SCALE: - 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit 1 1/2•=1'-O' 8- KPFF K0000 SO4.01 _ SCALE: 1 -0•10 SC NO SCALE INTERIOR ATM ANCHOR PLAN DETAIL SC NO SCALE PLAN DETAIL BOT/MC6 POST KPFF K0000 EXTERIOR ATM ANCHOR PLAN DETAIL KPFF K0000 SO4.f1 KPFF K0000 SO4.01 SO4.01 REINF PEI CHAMFER EXISTING NOTES: 1. MATCH THICKNESS OF EX CURB. 2. SEE ARCH DRAWINGS FOR EXTENTS OF CURB. ILL AND EPDXY INF INTO EX CURB IMPACTED BGRADE TY SCALE: TYP DRIVE -UP ATM CURB CONSTRUCTION JT DETAIL -�� SECTION KPFF K0000 SO4.01 EL PIPE LARD, TYP i #6@12"OC EACH WAY TOP & BOT L z 2 1� PER ATM MFR PER L 1'-0" ARCH MIN TYP TYP 15 IA A4 a 6.0 PIPE BOLLARD, TYP 3 PLACES, SEE ARCH DWGS 4x0'-10" @ 3" OC NOTES: ;IDE OF BOLLARD, TYP 1. COORDINATE FOUNDATION BLOCKOUTS WITH DRAWINGS AND ATM SUPPLIER. SCALE: 3/4•=1'-O• 15 PARTIAL PLAN KPFF K0000 SO4.01 4"0 PIPE BOLLARD, TYP 4 PLACES, SEE ARCH DWGS za — CL CJ, SEE 14/SO4.01 ATM, SEE 11/SO4.01 FOR ANCHORAGE TO CONC CURB CONC CURB ABOVE PER 14 & 15/SO4.01 ATM FOUNDATION, NOTE 1 sSI O�C' RAL Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR -CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED Project Number11IN 08 2016 10041600159 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Description CONCRETE AND STEEL DETAILS IRE ;EIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Scale PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/2•=1'-O• 16 1 © 2016 Gensler KPFF K0000 504001 CL HSS COL EX TJI ROOF JOIST CL EX TRUSS 362T150-43xCONT, TYP B -B (2) #10 EX W16 EX TRUSS BOT CHORD 362S162-33 @ SCREW 16" OC MAX ------, AX 12" OC _._ _ UPTURITRACK A -A I --I --- — ----------------------- -- --- ----- ---- ---- — I I+ ----------- --------- --- --------------------------- ++ ---------- ---- ----- ---------------- I L1 1/2x1 1/2x54 MILxO-3 1/2 W/ 362T150 -43x0'-6" W/ (3) BUILT-UP BOX (2) #70 SCREWS EA LEG, TYP #10 SCREWS EA HEADER PER CUT FLANGES, EXTEND WEB, �– FLANGE & (6) #10 SECTION A -A ATTACH W/ (4) #10 SCREWS EA SIDE SCREWS TO COL CEILING PER ARCH DWGS �— HSS POST PER PLAN T�Ir-T ADD'L UPTURNED TRACK MAY OCCUR,SEE ELEVATION (2) 600S162-43 (1)#10@12"OC EA FLANGE 362T150-43x1'ONT TOP & BOT SECTION A -A (2) 362T150-33 #10 SCREW @ j (2) 362S162-33 12" OC, TYP MIN SECTION B -B MILS GAUGE MIN THICK 33 20 0.0346" 43 18 0.0451" 54 16 0.0566" 68 14 0.0713" 97 12 0.1017" NOTES: 1. PROVIDE BRIDGING AT ALL METAL STUD WALLS PER 16/S05.01. 2. PUNCHOUTS SHALL BE SPACED @ 24" OC MINIMUM AND 10" MINIMUM FROM END OF STUD. 3. SCREWS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. THREAD -FORMING OR THREAD -CUTTING SCREWS SHALL BE USED AND SPACED A MINIMUM OF (3) SCREW DIAMETERS. ENGAGE (3) THREADS, MINIMUM. SIMPSON A34 CUP W/ (8) #6x1 3/8"' WD SCREWS EA SIDE OF BLKG (STAGGER), TYP SIMPSON H3, TYI EA STUD, NOTE' FLAT STRAP B PER 11/S05.01 CONT BOT TR EX ROOF SHEATHING ROOF JOIST S162-33 @ OC, MAX KER BRACE Z 8/S05.01 IVV 1 Co. -IY�- 1. WHERE STUD WALL IS PARALLEL TO ROOF JOISTS, CEILING/SOFFIT PROVIDE FULL DEPTH BLOCK EA SIDE OF JOIST WITH PER ARCH (2) SIMPSON H3 STRAPS PER STUD (1 PER FLANGE). SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: ELEVATION N°SCALE TYPICAL CFS FRAMING NOTES NO SCALE SECTION "/2'=''-°' 4 S05.01 KPFF K0000 $Q5.0 KPFF K0000 S05.01 EX ROOF SHEATHING -� ^^4 ^, 4/S05.01, TYP CLIP ANGLE PER Oa FULL HT BLKG BOTH SIDES OF WEB W/ (9) 8d - COMMON WIRE NAILS CLINCHED @ 4" OC EW —� COILING GRILLE - HOOD a EX TJI ROOF JOIST (3) #10 x 2" WOOD SCREWS L2x2x68 MIL (3) #10 SCREWS MIN, COORD ATTACHMENT W/ GRILLE SUPPLIER NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM SUPPORTED LOAD SHALL NOT EXCEED 250 LBS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. MAXIMUM (1) SUPPORT PER TJI. SCALE: TYP INTERMEDIATE COILING GRILLE HOOD SUPPORT 11/2' _ - TYPICAL TRACK SPLICE KPFF K0000 S05.01 BENT PL 1/4x2x2x0'-2"FLAT STRAP BRACING 2"x43 MIL W/ A -A (1) #10 SCREW TO EA STUD AND SIMPSON A34 CLIP EX ROOF SHEATHING (3) #10 SCREWS TO EA TRACK EA SIDE OF BLKG, ) v- �i i z_ ri • . CONT TOP TRACK -o STAGGER, TYP ( ;� L TRUCTURE EX 2x JOISTS HANGER ROD W/ UNISTRUT STIFFENER SQUARE WASHER AND NUT EA SIDE OF CHANNEL UNISTRUT CHANNEL PER PLAN CEILING PER ARCH DWGS (2) 10d COMMON WIRE NAILS @ 4" OC MAX (6 MIN) 2 - 2x8 BLOCKING (2) 10d COMMON WIRE NAILS @ 4" OC MAX (6 MIN) 1 /2"Ox3" LAG SCREW UNISTRUT KICKER BRACE PER PLAN B/S EL VARIES ` + r' 0 bo 1 1� 1 �1 1 L3x3x54 MIL x 0'-5 1/2" W/ (4) #8x1 1/2" WOOD \ SCREWS TO BLKG 2x8 BLKG, TYP `- EX ROOF JOIST BEYOND LPLE 1 _Tl f_ - CEILING PER ARCH I SCREWS )F SPLICE EA 362S162-33 KICKER BRACING @ 48" OC MAX, W/(3) #10 SCREWS EA END (2 MIN PER WALL SEGMENT) \+ + i I I q 362T150-43 CONT TOP & BOT, TYP (1) #10 SCREW EA FLANGE #10 SCREW @ 12" OC MAX, COORD GLASS PARTITION ATTACHMENT W/ GLASS PARTITION SUPPLIER _ # ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION SCALE: SCALE: - 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit NO SCALE SECTION ' 1/2'=''-°' KPFF K0000 505.01 KPFF K0000 S05.01 SIMPSON H6 STRAP TO BLKG ABOVE AT ENDS •°• OF X -BRACES IN LIEU OF H3, TYP I I I I I I I GLASS PARTITION EX SOG 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Gensler Facsimile 510.625.7499 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com l 3/16"0 x 1 1/2" EMBED i T.., ...- a �, :._. , . _•L ,. <.._._ ..,I CONC SCREW @ 12" OC MAX, COORD ATTACHMENT W/ GLASS PARTITION SUPPLIER B/SOFFIT + ------L+1----- +i --++-----'�— EL PER ARCH DWGS CONT BOT TRACK TYP WALL STUDS NOTES: @ 16" OC 1. PROVIDE (1) X -BRACE FOR EACH 8 LF OF WALL. ELEVATION SCALE: SCALE: TYPICAL X - BRACING DETAIL SECTION 11/2'=''-°' KPFF K0000 S05,0 KPFF K0000 S05.01 BLOCKING, SIZE AND GAGE TOFULL HEIGHT 1 1/2" COLD ROLLED MATCH STUDS, PLACE AT END OF I `T CHANNEL (54 MIL) OC QUALIFIED MAX VERTICALLY - SS PLICLIC E WALL AND @ 8'4" OC MAX I I SHEATHING - HORIZONTALLY - ALL STRAPS SHALL FRAMED BRIDGING I I SHEATHING BOTH AT CLIP AS REQUIRED BE ATTACHED TO (1) BLOCKING MIN WALL STRAP I I SIDES WHERE 3/4" OCCURS 3/4" 3/4" (4) SCREWS SHEATHING TO BLOCK I I FASTEN W/ #6 3/4" SCREWS MIN @ 12" (4) # 10 SCREWS I I OC MAX, TYP 1/2" STRAP NOT REQUIRED AT BLOCKING AT QUALIFIED FULL HEIGHT SHEATHING ° (NON-BEARING ONLY) SPLICE STRAP SECTION AT QUALIFIED ONLY AT BLOCK SHEATHING 3/4" ° ° #10 SMS EACH STUD FLANGE 33 MILx1 1/2" CONT TAUT BLOCK FROM PIECE FLAT STRAP @ 4'-0" OC VERT, OF METAL STUD STUD TYP (STRAPS ARE NOT REQ'D 54 MIL CLIP ANGLE IF ALL STUDS IN A WALL ARE CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO — — — — — — — — — SHEATHING BLOCKING) W ° ° 2"x2" CLIP ANGLE 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH 1 ° ° W/ (4) #10 SCREWS ° (1) CLIP ANGLE EA SIDE AT BUILT-UP STUDS 24" OC MIN, TYP — — — — — — — — — - ONE THICKNESS HEAVIER THAN STUD MIN ALT CONN CLIP ANGLE W/ (3)#10 ALTERNATE NOTES: SCREWS EA LEG EACH END STUD LATERAL BRIDGING W/ 1. QUALIFIED SHEATHING SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT GWB. STUD. BLOCKING SCREW ATTACHMENT SCALE: '14 1 SCALE TYPICAL STUD MALL BRIDGING KPFF K0000 505.0 I Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWE� R CODE COMP A' Project Number APPROVED 10041600159 ��� 0 8 2016 City of T&WIta Description niviSION COLD -FORMED FRAMING DETAILS 0 CITY OF TUKW ILA Scale -.`g9, �, PERMIT CENTER M� 2 - 2x8 BLOCKING I Q) BTWN JOISTS PER � SECTION B -B \\ U I \ d n KICKER BRACE PER O � PLAN, SEE SECTION B -B FOR ATTACHMENT TO N STRUCTURE 0 UNISTRUT SPF200-037 I O W/ (2) 1/2"0 CAP �- SCREWS AND P1010 - - O N CHANNEL NUTS TO BRACE O N UNISTRUT P2486 SEISMIC _ J_ ROD STIFFENER @ 12" OC MAX, 0 4" FROM ENDS, TYP PENDANT LIGHT ai FIXTURE 0 o SECTION n BENT PL 1/4 W/ 1 /2" Ox3" — LAG SCREW � CL CL CL EQUAL EQUAL ��rrri .zrr ; rr�r �1� O LO 0I — PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE HANGER ROD W/ (n V O PER ARCH DWGS UNISTRUT STIFFENER o \ I / / (SELF-WT=125 LBS - m M CL _ I — fill 4- M X _j _ Q) Z) 3/8"0 ALL THREAD Q w S\ HANGER ROD W/ SECTION A -A D 0 \ / UNISTRUT P1000 (n CL - - I - - STIFFENER, TYP 8 — PLACES - Q o - Q Q UNISTRUT P1000 (OR C M 0 APPROVED EQUAL) purr J x w ,� � TYP 4 SIDES, CTR'D LO \ ON LIGHT FIXTURE V)I — UNISTRUT P1000 (OR - N O APPROVED EQUAL) 14 Ln roTYP I I KICKER BRACE, TYP r 05.0 12 PLACES, KICKERS 2 - 2x8 BLOCKING TO BE ORIENTED IN I TWO ORTHOGONAL (2)1/2-0 CAP SCREWS W/ DIRECTIONS P1010 CHANNEL NUTS E UNISTRUT ADJUSTABLE SECTION B -B HINGE CONNECTION SCALE`-- 113 TYP PE;4DANT LIGHT FIXTURE X PARTIAL PLAN -PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE °0000 SUPPORT DETAILS KPFF 505.0 EX 2x JOISTS HANGER ROD W/ UNISTRUT STIFFENER SQUARE WASHER AND NUT EA SIDE OF CHANNEL UNISTRUT CHANNEL PER PLAN CEILING PER ARCH DWGS (2) 10d COMMON WIRE NAILS @ 4" OC MAX (6 MIN) 2 - 2x8 BLOCKING (2) 10d COMMON WIRE NAILS @ 4" OC MAX (6 MIN) 1 /2"Ox3" LAG SCREW UNISTRUT KICKER BRACE PER PLAN B/S EL VARIES ` + r' 0 bo 1 1� 1 �1 1 L3x3x54 MIL x 0'-5 1/2" W/ (4) #8x1 1/2" WOOD \ SCREWS TO BLKG 2x8 BLKG, TYP `- EX ROOF JOIST BEYOND LPLE 1 _Tl f_ - CEILING PER ARCH I SCREWS )F SPLICE EA 362S162-33 KICKER BRACING @ 48" OC MAX, W/(3) #10 SCREWS EA END (2 MIN PER WALL SEGMENT) \+ + i I I q 362T150-43 CONT TOP & BOT, TYP (1) #10 SCREW EA FLANGE #10 SCREW @ 12" OC MAX, COORD GLASS PARTITION ATTACHMENT W/ GLASS PARTITION SUPPLIER _ # ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION SCALE: SCALE: - 1 05.20.2016 Issue For Permit NO SCALE SECTION ' 1/2'=''-°' KPFF K0000 505.01 KPFF K0000 S05.01 SIMPSON H6 STRAP TO BLKG ABOVE AT ENDS •°• OF X -BRACES IN LIEU OF H3, TYP I I I I I I I GLASS PARTITION EX SOG 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Gensler Facsimile 510.625.7499 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 206.622.5822 www.kpff.com l 3/16"0 x 1 1/2" EMBED i T.., ...- a �, :._. , . _•L ,. <.._._ ..,I CONC SCREW @ 12" OC MAX, COORD ATTACHMENT W/ GLASS PARTITION SUPPLIER B/SOFFIT + ------L+1----- +i --++-----'�— EL PER ARCH DWGS CONT BOT TRACK TYP WALL STUDS NOTES: @ 16" OC 1. PROVIDE (1) X -BRACE FOR EACH 8 LF OF WALL. ELEVATION SCALE: SCALE: TYPICAL X - BRACING DETAIL SECTION 11/2'=''-°' KPFF K0000 S05,0 KPFF K0000 S05.01 BLOCKING, SIZE AND GAGE TOFULL HEIGHT 1 1/2" COLD ROLLED MATCH STUDS, PLACE AT END OF I `T CHANNEL (54 MIL) OC QUALIFIED MAX VERTICALLY - SS PLICLIC E WALL AND @ 8'4" OC MAX I I SHEATHING - HORIZONTALLY - ALL STRAPS SHALL FRAMED BRIDGING I I SHEATHING BOTH AT CLIP AS REQUIRED BE ATTACHED TO (1) BLOCKING MIN WALL STRAP I I SIDES WHERE 3/4" OCCURS 3/4" 3/4" (4) SCREWS SHEATHING TO BLOCK I I FASTEN W/ #6 3/4" SCREWS MIN @ 12" (4) # 10 SCREWS I I OC MAX, TYP 1/2" STRAP NOT REQUIRED AT BLOCKING AT QUALIFIED FULL HEIGHT SHEATHING ° (NON-BEARING ONLY) SPLICE STRAP SECTION AT QUALIFIED ONLY AT BLOCK SHEATHING 3/4" ° ° #10 SMS EACH STUD FLANGE 33 MILx1 1/2" CONT TAUT BLOCK FROM PIECE FLAT STRAP @ 4'-0" OC VERT, OF METAL STUD STUD TYP (STRAPS ARE NOT REQ'D 54 MIL CLIP ANGLE IF ALL STUDS IN A WALL ARE CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO — — — — — — — — — SHEATHING BLOCKING) W ° ° 2"x2" CLIP ANGLE 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH 1 ° ° W/ (4) #10 SCREWS ° (1) CLIP ANGLE EA SIDE AT BUILT-UP STUDS 24" OC MIN, TYP — — — — — — — — — - ONE THICKNESS HEAVIER THAN STUD MIN ALT CONN CLIP ANGLE W/ (3)#10 ALTERNATE NOTES: SCREWS EA LEG EACH END STUD LATERAL BRIDGING W/ 1. QUALIFIED SHEATHING SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT GWB. STUD. BLOCKING SCREW ATTACHMENT SCALE: '14 1 SCALE TYPICAL STUD MALL BRIDGING KPFF K0000 505.0 I Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWE� R CODE COMP A' Project Number APPROVED 10041600159 ��� 0 8 2016 City of T&WIta Description niviSION COLD -FORMED FRAMING DETAILS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA Scale -.`g9, �, PERMIT CENTER SCAL 1: NO SCALE 16 2016 Gensler KPFF K0000 S05.01 System Checksums By HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. Block Load Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr. 7/16 Outside Air: OADBIWB/HR: 85 / 64159 Space Plenum Net Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Total Btu/h Bluth Btu/h Envelope Loads Skylite Solar 0 0 0 Skylite Cond 0 0 0 Roof Cond 0 14,874 14,874 Percent Of Total (%) 0 : 0 6 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: Sum of GADS: Peaks Space Percent: Sensible Of Total ; Btu/h (%) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 30 Space Peak Coil Peak Space Sens Tot Sens Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 -11,170 Percent Of Total (%) 0.00 0.00 4.08 TEMPERATURES Cooling SADB 55.0 Ra Plenum 79.6 Return 79.3 Ret/OA 80.1 Fn MtrTD 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.0 Fn Frict 0.0 Heating 95.0 65.4 65.4 60.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Enter DB/WB/HR Leave DB/WB/HR', Glass Solar 31,904 0 31,904 14 33,272 21 : Glass Solar 0 0 0.00 AIRFLOWS 7,109 Glass/Door Cond 2,033 0 2,033 1 1,410 1 Glass/Door Cond -24,100 -24,100 8.81 0.0 Cooling Heating Wall Cond 40,804 43,466 84,270 36: 40,790 26: Wall Cond -31,731 -66,775 24.40 Diffuser 7,109 7,109 Partition/Door 0 FSp FIRE SMOKE DAMPER [H --q HUMIDITY SENSOR 0 0: 0 0: Partition/Door 0 0 0.00 BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM MIN MINIMUM BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER Floor 0 OA OUTSIDE AIR 0 0. 0 0 Floor 0 0 0.00 Terminal 7,109 7,109 Adjacent Floor 0 0 0 0 0 0 Adjacent Floor 0 0 0 Main Fan 7,109 7,109 Infiltration 0 CU MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED 0 0: 0 0: Infiltration 0 0 0.00 Sec Fan 0 0 Sub Total =_> 74,740 58,340 133,080 57: 75,472 48 : Sub Total =_> -55,831 -102,045 37.28 Nom Vent 1,073 1,073 AHU Vent 1,073 1,073 Internal Loads Internal Loads Infil 0 0 Lights 22,224 5,556 27,780 121 22,224 14 Lights 0 0 0.00 MlnStop/Rh 0 0 People 40,000 0 40,000 17 20,000 13 People 0 0 0.00 Return 7,109 7,109 Misc 28,065 0 28,065 12 28,065 18 Misc 0 0 0.00 Exhaust 1,073 1,073 Sub Total =_> 90,289 5,556 95,846 41 70,289 45 Sub Total =_> 0 0 0.00 Rm Exh 0 0 Auxiliary 0 0 Ceiling Load 9,803 -9,803 0 0 10,465 7 Ceiling Load -9,972 0 0.00 Leakage Own 0 0 Ventilation Load 0 0 8,078 3 : 0 0 : Ventilation Load 0 47,633 17.40 Leakage Ups 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 01 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 0 Dehumid. Ov Sizing 0 0 Ov/Undr Sizing -129,484 -129,484 47.31 Ov/Undr Sizing 3 3 0: 3 0 : Exhaust Heat 5,470 -2.00 ENGINEERING CKS Exhaust Heat -5,413 -5,413 -2 OA Preheat Diff. 0 0.00 Sup. Fan Heat 0 0 : RA Preheat Diff. 0 0.00 Cooling Heating Ret. Fan Heat 0 0 0 Additional Reheat 0 0.00 % OA 15.1 15.1 Duct Heat Pkup 0 0 0 : cfm/ft' 1.05 1.05 Underfir Sup Ht Pkup 0 0 Underfir Sup Ht Pkup 0 0.00 cfm/ton 368.35 Supply Air Leakage 0 0 0 Supply Air Leakage 0 0.00 ft'/ton 351.46 Btu/hr-ft' 34.14 -40.35 Grand Total =_> 174,835 48,680 231,593 100.00 156,229 100.00 Grand Total ==a -195,286 -273,691 100.00 No. People 80 Total 19.3 231.6 Project Name: Dataset Name: TRACE000.TRC AREAS COOLING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Gross Total Total Capacity Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR Leave DB/WB/HR', Main Htg ton MBh MBh Cfm °F °F gr/Ib °F °F gr/Ib Main Cig 19.3 231.6 212.8 7,109 79.8 62.3 57.4 55.0 50.9 49.6 Aux Cig 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Opt Vent 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total 19.3 231.6 Project Name: Dataset Name: TRACE000.TRC HEATING COIL SELECTION AREAS -HWR- - HEATING HOT WATER RETURN (HWR) Capacity Coil Airflow Gross Total Glass - - -HPWR- - - HEAT PUMP WATER RETURN (HPWR) MBh cfm °F °F Main Htg Floor 6,783 95.0 Aux Htg Part 0 0.0 Preheat Int Door 0 0.0 Humidif ExFlr 0 0.0 Opt Vent Roof 6,247 0 0 Wall 3,330 1,035 NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 31 Ext Door 0 0 0 HEATING COIL SELECTION HWS HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY (HWS) -HWR- - HEATING HOT WATER RETURN (HWR) Capacity Coil Airflow Ent Lvg - - -HPWR- - - HEAT PUMP WATER RETURN (HPWR) MBh cfm °F °F Main Htg -273.7 7,109 60.0 95.0 Aux Htg 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Preheat 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Humidif 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Opt Vent 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Total -273.7 HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. TRACE® 700 v6.3.1 calculated at 07:28 AM on 04/22/2016 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 1 of 1 GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 4. WHERE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING NEW WORK, COORDINATE SHUTDOWN TIME AND DURATION WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME. NOTIFY OWNER SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 5. DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 6. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS TO CONTAIN DUST AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK TO THE AREA WHERE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. 7. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. NEW DUCTWORK IS SHOWN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT. 9. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING MEET REQUIREMENTS. 10. INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS GOTTEN WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING/RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. AN INDEPENDENT, PROFESSIONAL DUCT CLEANING COMPANY SHALL VACUUM CLEAN ANY DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO THE OWNER. THE INTERNAL SURFACES AND ASSOCIATED COILS OF ANY HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED SHALL ALSO BE CLEANED. 11. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED. 12. OVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO THE ABOVE FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF EXCEPT WHERE CONCRETE INSERTS IN CONCRETE SLABS ARE ALLOWED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS. 13. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS/DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR FILTER REPLACEMENT. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL DRAIN, FLUSH, AND REFILL ALL PIPING SYSTEMS NECESSARY TO PERFORM THE WORK. PROVIDE CHEMICAL TREATMENT FOR ALL PIPING SYSTEMS AFTER REFILLING SYSTEM. 15. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TO MEET THE CEILING, WALL AND DUCT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 16. ADJUST LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS. 17. LOCATE AND SET THERMOSTATS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL DEVICES WITH BOTTOM OF DEVICE AT MAXIMUM 44" AFF TO MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. ENSURE DEVICE IS EVEN WITH OTHER SWITCHES ON WALL. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR THERMOSTATS MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS. INSTALL WIRING IN CONDUIT PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CONDUIT IN THE WALL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING. 18. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF WALL -MOUNTED DEVICES WITH PRESENTATION BOARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR RELOCATION OF WALL -MOUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A LACK OF COORDINATION. 19. PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FROM MAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCTS. 20. PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULAR/ROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE -OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. 21. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 22. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. DUCT SIZES ON MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCORDINGLY TO ACCOUNT FOR THICKNESS OF DUCT LINER. 23. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5'-0" IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 24. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT VENTS PER EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS. KEEP PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOF A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM HVAC EQUIPMENT FRESH AIR INLETS AND 2'-0" FROM ROOF PARAPETS. 25. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ACCESSORIES BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT A WRITTEN REPORT DESCRIBING TESTS PERFORMED TO VERIFY OPERATION AND RESULTS OF THE TESTS. 26. CLEAN EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE NEW FILTERS FOR EXISTING AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO STARTUP OF EQUIPMENT. NEW FILTERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUAL IN PERFORMANCE TO THE EXISTING FILTERS AT NEW CONDITION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CLEAN STRAINERS IN PIPING SYSTEMS PRIOR TO STARTING PUMPS. 27. LUBRICATE EXISTING EQUIPMENT BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FROM MANUFACTURER IF THEY ARE NOT AVAILABLE AT THE SITE. 28. FULLY CHARGE EXISTING REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. CHARGE SYSTEMS WITH NEW REFRIGERANT MATCHING EXISTING. 29. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND SEALED PER IMC, C402.4 LEAKAGE REQUIREMENTS AND IMB VAPOR RETATRDER REQUIREMENTS. 30. ALL DUCTING IS LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. (MECHANICAL SYMBOLS NOTE. THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE I NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. PIPING CD CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD) ACD AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN (ACD) RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID (RL) -f2D-- REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE (HOT GAS) (RD) --RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION (RS) HWS HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY (HWS) -HWR- - HEATING HOT WATER RETURN (HWR) CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (CHWS) - -CHWR- - CHILLED WATER RETURN (CHWR) HPWS HEAT PUMP WATER SUPPLY (HPWS) - - -HPWR- - - HEAT PUMP WATER RETURN (HPWR) LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY (LPS) -LPC- - LOW PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE (LPC) - - - - - EXISTING PIPING TO BE REMOVED EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN Do DIRECTION OF FLOW i✓R BALL VALVE t� CONTROL VALVE -tL- THREE-WAY CONTROL VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE 144 CHECK VALVE 04 BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS TRIPLE DUTY VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS -v WATER METER STRAINER SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE GAUGE THERMOMETER T, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TEST PLUG UNION FLANGE CONNECTION -10 ELBOW UP -b ELBOW DOWN TEE UP TEE DOWN REDUCER HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER. EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BRANCH DUCT WITH 45' RECTANGLE -ROUND BRANCH FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP xt SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION 10" CSD -1 300 CFM NECK TYPE, CFM SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER SIZE, OF MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION © -- DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR RD (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) FD FIRE DAMPER ® CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR FSp FIRE SMOKE DAMPER [H --q HUMIDITY SENSOR SD SMOKE DAMPER © PULL STATION VD VOLUME DAMPER S® STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR MD MOTORIZED DAMPER T® TEMPERATURE SENSOR @BACKDRAFT DAMPER OH HUMIDISTAT O THERMOSTAT ABBREVIATIONS AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM MIN MINIMUM BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER NC NOISE CRITERIA CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE OA OUTSIDE AIR DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL RA RETURN AIR DX DIRECT EXPANSION SA SUPPLY AIR EA EXHAUST AIR SD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE TFB TO FLOOR BELOW FFB FROM FLOOR BELOW TYP TYPICAL GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN W/ WITH MAX MAXIMUM W/O WITHOUT MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS MECHANICAL (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) THERMOSTATS (BOTTOM OF DEVICE) 44" CONTROLS (BOTTOM OF DEVICE) 44" ANNOTATION O MECHANICAL PLAN CALLOUT CU MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED 1 AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING 1 DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER M1 LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER 1 SECTION CUT DESIGNATION M1 Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP F7 gJ ann E N ODE IRS u" N ENGINECK -r 5555 REDWOOD STREET, SUITE 201 LAS VEGAS, NV 89118 TEL 702 697 2187 FAx 702 697 2188 www.bel-ang.com 1650000542 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/16 Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 H Description q MECHANICAL LEGENDS AND GENERAL NOTES Scale NONE © 2016 Gensler REVIEWED FAR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tulcv�iia RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PEIRIVIIT CENTER ALL EXISTING DUCTS, DIFFUSERS, RETURNS AND EXHAUSTS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D KEY NOTES 11 1. DEMOLISH CEILING DIFFUSER AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK BACK TO DUCT MAIN. CAP AND SEAL DEMOLISHED DUCT OPENING AIRTIGHT. 2. DEMOLISH EXISTING RETURN GRILLE. CAP DUCT END FOR EXTENSION DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE. 3. REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT FOR RELOCATION AS SHOWN ON M02.01. 4. REMOVE EXISTING DIFFUSER AND PREPARE TO RELOCATION UNDER NEW CONSTRUCTION. 5. REMOVE EXISTING DIFFUSER AND PREPARE TO RELOCATION UNDER NEW CONSTRUCTION. Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter 0 2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Project Number APPROVED 33.1361.007 L17 CEM N JUN 0 8 2016 ' City of Tukwila Descri tion BUILDING DIVISION DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - HVAC c _ h IVSD CITY OF TUKWILA I Scale NONE PERMIT CENTER 0 2016 Gensler G .O W _ M J z 1z LJ Y H NICAL HVAC PLAN 0 ;. 0)-3MJ—'16; �► ■rr 1. RELOCATE EXISTING RETURN TO NEW LOCATION SHOWN. 2. REBALANCE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO CFM INDICATED. 3. EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO REMAIN. 4. RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN. PROVIDE NEW CONTROL WIRING. 5. REBALANCE RTU OUTSIDE AIR TO CFM SCHEDULED ON M04.01. EXISTING SUPPLY CFM TO REMAIN. 6. FIELD VERIFY DUCT SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 7. RELOCATE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO LOCATION SHOWN AND REBALANCE TO CFM INDICATED. EXTEND FLEX DUCT TO NEW DIFFUSER LOCATION. Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature !9 Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE lProiect Number APPROVED 33.1361.007 City of Tukwila I Description BUILDING DIVISION MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN RECE=IVED CITY OF TUKWILA Scale NONE PERMIT CENTER @2016 Gensler GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS, UMC 2012 MANUFACTURER MODEL FACE MOUNTING FACE SIZE SINGLE -ZONE SYSTEMS ONLY MULTI -ZONE SYSTEMS ONLY TYPE LOCATION (IN) NC CD -1 TITUS SYSTEM TYPE: FLOOR AREASERVED SYSTEM AVERAGED AREA SYSTEM POPULATION SYSTEM AVERAGED PEOPLE REQUIRED OA DESIGN NOTES SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM SINGLE ZONE WORST CASE SYSTEM VENTILATION 243(24 DESIGNATION SYSTEM TAB NAME ASSOCIATED ZONE AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFICIENCY [Ev] BY SYSTEM [AS] BASED OUTDOOR AIR RATE [PS] BASED OUTDOOR AIR RATE INTAKE FLOW [Vot] OA INTAKE FLOW REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. NOTES: OR LIST'SINGLE' VENTILATION ZONE EFFECTIVENESS [Ez] D. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, WHITE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. (SF) (CFWSF) (PEOPLE) (CFM/P) (CFM) (CFM) RTU2 MULTIZONE (RTU2) - - 0.91 2,640 0.059 37 6.62 441 445 RTU3 MULTIZONE (RTU3) - - 0.91 1,143 1 0.049 3 5.00 72 75 RTU4 MULTIZONE (RTU4) - - 0.91 1,975 1 0.067 29 5.64 328 330 TOTALS 841 850 GENERAL NOTES: 1. VENTILATION CALCULATIONS BASED ON ASHRAE STANDARD 62.1-2010. 2. SYSTEM POPULATIONS BASED ON MAX SEATING AND/OR CODE MAXIMUM VALUES. 3. SINGLE ZONE SYSTEMS (Vot= Voz): SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY CALCULATION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR SINGLE ZONE SYSTEMS. WORST CASE AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVENESS BETWEEN HEATING AND COOLING MODES OF OPERATION IS SHOWN IN TABLE. 4. 100% OASYSTEMS (uvt= F,1i:a,, Voz): WHEN ONE AIR HANDLER SUPPLIES ONLY OUTDOOR AIR TO ONE OR MORE ZONES. EACH ZONE IS INDIVIDUALLY CALCULATED WITH ITS WORST CASE ZONE AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVENESS (HEATING/COOLING). 5. MULTI -ZONE RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS: ASH RAE 62.1-2010 CALCULATOR USED TO DETERMINE VENTILATION AIRFLOW IN COMPLIANCE WITH VRP AND APPENDIXA VENTILATION RATE SHOWN IS ACTUAL CALCULATED WITH CORRECTION FACTORS INCLUDED. EACH ZONE IS CALCULATED WITH ITS WORST CASE ZONE AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVENE (HEATING/COOLING) AS PART OF CALCUALTIONS TO FIND Ev. GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL FACE MOUNTING FACE SIZE MAX NOTES TYPE LOCATION (IN) NC CD -1 TITUS OMNI PLAQUE CEILING 24324 30 ATF CR -1 TITUS 50F EGGCRATE CEILING 243(24 30 A, C, D -F CR -2 TITUS 50F EGGCRATE CEILING 24X12 30 A, C, D -F MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. NOTES: A NECK SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. B. 4 -WAY THROW PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. C. BRANCH DUCT SIZE SHALL BE SAME AS NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, D. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, WHITE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. E. FRAME TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. F. ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. 0 0 m N s 8 . oN y W c — m m E J aL-5 6; y Z torn Z � W y Y METALLIC OR NON—METALLIC BAND OVER INSULATION (TYPICAL) HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKEOFF EXTERNALLY INSULATED, WITH VOLUME DAMPER AND DAMPER LOCK WITH EXTENSION FOIL TAPE AT INSULATION JOINT SEE NOTE 1. PRE—INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT KINKING AND SHARP TURNS METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC BAND (TYPICAL) CEILING DIFFUSER WITH VOLUME DAMPER, FIRE DAMPER OR COMBINATION VOLUME/FIRE DAMPER AS SCHEDULED CEILING INSULATED DUCT FOR FIRE RATED CEILINGS, PROVIDE FIRE RATED JACKET TO COMPLETELY COVER DIFFUSER CONE. SEAL FOIL TO CONE WITH FIBER REINFORCED TAPE. PROVIDE 1" THICK, R-6 FIBERGLASS INSULATION TO COMPLETELY COVER DIFFUSER CONE WHERE SCHEDULED OF SPECIFIED. NOTES: 1. EXTEND RIGID METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5'-0". PROVIDE RIGID 90' ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5'-0" LENGTH LIMITATION. 2. PROVIDE RIGID ROUND -TO -OVAL TRANSITION WHEN PLENUM HAS OVAL CONNECTION. LAY—IN AND SLOT TYPE 2 D:N10S:1CALE LING DIFFUSER DETAIL PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE OPTIONAL ROUTING IN CONCEALED AREAS ANGLE OR UNISTRUT ROUND SUPPLY AIR DUCT PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURI BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE TWIST STRAP 16 GA. GALV. STEEL BAND (2" WIDE) ROUND DUCT ROOF JOIST—` 1 6" FASTENER BOLT AND NUT (MAX. 36"0) SHEET METAL SCREW (MAX. 24"0) FASTENER TYPES LOADS MUST BE HUNG WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINTS NOTES: 1. FOR DUCTS LARGER THAN 36.0, USE TWO HANGER RODS, WIRES OR STRAPS TO SUPPORT DUCT FROM EACH SIDE. Tukwila SOuthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 A�ISSUE DATE ISSUE DESCRIPTION Seal/Signature A) . z 9 38619 Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES Scale NONE @2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 08 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECCEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Aug 2015 ProjectAddress Fill this line out on MISCHSUM Date 1/1/2015 The follow Ing information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance w th the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commerclal Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (y es, no, na) Building Department (yes,no,na) Documents Notes GENERAL PROVISIONS Equipment Sizing & Performance GENERAL PROVISIONS, CONTINUED HVAC System Controls & Criteria, Continued Water -heating equip min. Provide equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard or other efficiency Enclosed loading M00.01 na yes C403.2.1 Load calculations Load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent per Chapter 3 control method na C404.3 C403.2.2 Equipment and system Output capacities of heating and cooling equipment and systems do not exceed the next ALL UNITS ARE no Heat traps sizing larger available equipment size above the calculated bads; note exceptions taken Indicate kitchen hoods requiring make-up air; indicate make-up air source and conditioning EXISTING yes C403.2.5 Minimum ventilation Ventilation (natural or mechanicaD provided per IMC; indicate mechanical ventilation is capable M04.01 na heater C403.2.5.4.2 of being reduced to minimum requirement per IMC Indicate lab exhaust systems requiring heat recovery, method & efficiency; or alternative na C404.6 C403.2.3 & Indicate R -value of Insulation on piping; note exceptions taken systems method taken (VAV, semi -conditioned makeup, or CE3M calculation) ALL UNITS ARE C403.2.3.2 & Equipment minimum Provide equipment schedules or complete MECH-SUM tables w ith type, capacity, efficiency, Indicate ventilation systems requiring Et, method & efficiency; note exceptions EXISTING no Circulation systems and efficiency test standard (or other efficiency source) for all mechanical equipment na C403.2.12.1 0403.2.6.2 Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate ori -site steam heating systems requiring energy recovery no C403.2.13 Electric motor efficiency Provide equipment schedule w Ith hp, rpm, and efficiency for all motors; note exceptions taken Indicate fans requiring variable flow control and method ALL UNITS ARE C404.9 water meters Isystem Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate remote ref rig. condensers requiring ER and use of captured energy EXISTING na C403.2.10.1 Fan power limitation For all applicable systems > 5hp, provide system total nameplate hp in MMH-FANSYS-SUM Indicate sensor locations on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch na C404.10.1 efficiency form Indicate condenser systems requiring ERto pre-heatservice water; indicate ER na For all applicable fan systems > 5hp, verify fan system motor hp or bhp complies w ith fan effectiveness; note exceptions taken na C403.2.10.1 Fan pow e limitation power limits per Table C403.2.10.1(1), provide MECKFANSYS form for each system Indicate fan and pump motors 2 7.5 hp and the method of variable flow control (VSD or no C403.2.10.2 Motor nameplate hp Indicate fan motors specified are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp, equivalent controls) ALL UNITS ARE na C404.10.3 Fool assembly insulation note exceptions taken Indicate heat rejection equipment and cooling tow er fans requiring variable flow control and EXISTING no C403.2.10.3 Fractional hp fan motors Indicate fan motors 1/12 to 1 hp are ECM type or meet minimum efficiency req. method ALL UNITS ARE & C403.2.13 0403.4.5 exceptions taken Indicate single zone fan systems requiring airflow reduction capability in response to reduced EXISTING COMMISSIONING SpeclflcSystem Requirements Maximum air cooled chiller 0408.2 Mechanical systems Indicate al mechanical systems to be commissioned; for those that w 111 not be commissioned, na 0403.2.3 Indicate air-cooled chiller capacity does not exceed air-cooled chiller limit commissioning note exception taken SPECS EXISTING TO REMAIN. capacity Single zone AC systems Service water heating Indicate all seryice water heating systems to be commissioned; for those that ill not be na Nan -standard water-cooled Full -load and NPLV values for w ater-cooled centrifugal chiller adjusted for non-standard systems commissioning commissioned, note exception taken na 0403.2.3.1 chillers operational conditions Identify all DDC system input/output control points and indicate capability for trending and Provide commissioning plan for all systems requiring commissioning; Include In plan all MBCH. na Centrifugal fan cooling Large capacity cooling tow ers w ith centrifugal fan(s) meet efficiency requirements for axial Commissioning plan required items per this section na 0403.2.12.1. tow ers fan open circuit cooling tow ers Air system and hydronic Include in commissioning plan that air and hydronic system shall be balanced in a manner to na C403.2.3 Forced air furnace and unit Indicate intermittent ignition or IID, flue/draft damper & jacket loss system balancing first minimize throttling losses, then adjust to meet design flow conditions heaters Chiller / boiler plant pump Air system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets, zone terminals and M00.01 na Packaged electric Verify all packaged electric equipmentthat provides > 20,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and devices equipment requiring system balancing na 0403.2.3.3 heating/coolingheating/cooling equipment heatin is a heat pump, note in equipment schedule Hydronic system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate, balance and measure flow for all na C403.2.3.4 Humidification Indicate method of humidification (note requirements for systems w ith economizer) devices hydronic equipment requiring system balancing HVAC System Controls & Criteria na Variable flow control- Mechanical systems M02.01 yes C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls Indicate locations of thermostatic control zones on plans, including perimeter systems includin equipment, controls, economizers g' Mme' yes Heat pump supplementary Indicate staged heating (compression/supplemental) and outdoor lock -out temperature Is set Indicate R -value of insulation on ductwork SPECS na 0403.2.4.1.1 heat to 40^F or less provide description of functional performance testing procedures for all applicable system Aping insulation na 0403.2.4.2 5etpoint overlap Indicate 5°F deadband minimum for systems controlling both heating &cooling including: equipment, controls, pools and spas na NA (deadband) testing 0403.2.8.1 Piping insulation exposed to Indicate method of protection from damage/degredation na Automatic setback and System operation training Indicate required system operation training measures to be provided ALL CONTROLS ARE na 0403.2.4.3 shutdown Indicate zone t -stat controls w ith required automatic setback &manual override Indicate required documentation including: record documents, manuals, balancing reports, EXISTING na C403.2.4.3.3 Automatic (optimum) start Indicate system controls that adjust equip start time to match load conditions commissioning preliminary and final reports SPECS C403.3 C402.4.5.2 & OSA, exhaust, and relief air Indicate location of outdoor air supply intake, and exhaust and relief outlet dampers; verify M04.01 OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE yes 0403.2.4.4 dampers Class 1 leakage rating and control type (motorized or gravity); note exceptions taken completion of preliminary commissioning report AT RTU 0403.3 Qualifying 2 -pipe heating Verify 2 -pipe heating -only system does not exceed capacity limits Indicate location of return air dampers that are integral to economizer operation; verify na 0402.4.5.2 Return air dampers motorized control and Class 1 leakage rating; note exception taken na na C402.4.5.1 Stairway and shaft vents Indicate location of stairway and shaft vents, verify Class 1 leakage rated motorized dampers Simple System Economizers Watkin cooler /freezer- and method of activation ALL UNITS AREEXISTING na C403.2.11 Heating outside a building Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls TO REMAIN na C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate shut-off controls based on outdoor conditions na 0403.5 / 6 Combustion heating Indicate motor type for evaporator and condenser fans < 1 hp ALL UNITS ARE yes 0403.2.4.6 equipment Indicate modulating or staged control EXISTING C403.2.4.7 Group R1 hotel/motel Indicate method for guest room temperature automatic setback (heating) & set-up (cooling), ALL UNITS ARE na systems confirm adjustment of at least 5°F minimum EXISTING TO REMAIN na 0403.3.1.1,3 Group R2/R3 dwelling and Indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats In primary spaces w ith minimum of two setback ALL UNITS ARE na 0403.2.4.8 / sleeping unit systems periods and 10-F deadband; note exceptions taken EXISTING TO REMAIN na 0403.2.5.1 Demand controlled Indicate high -occupancy spaces and systems requiring DCV ventilation Indicate spaces requiring occupancy -based system control and method; or alternate means na C403.2.5.2 Occupancy sensors provided to automatically reduce OSA w hen partially occupied 12012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 I Revised Aug 2015 Project Address Fill this line out onMECH-SUM Date 1/1/2015 The follow ing information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance w ith the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Building Department (yes,no,na) Documents Notes SERVICE WATER HEATING Service Water Systems GENERAL PROVISIONS, CONTINUED HVAC System Controls & Criteria, Continued Water -heating equip min. Provide equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard or other efficiency Enclosed loading Indicate enclosed loading dockand enclosed parking garage ventilation system activation and na 0404.2 efficiency source dock/parking garage control method na C404.3 Temperature controls Indicate temperature controls have required setpoint capability ventilation na C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply & discharge Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate kitchen hoods requiring make-up air; indicate make-up air source and conditioning na C404.5 Insulation under water Indicate R-10 Insulation under electric water heater tanks Indicate precooling coils and heat exchangers in w ater economizer system do not exceed method na heater C403.2.5.4.2 Laboratory exhaust Indicate lab exhaust systems requiring heat recovery, method & efficiency; or alternative na C404.6 Service water piping Indicate R -value of Insulation on piping; note exceptions taken systems method taken (VAV, semi -conditioned makeup, or CE3M calculation) ins ulation C403.2.6.1 Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate ventilation systems requiring Et, method & efficiency; note exceptions na C404.7 / 8 Circulation systems and Indicate shut-off capability based on occupancy and periods of limited demand ventilation systems na heat trace shut-off 0403.2.6.2 Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate ori -site steam heating systems requiring energy recovery Specific System Requirements Group R-2 service hot Indicate method of usage metering for dw elling units served by a central service hot w ater condensate systems Indicate fans requiring variable flow control and method na C404.9 water meters Isystem Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate remote ref rig. condensers requiring ER and use of captured energy Pools & In -Ground Permanently Installed Spas na Fool heating equip min. Provide equipment schedule w ith type, capacity, efficiency, test standard or other efficiency Indicate sensor locations on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch na C404.10.1 efficiency source Indicate condenser systems requiring ERto pre-heatservice water; indicate ER na Indicate automatic on/off control based on scheduling & accessible on/off sw itch on heater effectiveness; note exceptions taken na 0404.10.1 / 2 Fool heater on /off controls that operates independent of thermostat setting; note exceptions taken Indicate fan and pump motors 2 7.5 hp and the method of variable flow control (VSD or C404.10.3 Fool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover and insulation rating as required equivalent controls) na C404.10.3 Fool assembly insulation Indicate rating of insulation on sides and bottom of pools heated to > 90°F Indicate heat rejection equipment and cooling tow er fans requiring variable flow control and na C404.10.4 Heat recovery Indicate method, exhaust air temperature reduction and recovered energy use; note method na 0403.4.5 exceptions taken Indicate single zone fan systems requiring airflow reduction capability in response to reduced COMMISSIONING SpeclflcSystem Requirements yes 0408.2 Mechanical systems Indicate al mechanical systems to be commissioned; for those that w 111 not be commissioned, MECH. EXISTING UNITS ARE reset commissioning note exception taken SPECS EXISTING TO REMAIN. C403.2.12.2 Single zone AC systems Service water heating Indicate all seryice water heating systems to be commissioned; for those that ill not be na na 0408.4 systems commissioning commissioned, note exception taken na C403.4.7 Hot gas bypass limitation Identify all DDC system input/output control points and indicate capability for trending and Provide commissioning plan for all systems requiring commissioning; Include In plan all MBCH. na yes C408. 1.1 Commissioning plan required items per this section SPECS Ducting Systems C408.2.2.1 & Air system and hydronic Include in commissioning plan that air and hydronic system shall be balanced in a manner to na no C408.2.2.2 system balancing first minimize throttling losses, then adjust to meet design flow conditions Chiller / boiler plant pump Air system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets, zone terminals and M00.01 na yes 0408.2.2.1 devices equipment requiring system balancing M02.01 yes C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate, balance and measure flow for all M00.01 na na C403.2.7.3.3 devices hydronic equipment requiring system balancing na Variable flow control- Mechanical systems Provide description of functional performance testing procedures for all applicable system na yes C408.2.3 functional performance includin equipment, controls, economizers g' Mme' yes C403.2.7.1 / 2 testing Indicate R -value of insulation on ductwork SPECS na Piping Systems controls Service water heating provide description of functional performance testing procedures for all applicable system Aping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping na C408.4.1 functional performance including: equipment, controls, pools and spas na NA systems testing 0403.2.8.1 Piping insulation exposed to Indicate method of protection from damage/degredation na C408.1.4 System operation training Indicate required system operation training measures to be provided weather na NA 0408.1.2 & SIMPLE SYSTEMS Indicate required documentation including: record documents, manuals, balancing reports, na yes C403.1.3 Documentation commissioning preliminary and final reports SPECS C403.3 systems C408.1.2.1 Acceptance report Indicate that Commissioning Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.2.1) Is required upon MBCH. yes Water loop heat pump- NA completion of preliminary commissioning report SPECS 0403.3 r 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Aug 2015 FtojectAddress Fill this line out on MSCHSUM Date 1/1/2015 The follow ing information is necessary to checka permit application for compliance w ith the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Documents Documents Notes GENERAL PROVISIONS, CONTINUED HVAC System Controls & Criteria, Continued C403.4.1 Air economizer required Enclosed loading Indicate enclosed loading dockand enclosed parking garage ventilation system activation and na na C403.2.5.3 dock/parking garage control method na C403.4.1.1 Water economizer capacity ventilation C403.2.5.4.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate kitchen hoods requiring make-up air; indicate make-up air source and conditioning na Water economizer maximum Indicate precooling coils and heat exchangers in w ater economizer system do not exceed method na C403.2.5.4.2 Laboratory exhaust Indicate lab exhaust systems requiring heat recovery, method & efficiency; or alternative na na Integrated economizer systems method taken (VAV, semi -conditioned makeup, or CE3M calculation) na C403.2.6.1 Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate ventilation systems requiring Et, method & efficiency; note exceptions C403.4.1.4 Economizer heating system ventilation systems na na 0403.2.6.2 Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate ori -site steam heating systems requiring energy recovery Specific System Requirements na C403.4.2 & condensate systems Indicate fans requiring variable flow control and method na 0403.2.6.3 Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate remote ref rig. condensers requiring ER and use of captured energy na 0403.4.2.1 coolertfreezer condensers Indicate sensor locations on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch C403.4.6 Energy recovery (ER) - Indicate condenser systems requiring ERto pre-heatservice water; indicate ER na condenser systems effectiveness; note exceptions taken na C403.2.12 Variable flow control - Indicate fan and pump motors 2 7.5 hp and the method of variable flow control (VSD or na C403.4.5 fans/pumps equivalent controls) na C403.2.12.1 Variable flow control- heat Indicate heat rejection equipment and cooling tow er fans requiring variable flow control and na rejection equipment method na 0403.4.5 multiple zones Indicate single zone fan systems requiring airflow reduction capability in response to reduced na C403.2.12.2 Large volume fan systems cooling or heating demand in a zone, or adjacent zones w ithout separating w alls, w ith > reset 10,000 CFM supply air, note exceptions taken na C403.2.12.2 Single zone AC systems Indicate method of cooling demand -based fan control for air conditioning systems > 110,000 na 0403.4 systems Btu/h serving single zones na C403.4.7 Hot gas bypass limitation Identify all DDC system input/output control points and indicate capability for trending and na 0403.2.4.10 DDC system capabilities demand response setpoint adjustment Ducting Systems 0403.2.7.1 & Indicate all ductw ork constructed and sealed per IMC, C402.4 leakage requirements and IBC na yes C403.2.7.3 Duct construction vapor retarder requirements Chiller / boiler plant pump Indicate capability to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow through chillers M00.01 na 0403.4.3.5 isolation Duct pressure Duct pressure yes 03.2.7.3.1- Identify location of low, medium and high pressure ductw ork on plansclas M00.01 na C403.2.12 C403.2.7.3.3 High pressure duct leakage Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans; provide test results to na Variable flow control- test jurisdiction w hen completed na & C403.4.4 cooling towers Indicate cooling tower fans requiring variable flow control and method MECH. yes C403.2.7.1 / 2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on ductwork SPECS na Piping Systems controls na C403.2.8 Aping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping Two -pipe changeover na NA systems na 0403.2.8.1 Piping insulation exposed to Indicate method of protection from damage/degredation Water loop heat pump- Indicate capability of central equipment to provide min. 20°F water supply temp deadband weather na NA deadband SIMPLE SYSTEMS Qualifying Systems na Qualifying single zone Verify unitary or packaged equipment does not exceed capacity limits, does not have active Indicate method used to limit system heat loss w hen heat rejections Is not needed na C403.3 systems humidifcaton or simultaneous heating/cooling Water loop heat pump- NA na 0403.3 Qualifying 2 -pipe heating Verify 2 -pipe heating -only system does not exceed capacity limits Provide heat exchanger that separates cooling tower and heat pump bop s stems Water loop heat pump- NAY na C403.3.2 Hydronic system controls Refer to Complex Systems Section C403.4.3 NA Simple System Economizers Watkin cooler /freezer- ALL UNITS AREEXISTING na C403.3.1 Air economizer required Indicate cooling systems requiring economizer controls; note in equipment schedule TO REMAIN na C403.3.1 Air economizer exceptions Indicate eligible exception(s) taken and provisions to comply w ith exception(s) na 0403.5 / 6 evaporator and condenser Indicate motor type for evaporator and condenser fans < 1 hp UNITS ARE na C403.3.1.1.1 Air economizerALL capacity Indicate modulating OSA control capability up to 100% OSA; note exceptions taken EXISTING TO REMAIN C403.3.1.1.2 Integrated air economizer Indicate capability for partial air economizer operation for systems w ith capacity > 65,000 ALL UNITS ARE na operation Btu/h EXISTING TO REMAIN na 0403.3.1.1,3 Air economizer high limit Indicate high limit shut-off control method per Table C403.3.1.1.3(2) ALL UNITS ARE controls EXISTING TO REMAIN w w r r 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Aug 2015 Project Address Fill this line out on MECH-SUM Date 1/1/2015 The follow Ing information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Documents Notes COMPLEX SYSTEMS Complex System Economizers na C403.4.1 Air economizer required Indicate cooling systems requiring economizer controls; note In equipment schedule na C403.4.1 Air economizer exceptions Indicate eligible exception(s) taken and provisions to comply w ith exception(s) na C403.4.1.1 Water economizer capacity For eligible systems w here water economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, indicate system is capable of 100% cooling capacity at 50°F db/45°F w b OSA C403.4.1.2 Water economizer maximum Indicate precooling coils and heat exchangers in w ater economizer system do not exceed na pressure drop pressure drop limit na C403.4.1.3 Integrated economizer Indicate capability for partial economizer operation for air or water economizer systems operation C403.4.1.4 Economizer heating system Verify control method of HVAC systems w ith economizers does not Increase building heating na impact energy usage during normal operation Specific System Requirements na C403.4.2 & VAV fan control Indicate fans requiring variable flow control and method C403.2.12 na 0403.4.2.1 VAV fan static pressure Indicate sensor locations on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch sensors VAV Tan static pressure na C403.4.2.2 setpoint Indicate fan system static pressure setpoint based on zone requiring most pressure C403.4.5 VAV systems serving Indicate supply air systems serving multiple zones, method of primary air control, and zones na multiple zones served; Indicate VAV or note exceptions taken VAV systems serving For each air systemterminal, Indicate the maximum air flow rate of primary supply air during na 0403.4.5 multiple zones zone peak cooling and the maximum air flow rates during zone peak heating. na 0403.4.5.4 VAV systems upply air Indicate controls that automatically reset supply air temp in response to bads reset Large capacity cooling Indicate method of multi -stage or variable control for building cooling system capacity > 300 na 0403.4 systems tons na C403.4.7 Hot gas bypass limitation Indicate cooling equipment unloading or capacity modulation method na C403.4.3 Large capacity boiler Indicate multistage or modulating burner for single boilers > 500,000 Btu/h systems na C403.4.3 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers Chiller / boiler plant pump Indicate capability to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow through chillers na 0403.4.3.5 isolation & boilers w hen not in use 0403.4.3.6& Variable flow control- na C403.2.12 pumps Indicate pumps requiring variable flow control &method 0403.2.12.1 Variable flow control- na & C403.4.4 cooling towers Indicate cooling tower fans requiring variable flow control and method C403.4.3.4 Hydronic system part load Indicate heating & chilled water systems have the capability to automatically reset supply na controls w ater temp AND reduce flow by z 50% for systems > 300,000 Btu/h Two -pipe changeover na C403.4.3.2 systems Indicate deadband, heating/cooling mode scheduling and changeover temperature range Water loop heat pump- Indicate capability of central equipment to provide min. 20°F water supply temp deadband na 0403.4.3.3.1 deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes na 0403.4.3.3.2.1 Water loop heat pump- Indicate method used to limit system heat loss w hen heat rejections Is not needed heat rejection, Zone 4 Water loop heat pump- na C403.4.3.3.2.2 heat rejection, Zone 5 Provide heat exchanger that separates cooling tower and heat pump bop C403.4.3.3.3 Water loop heat pump- Indicate 2 -way isolation valve on each heat pump and variable flow control for systems w ith na isolation total pump power > 10 hp Watkin cooler /freezer- na 0403.5 anti sweat heaters Indicate w/sf & control method for w alk -in coolertfreezer door antimsw eat heaters Cooler /freezer- na 0403.5 / 6 evaporator and condenser Indicate motor type for evaporator and condenser fans < 1 hp fa ns Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strand er Blvd Tukwila WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510..625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter ----- REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Project Number da�I� av�� 33.1361.007 Description MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION R=:.' iVED (Scale CITY OF TUKWILA NONE P., @2016 Gensler PERIViIT CENTER ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. FIRE ALARM LIGHTING WIRING DEVICES & OUTLETS ELECTRICAL ONE—LINE & RISER FAACCP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT SEE SENSOR SCHEDULE - 800A SWITCH 400A DRAWOUT CIRCUIT 3P RATING AS SHOWN 3P BREAKER. RATINGS -0- FACP RECESSED FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEET E06.00 C� AS SHOWN FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL v FAAP RECESSED FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL $ SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH (NO LEITER DESIGNATION) 1200AS FUSED SWITCH \� 200AS COMBINATION FUSED O FACT FIRE ALARM TRANSPONDER SEE SHEET E3.0 $M SWITCH LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: 3P RATING,POLES AND (� 3P SWITCH/STARTER AND 200AF FUSE TYPE AS SHOWN 200AF STARTER SIZE AMPLIFIER PANEL M =MOTOR RATED SWITCH FRS AMP NFIRS EMA 1 (b SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO RPS REMOTE POWER SUPPLY DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, LIND 225A CIRCUIT BREAKER 225A COMBINATION CIRCUIT ( 3P RATINGS AS SHOWN Cl 3P BREAKER/STARTER AND RT REMOTE TEST STATION WITH INDICATING LIGHT FR [I REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO I � NEMA 1 STARTER SIZE PS PRESSURE SWITCH LOW/HIGH SPECIAL RECEPTACLE -NEMA TYPE AS NOTED FS 0 WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH CONTROL VALVE TAMPER SWITCH -0 TWIST -LOCK TYPE RECEPTACLE PANELBOARD MULTI -SECTION (SEE SCHEDULES) PANELBOARD (SEE SCHEDULES) 11 FD_H_j MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICEGFCI 6 OR (b GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE* CM CONTROL MODULE ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE* r-----lTX# TRANSFORMER r -____,TX# MM MONITOR MODULE SHIELDED TYPE AND RATINGSi i TRANSFORMER K KNOX BOX EMERGENCY RECEPTACLE* i ^� i AS SHOWN i i TYPE AND RATINGS • PULL STATION RECEPTACLE INSTALLED 6" ABOVE COUNTER OR BACKSPLASH* L____J L__J __ AS SHOWN ATS ATS# [WW1 YPASS� FIREFIGHTER'S PHONE JACK HEAT DETECTOR (E INDICATES ELEVATOR RECALL) RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN CEILING* j --- AUTOMATIC TRANSFER - i AUTOMATIC TRANSFER �200A SWITCH. RATINGS AS i i SWITCH WITH BYPASS. SMOKE DETECTOR (E INDICATES ELEVATOR RECALL) ® RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN FLOOR* L_ _�20 SHOWN i RATINGS AS SHOWN 7 ©r))))) �-- SINGLE STATION SMOKE DETECTOR BEAM DETECTOR DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) RECEPTACLE INSTALLED VIA DROP CORD* *DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHOWN, SIMILAR FOR OTHERS L___ 200A, 3P GENERATOR, GENERATOR, SEPARATELY NON -SEPARATELY ?? M/G DERIVED SOURCE ��A M/G DERIVED SOURCE, WR/WP RD 8RECEPTACLE LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: RATINGS AS SHOWN RATINGS AS SHOWN AREA OF REFUGE 2 -WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (E) = EXISTING TO REMAIN F WALL MOUNTED AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE C = CONTROLLED E = EMERGENCY POWER D1G`r"` COMBINATION DIGITAL VOLT METER/AMMETER 22 3Z WALL MOUNTED VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE S = SWITCHED ## ## INDICATES CANDELA IG = ISOLATED GROUND ® CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION - SEE CIRCUIT SCHEDULE EK WALL MOUNTED AUDIBLE/VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, TR = TAMPER RESISTANT WP WEATHER PROOF VER GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY ## ## INDICATES CANDELA WR = WEATHER RESISTANT F8* CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE A L 1 MULTI -OUTLET SURFACE RACEWAY WITH NEMA 5-20R KK3 KIRK -KEY INTERLOCK CEILING MOUNTED VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, RECEPTACLES 12" ON CENTER, UNO. FS71 SHUNT TRIP ## ## INDICATES CANDELA TELEPHONE OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AM AMMETER, RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED (94 CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE/VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. ## ## INDICATES CANDELA ® 0 DATA OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AT VM VOLTMETER, RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED a ABORT SWITCH SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. R E] UTILITY METER (AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY) BELL SECURITY MULT® TELEPHONE AND T - FLOOR R A 0 WALLI MOUNTED.OINSTAL�L AT SAME ELEVATONAS ADJACENTA LINO. MULTI -SERVICE POWER POLE WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER O AMMETER SWITCH O VOLTMETER SWITCH CPU & MONITOR (ELEVATION) WITH PERIPHERAL DEVICES TECHNOLOGY — AS USED ON T SERIES DRAWINGSRECEPTACLE, OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS "D" TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET CPU & MONITOR (PLAN VIEW) WITH PERIPHERAL DEVICES A MULTI -SERVICE FLOOR BOX WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER O D WATT-HOUR METER, DENOTES DEMAND REGISTER, WH 15 "15" DENOTES MINUTES OF DEMAND INTERVAL Q DATA WALL OUTLET SEE SCHEDULE FOR DEVICE TYPES AND CONFIGURATIONS OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS CURRENT TRANSFORMER RATING AS _ ® MULTI -SERVICE WALL OUTLET O4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION A SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED ® MULTI -SERVICE FLOOR BOX; TELEPHONE AND DATA n CCN (PAN TILT ZOOM) 0 POKE THROUGH, A =TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS �� POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RATING AS ® THERMOSTAT SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED ® DATA FLOOR BOX RE REQUEST TO EXIT BUTTON TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR 00 TELEPHONE FLOOR BOX EL ELECTRIC DOOR LOCK Q m JUNCTION BOX/OUTLET BOX GROUND CONNECTION A MULTI -SERVICE FLOOR BOX WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS PB PANIC BUTTON (D= DESK W= WALL F= FLOOR) © BLANK FACE GFCI FEED THROUGH DEVICE GROUND CONNECTION WITH TEST WELL _ POKE THROUGH CR CARD READER © AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY GROUND ROD #D CEILING MOUNTED OUTLET - TELECOM DM DOOR MONITOR -o ollI LIGHTNING ARRESTER CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR GB GLASS BREAK -� HII CAPACITOR KP KEY PAD = 7Z CONTACT (OPEN OR CLOSED) V WALL MOUNTED AUDIO/VISUAL OUTLET MD MOTION DETECTOR HEATER Ic WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET WATCH TOUR MOTOR x STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS ## BLOCK LOAD KW OR KVA F (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) WALL MOUNTED FURNITURE OUTLET POWER EQUIPMENT &DEVICES ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING & WIRING AUDIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 84"Cc= ELECTRICAL SERVICE PANELBOARD E ELEVATOR PHONE CONNECTION ALARMS 48" (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT) SWITCHED HOT CONDUCTORS (SHOWN TRAILING NEUTRAL) =NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SYSTEMS FURNITURE OUTLET ANNUNCIATOR PANELS 48" O O TERMINAL CABINET (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT), TYPE AS NOTED UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTORS (SHOWN LEADING NEUTRAL) /753 #D #V CLOCK OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) 84." HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD, ARROWS INDICATE NUMBER FIRE TOP. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) 48" PLYWOOD TERMINAL BOARD FOR TELEPHONE P1 OF CIRCUITS, HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS. INFORMATION AT © PULLBOX EXIT SIGNS WALL MOUNTED, BOTTOM ( ) 80" SYSTEM, UNO. SIZE AS NOTED. OR ARROWS ARE CIRCUIT P1-3,5,7 NUMBERS AND PANELBOARD. SC SPLICE CASE FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (DISPLAY) 60" ® ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) 120" /'}� EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT CONDUITFIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT (DISPLAY) 60" ® SWITCHBOARD OR MOTOR CONTROL (GREEN INSULATION OR BARE) CENTER ON HOUSEKEEPING PAD t--1 CONDUIT SLEEVE INTERCOM (AFEA ONLY) 36" ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT — — UNDERGROUND CONDUIT INTERCOMS 48" a TRANSFORMER (GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW TRACER) TT TMGB/TGB (PLAN VIEW) PANELS/PANELBOARDS (TOP) 72" MOTOR /'-`\ CONDUIT CONCEALED T'I'R ROOM LADDER RACK PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) 48" 200/3/150 DISCONNECT SWITCH - "200/3/150" DENOTES — CONDUIT IN/UNDER FLOOR/GROUND CONSTRUCTION ® TELECOM. MAIN GROUND BUS BAR (PLAN)RECEPTACLES PHOTOCELLS 144" /E FUSE NF= NON-FUSED CB= CIRCUIT (CENTERLINE) 18" BREAKER(200/3/CB) — _ _ — EXPOSED CONDUIT ® TELECOM. GROUND BUS BAR (PLAN) RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR) 24" TELECOM. BACKBOARD RECEPTACLES (GARAGES) 26" 30/3 1s/1 COMBINATION DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH AND MOTOR STARTER "30/3/15/1" DENOTESEa v v FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FIBER OPTIC CROSS CONNECT RECEPTACLES IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS 48" AMPERES/POLE/FUSE/NEMA STARTER SIZE NF= ��'-"�� LOW VOLTAGE CABLE (NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT) REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIPMENT ROOMS) 48" NON-FUSED CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (30/3/CB/1) ® COPPER UTP CROSS CONNECT REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (FINISHED AREAS) CEILING MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER, NEMA CONDUIT TURNING DOWN ® PROTECTOR SAFETY SWITCHES 48" ® 2 SIZE AS NOTED. 3 -POLE, UNO. —O CONDUIT TURNING UP TGB TELECOM. GROUND BUS BAR STARTERS 48" ® MANUAL STARTER CONNECTION POINT OR EQUIPMENT TERMINATION TMGB TELECOM. MAIN GROUND BUS BAR SWITCHES (CENTERLINE) 48" ® VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE 0 EQUIPMENT TERMINATION COMMUNICATIONS —BB— BONDING BACKBONE TELEPHONES (PUBLIC) 1 ® 48", 1 ® 36" —BC— BACKBONE CABLING TELEPHONE, DATA OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) 18" ® RELAY OR CONTACTOR (IN SCHEMATICS) — CT — CABLE TRAY TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (BOTTOM) 6" ©L MAGNETIC CONTACTOR, SIZE, COIL VOLTAGE AND NUMBER OF POLES AS INDICATED LIGHTING 01 SPEAKER HORN PROJECTION TYPE — JH — J -HOOK CABLING TELEVISION OUTLETS VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 18" r, 84 (L= CONTACTOR P= POWER CONTACTOR) O SPEAKER -CEILING MOUNT NURSE CALL HOSPITAL TS TIME SWITCH 0 SPEAKER - WALL MOUNT I.ANNOTATION © CODE BLUE PUSHBUTTON STATION VD VOLUME CONTROL O MECHANICAL OR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN CALLOUT © BED RECEPTACLE PC PHOTOCELL MJ MICROPHONE JACK DS DUTY STATION O PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT 9 INDICATING LIGHT a STAFF EMERGENCY ASSIST STATION ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTE CALLOUT I@ PUSH BUTTON SC COMBINATION SPEAKER/CLOCK EP PATIENT EMERGENCY PULL CORD STATION Oj TECHNOLOGY PLAN CALLOUT Ell STOP -START PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION O SYSTEM CLOCK IC INTERCOM PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ••• HAND -OFF -AUTO PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION O ELAPSED TIME METER K NURSE CALL KEY SWITCH O AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT• B -D IC INTERCOM SCHEDULES MUSHROOM -TYPE PUSH BUTTON N1 NURSE CALL BEDSIDE STATION - SINGLE PATIENT EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED,PS `J� OVERHEAD PADDLE FAN POWER SUPPLY N] NURSE CALL BEDSIDE STATION - DOUBLE PATIENT CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) rA_M`P1 AMPLIFIER E3 NURSE CALL VISUAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL CU MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ❑TV TV OUTLET (VIDEO) 1 AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) SS STAFF STATION (NORMAL, EMERGENCY &CODE BLUE) SIGNALING ® NURSE CALL MASTER STATION CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING AT ANTENNA OUTLET (VIDEO) 00 SIGNALING BELL ® DOME LIGHT - CEILING MOUNTED, B = BUZZER B 1 DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER M1 LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER CT CABLE TV OUTLET (VIDEO) �B DOME LIGHT -WALL MOUNTED, B =BUZZER 1 F21\ BUZZER SATELLITE DISH SATELLITE ®Z.B ZONE DOME LIGHT, B = BUZZER SECTION CUT DESIGNATION M1 TT LV TRANSFORMER GENERAL NOTES: 1. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF WORK AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 2. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, COLOR OF DEVICES/FACEPLATES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONTRACTORS. 4. ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT. 5. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE GREEN GROUND CONDUCTOR. 6. CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED FROM EACH DEVICE WITH THE SAME CIRCUIT NUMBER. 7. PROVIDE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR ALL 120V CIRCUITS OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 8. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR SPECIFIED CONDUCTOR SIZES PER BRANCH CIRCUIT. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 1/2" CONDUIT. 9. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS SPECIFIED, OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 10. CONNECT ALL EXIT LIGHT TO THE CIRCUIT INDICATED ON THE LINE SIDE OF THE LOCAL LIGHTING SWITCH. 11. CONTROL ALL NON NIGHT LIGHT EMERGENCY BATTERY LIGHT FIXTURES BY LOCAL LIGHTING SWITCH INDICATED. EXTEND BATTERY WIRING TO THE LINE SIDE OF THE LOCAL LIGHTING SWITCH AND CONNECT FOR PROPER EMERGENCY BALLAST OPERATION. 12. SECURELY FASTEN EACH RECESSED GRID LIGHT FIXTURE TO THE CEILING SYSTEMS WITH APPROPRIATE SUPPORT BRACKETS AND CLIPS PER INDUSTRY STANDARDS. 13. A MAXIMUM OF 3 HOMERUNS MAY BE GROUPED TOGETHER IN ONE CONDUIT AND SHARE A COMMON NEUTRAL PROVIDED THE HOMERUNS ARE DIFFERENT PHASES. IF BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE GROUPED THEY MUST ALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SAME MULTI -POLE BREAKER PER CEC 210.4. 14. PLENUM CABLE SHALL BE CLASS II, 18 AWG, STRANDED UL CLASSIFIED TEFLON JACKETED CABLE SUITABLE FOR USE IN PLENUMS. LOW VOLTAGE CABLE IS NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. ELM Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR E COMPLIANCE COD Project Number 9PPRAVED 33.1361.007 Description SYMBOLS LIST AND NOTES Scale NONE @2016 Gensler JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila RECEIVED CITE' OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER 1. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL BE REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE CIRCUITING BACK TO SOURCE OR NEAREST POINT PRACTICAL TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY OF DEVICES EXISTING TO REMAIN. EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN A COMPLETE CIRCUIT. LABEL REMOVED CIRCUIT IN SOURCE PANEL AS 'SPARE' WHEN APPLICABLE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A01.01 FOR EXACT AREAS OF DEMOLITION. 2. EXISTING POWER DEVICES, COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL BE REMOVED. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE CIRCUITING BACK TO SOURCE OR NEAREST POINT PRACTICAL TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY OF DEVICES EXISTING TO REMAIN. EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN A COMPLETE CIRCUIT. LABEL REMOVED CIRCUIT IN SOURCE PANEL AS 'SPARE' WHEN APPLICABLE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A01.01 FOR EXACT AREAS OF DEMOLITION. 3. REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AND ASSOCIATE CONDUIT AND WIRING IN CALLING CUBES 119. 4. REPLACE EXISTING FLOOR BOX AND DEVICES WITH NEW RECESSED WALKER FLOOR BOX WITH WATER TIGHT BLANK COVER PLATE. SEE SHEET E02.01 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 5. REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AND ASSOCIATE CONDUIT AND WIRING IN PRIVATE OFFICE. 6. AREA NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 Oakland, CA 94612 Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 rHENDERSON 97j E N G 1 N E Et RISE 5555 REDWOOD STREET, SUITE 201 LAS VEGAS, NV 89118 TEL 702 697 2187 FAX 702 697 2188 www.hol-ong.com 1650000542 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/16 Seal/Signature Tukwila SouthCenter Proiect Number 33.1361.007 Description DEMOLITION ELECTRICAL PLAN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 City of Tukwila REC,EIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Scale NONE I_X�Z��SJ @2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER CIRCUIT NUMBERS SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. USE EXISTING CIRCUITS MADE AVAILABLE THAT ARE IN AREA BEING RENOVATED. 0 A�I �3 •tl ISI •1 1• Q ----------- ( ) ---------- I B.3 ---------- 4 ) ----------- ( ) ------------ 4 ISTING) • (STING) 4EL 'C' ISTING) 4EL 'B' ISTING) 4EL 'A' k ►'ALIBULI!!J sr7%� w 0 0 D 00 fflu F-!' Tr 4, 71 �' M91, 9 g �Seal/Signature Tukwila SouthCenter U REVIEWED FOR 1. PROVIDE CONNECTION WITH MOTORIZED GATE. PROVIDE 20AMP MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH. VERIFY ELECTRICP REQUIREMENTS PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS PRIBank of America TO INSTALLATION. Project Number 2. PROVIDE DEDICATED 30 AMP IG RECEPTACLE AT EACH DRIVE UP. REFER TO ATA/ATM VENDOR CUT SHEETS JUN 0 8 2016 BANK OF AMERICA RETAIL DESIGN STANDARDS WEBSITE FOR ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AND SPECIFIC DEVICE RELATED ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. CORPORAT17 WORKPLACE PROJECT MANAGER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR Tukwila So uth Ce me r DOWNLOADING A COPY OF THE VENDOR SPECIFIC ATA AND POWER PLAN ATM INSTALLATION CUT SHEETS AND PROVIDING COPIES OF THESE CUT SHEETS TO THE GC. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THEIR ELECTRICAL WA3-186 SUBCONTRACTOR IS PROVIDED A COPY OF THESE SAME NONE INSTALLATION CUT SHEETS. 3. PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING STUBBED FROM 320 Strander Blvd ABOVETO KBOOXWREQUIRED. TELLER EILINO dp Tukwila, W 98188 TELE/DATA CABLING. BACNG FORA 4. PROVIDE RECESSED WALKER FLOOR BOX WITH (2) FLAGSHIP RECEPTACLES AND (2) DATA OUTLETS WITH COVER. PROVIDE 0.5" IMC FOR POWER AND 0.5" IMC FOR TELE/DATA USE. PROVIDE PULL STRINGS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. INSTALL SEPARATE CONDUITS FOR EACH FLOOR OUTLET AND DO NOT COMBINE CIRCUITS. INSTALL TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES. 5. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH 0.75"C. STUB -UP FOR SECURITY DEVICE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH SECURITY INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. 6. COORDINATE EXACT/FINAL STUB -UP LOCATIONS WITH 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 DRIVE-THRU EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. MAKE ALL FINAL Oakland, CA 94612 CONNECTIONS TO DRIVE-THRU ATM EQUIPMENT.Gensler. Telephone 510.625.7400 7. PROVIDE (3) 0.5" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM AlI - Facsimile 510.625.7499 TO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD LOCATED IN THE NER ROOM. 8. ROUTE ALL CONDUIT AND WIRING IN CASE WORK TO NEAREST FULL -HEIGHT WALL. INSTALL IN INCONSPICUOUS MANNER AND NOT TO AFFECT OPERATION OF DOORS, DRAWERS, ETC. COORDINATE WORK WITH CASE WORK SUPPLIER/INSTALLER. 9. PROVIDE SPST PILOT LIGHT SWITCH IN EACH DRIVE THR TELLER STATION SUCH THAT IT CONTROLS THE RECEPTACLES IN THAT STATION SERVING TELLER Mjft HENDERbulm EQUIPMENT. THE SWITCH SHALL NOT CONTROL OUTLET ' r THAT SERVE CUSTOMER UNIT EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE 0.-)5" t %7tKb ONE-PIECE STEEL SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAY FROM THE SWITCH TO THE RECEPTACLE. METAL -CLAD (MC) 5555 REDWOOD STREET, SUITE 201 CABLE IS NOT ALLOWED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION LAS VEGAS, NV TEL 102 697 2187 FAX 7 702 02 697 2188 OF SWITCH WITH ARCHITECT. www.hei-eng.com 10. PROVIDE RECESSED WALKER FLOORBOX WITH (2) DUPLEX 1650000542 RECEPTACLES WITH COVER. pORVIDE ONE (1) 0.75" IMC WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/16 FOR POWER USE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. 11. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH 0.75"C. STUB UP FOR ALARM FEED THROUGH VAULT. COORDINATE SPECIAL MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH NIGHT DEPOSITORY INSTALLER. EXTEND WIRING AND CONDUIT PROVIDE WITH VAULT TO JUNCTION BOX. 12. RELOCATE EXISTING POWER AND DATA FOR ATM MACHIN IN ROOM TO MATCH NEW ATM LAYOUT. 13. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR POWER AN DATA MEDIA WALL. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION REQUIREMENTS WITH MEDIA WALL VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 14. PROVIDE RECESSED WALKER FLOOR BOX WITH (2) RECEPTACLES AND COVER. PROVIDE 0.5" IMC FOR POWER. PROVIDE PULL STRINGS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. 15. CONNECT KEYED SWITCH AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTO TO ROLLING GATE. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 16. PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING STUBBED 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING TO JUNCTION BOX BELOW TELLER LINE I ISSUE nATF ISSUE nESCRIPTION g �Seal/Signature Tukwila SouthCenter U @2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Project Number APPROV5D 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Description BUILD NG DIof VISION POWER PLAN R-CDVED CITY 0j TUKWILA Scale ,,11 2 A ; NONE PERMIT CENTER @2016 Gensler PRIMARY SIDEUGHTEI AREA 'p6' 100 SF PRIMARY SIDEUGHTE AREA 'p5' 100 SF PRIMARY SIDEUGHTEI AREA 'p4' 100 SF PRIMARY SIDEUGHTE AREA 'p3' 100 SF PRIMARY SIDEUGHTE AREA 'p2' 100 SF PRIMARY SIDEUGHTE AREA 'p1' 100 SF Y a m oM O fV 0 N O N 0 a m z 0 J --------- - C.5 ---------- 14 GHTING ONTACTOR 4NEL -------- �.� III I 1 0 KEY NOTE4- 1 . PROVIDE DIMMING DAYLIGHT SENSOR, PASSIVE INFRARED CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DIMMING SWITCH AND ROOM CONTROLLER. OCCUPANCY SENSOR WILL FUNCTION FOR ON/OFF CONTROL, IF THE SPACE IS OCCUPIED THE DAYLIGHT SENSOR WILL ADJUST LIGHT LEVEL BASED ON AMBIENT LIGHT. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E07.00 FOR WIRING SCHEMATIC. 2. 24 HOUR NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE UN -SWITCHED. WIRE FIXTURE CIRCUIT AHEAD OF LIGHTING CONTROLLER. 3. COORDINATE LOCATION OF SWITCH WITH OWNER BEFORE INSTALLATION. 4. CONNECT EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHT FIXTURES TO (UNSWITCHED) CIRCUIT AHEAD OF LIGHTING CONTROLLER. 5. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR (QUANTITY AND TYPE AS INDICATED) FOR CONTROL OF LIGHT FIXTURES. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E07.00 FOR WIRING SCHEMATIC. REFER TO DETAIL 4 ON SHEET E07.00 FOR ELEVATION. WHERE MULTIPLE SENSORS CONTROL A SINGLE SPACE, WIRE THE SENSORS IN PARALLEL. 6. MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE UNDERNEATH CABINET. COORDINATE ALL CIRCUITRY AND ACCESSORIES WITH MILLWORK. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 7. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTOR PANEL. SE LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE AND DETAIL 1 LIGHTING CONTACTOR PANEL ON SHEET E06.00 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. MOUNT ROOM CONTROLLER ABOVE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING. SEE DETAILS 1, 2, AND 6 ON SHEET E07.00 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 9. CONNECT NEW/RELOCATED FIXTURE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT AND SERVING LIGHTS IN AREA. 10. PROVIDE NEW 4 -POLE 40 AMP CONTACTOR WITH ENCLOSURE. MOUNT CONTACTOR NEXT TO EXISTING CONTACTOR CLOSURE. ROUTE CIRCUIT(S) TO JACE PANEL FOR CONTROLS. 11. REPLACE EXISTING BALLAST IN AREA WITH 0-10V DIMMING BALLAST IN EXISTING FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. PROVIDE 0-10V WIRE TO LIGHT FIXTURES FOR A COMPLETE DIMMING SYSTEM. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF DIMMING BALLAST AND FIXTURE. 12. PROVIDE DIMMING DAYLIGHT SENSOR TO CONTROL LIGHTING IN SAME DAYLIGHT AREA AS DAYLIGHT SENSOR (PRIMARY SIDELIGHTED AREA, SECONDARY SIDELIGHTED AREA, ETC.). REFER TO DETAILS 1 AND 6 ON SHEET E07.00 FOR WIRING SCHEMATIC. REFER TO DETAIL 4 ON SHEET E700 FOR ELEVATION. 13. PROVIDE LIGHT SWITCH TYPE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER TO DETAIL 4 ON SHEET E07.00 FOR WIRING SCHEMATIC. 14. PROVIDE PASSIVE INFRARED CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DIMMING SWITCH AND ROOM CONTROLLER. OCCUPANCY SENSOR WILL FUNCTION FOR ON/OFF CONTROL, REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E07.00 FOR WIRING SCHEMATIC. 15. PROVIDE J -BOX FOR CAMERA ROUGH -IN. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY INSTALLER. SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE, LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE AND SENSOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET E06.00. 2X4 LIGHT FIXTURE LETTER INDICATES TYPE. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) $ LIGHT SWITCH D$ DIGITAL WALL DIMMER SWITCH OB DOWNLIGHT (LETTER INDICATES TYPE. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) <O WALL WASH FIXTURE I--0 STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR (LETTER INDICATES TYPE. A REFER TO SENSOR SCHEDULE) DS DAYLIGHT SENSOR (LETTER INDICATES TYPE. REF A TO SENSOR SCHEDULE) 1 LIGHTING f LAN N❑° 2X2 LIGHT FIXTURE ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN UNLESS 3/16"=1'-0" OTHERWISE NOTED. �K KEY SWITCH JO JUNCTION BOX }®} EXIT SIGN - PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AND NUMBER OF FACES AS INDICATED WALL MOUNT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY CIRCUIT INVERTER DOWNLIGHT WITH EMERGENCY CIRCUIT TO I 2X4 LIGHT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY CIRCUIT TO INVERTER E:31 SECURITY CAMERA Oo FLAG POLE TOP MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE @ ROOM CONTROLLER. -X- ='.TYPE DESIGNATION. REI X TO SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-5. �Ib-0 (31 Tukwila SouthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 i REVIEWED FOR JCODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila 110leSCription BUILDING DIVISION LIGHTING PLAN FIE rVEf) CITY Or TW;<WILA Scale \� @2016 Gensler PERMIT CENTER F/ 0 a 3 v C0 W J 0 W S U U) 0 W N 0 PANELBOARD: A (EXISTING) BUS AMPS: 600A MAIN SIZE/TYPE: 600AMCB VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W SEC1ION:1 FAULTCURRENT: N/A AIC RATING: NIA SERVES: MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: N/A N/A N/A N/A LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR CKT NO. DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS/PHASE %NIRq NOJAMPI BKR I P I P I BKR IV\AREI AMP NO. I VOLTAMPS/PHASE DESCRIPTION CKT NO. A I B I C I A I B I C I 1 RTU -5 2500 1 20 EX 30 3 3 40 EX 3,400 360 3 RTU -1 2 3 2,500 3,400 4 5 2,500 3,400 6 7 RTU -4 3,400 12 EX 40 3 3 60 EX 6,700 6 7 RTU -2 8 9 3,400 6,700 10 11 3,400 6,700 12 13 SPARE 9 PWR-CENTRAL ZONE 1,080 20 1 1 20 EX 500 900 EXISTING LOAD 14 15 SPARE 1 1 EX 20 1 1 20 11 180 RCPT -OFFICE 102 12 SPARE 16 17 SPARE 12 20 111 20 1 1 20 HAND READER CABINET 14 15 RCPT-ML0105 SPARE 18 19 RTU -3 2,500 20 EX 30 3 3 20 EX 400 540 REF -3 20 21 2,500 400 22 23 2,500 400 24 25 FIRE ALARM PANEL 500 EX EX 20 1 3 20 EX 1 900 20 21 REF -2 26 27 ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN 700 EX 20 1 900 28 29 ROOFTOP GFI `s RECEPTACLES 540 EX 20 1-1 900 30 31 PNLBD B 7,760 1 20 EX 100 3 3 20 EX DRIVE T TELLER STATION EX 20 TVSS 32 33 6,880 1 34 35 6,460 136 400 37 PNLBD D 16,120 1 20 1 20 EX 225 1 3 1 3 1 225 EX 1 8,909 400 PNLBD C 38 39 13,660 7,940 40 41 14,340 8,060 42 SUBTOTAL 132.7801 29,640 129,7401 EX 20 1 1 20 120,809119,340 1 19,460-T SUBTOTAL 34- TOTAL PHASE A- VA 53,589 OPEN AREA TVs LOAD _ - CONN. VA - _DF 1 LOAD EX CONN. VA DF TOTAL DEMAND 146,671V 407 36 AMPS 447 COOLING- 55,500 1.00 REFRIG 1.00 TOTAL PHASE B - VA 48,980 HEATING 0 SIGN/DISP 1,200 1.25 AMPS 408 LIGHTING 13,089 1.25 KITCHEN 1.00 TOTAL PHASE C - VA 49,200 RECEPTACLES 27,340 1.01.5 EXISTING 1.00 AMPS 410 MOTORS 700 11.00 LRG MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL PNLBD - VA 151,769 SUPP HEAT 11.00 SHOW WNDW 1.25 AMPS 421 MISC EQUIP 53,940 1.00 LTG TRACK 1.00 PANELBOARD NOTES FA- REDMANDLE-ON CLAMP 500 20 1 1 20 1 11 20 1 EX ISPARE SIGNIDISPLAY - SIGNAGE & DISPLAY CASE PANELBOARD: B (EXISTING) BUS AMPS: 100A MAIN SIZE/TYPE: MLO VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W SECTION:1 FAULTCURRENT: AIC RATING: SERVES: MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: N/A N/A N/A N/A LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR CKT NO. DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS/PHASE A B C IWIREI NO. BKR AMP P P BKR IWIREI AMP NO. VOLTAMPS/PHASE A B C DESCRIPTION CKT NO. 1 TELLER LINE RECEPT 1,400 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION EX 20 1 1 20 12 360 1 20 RCPT -TELLER LINE 2 3 RCPT -TELLER LINE 360 3 12 20 1 1 20 12 900 20 RCPT -TELLER LINE 4 5 PWR-CENTRAL ZONE 463.09 1,080 12 20 1 1 20 12 AMPS 900 RCPT -TELLER LINE 6 7 PWR-CENTRAL ZONE 360 12 20 1 1 20 12 360 RCPT -TELLER LINE 8 9 PWR-CENTRAL ZONE 1,080 1 12 1 20 1 1 20 12 1 900 RCPT -OFFICE 112 10 11 SPARE 1 1 EX 1 20 1 1 20 12 11 180 RCPT -OFFICE 102 12 13 RCPT -OFFICE 107 900 1 12 20 111 20 EX 200 13 HAND READER CABINET 14 15 RCPT-ML0105 900 20 12 20 111 20 EX 540 14 ATMRECEPT. 16 17 RCPT -OFFICE 102 540 12 20 1 1 1 20 12 720 RCPT -HALLWAY 117 18 19 CALL CUBE FURNITURE 1,000 1,000 EX 20 111 20 EX 720 720 BATHROOM GFIs 20 21 SPARE 540 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 1,000 SPARE 22 23 RCPT- WORK ROOM DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 360 12 20 1 1 20 EX 1 20 720 RCPT -CALL CUBE 119 24 25 SPARE 500 DRIVE T TELLER STATION EX 20 1 1 20 12 180 1 RCPT -CALLING CUBE 26 27 ifl RCPT- TELLER WOR COUNTER 360 BREAKROOM RECEPT. 400 12 EX 20 1 20 1 1 1 20 1 20 12 EX 180 720 RCPT -CALLING CUBE WORK COUNTER RECEPT. 28 30 31 BREAKROOMRECEPT. 400 EX 1 20 1 1 20 12 1,340 RCPT -CALLING CUBE 32 33 BREAKROOMPECEPT. 400 360 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 540 MERCH LINE RECEPT 34- 35 OPEN AREA TVs RECEPT. CALLING CUBE CAB. 300 EX 20 1 1 20 EX EX 540 ATM RECEPT. 36 37 SPARE RECEPT. CALLING CUBE CAB. 20 360 20 1 1 20 EX 540 32 34 WORK COUNTER RECEPT. 38 39 RCPT -TELLER WORK COUNTER 720 DYE PACK ACTT VATOR 1220 EX 1 1 20 1 1 20 EX SPARE 40 41 SPARE 39 DOOR CONTROL POWER 500 20 1 1 20 1 11 20 1 EX ISPARE 42 LED SIGNS SUBTOTAL 1 4,060 1 3,820 1 2,680 900 12 20 1 3,700 1 3,060 1 3,78-07 SUBTOTAL SPARE TOTAL PHASE A- VA 7,760 LOAD _ CONN. VA DF LOAD REFRIG SIGN/DISP KITCHEN EXISTING N. CONVA DF 1.00 1.25 1.00 1.00 LOAD ICONN. VA AMPS 65 COOLING 1.00 TOTAL PHASE B -VA 6,880 HEATING 0 AMPS 57 LIGHTING 1.25 TOTAL PHASE C - VA 6,460 RECEPTACLES 19,100 1.01.5 AMPS 54 MOTORS 1.00 LRG MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD REFRIG SIGN/DISP KITCHEN EXISTING TOTAL PNLBD - VA 21,100 SUPP HEAT 1.00 SHOW WNDW 1.25 16,550 V RECEPTACLES 5,720 1.01.5 AMPS 59 MISC EQUIP 2,000 1.00 LTG TRACK 1.00 46 AMPS 66 PANELBOARD NOTES GF - GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER TOTAL PHASE C- VA 8,060 RECEPTACLES 1,980 1.0/5 AMPS 67 MOTORS 1.00 LRG MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND LTG TRACK 1.00 122 Al TOTAL PNLBD-VA 1 24,9091 SUPP HEAT 1.00 SHOWWND 1.25 28,481 V 3F PANELBOARD: C (EXISTING) BUS AMPS: 225A MAIN SIZE/TYPE: MLO VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W SBCTION:1 FAULTCURRENT: AIC RATING: SERVES: MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: N/A N/A N/A N/A LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR CKT NO. DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS/PHASE IVARq A I B I C INO.JAMPI BKR1 P I I P BKRIV\AREI AMP NO. I VOLTAMPS/PHASE A I B I C DESCRIPTION I CKT NO. 1 NER RACK 1,000 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION EX 20 1 11 20 EX 700 1 20 BREAK/CALL CUBEiNER LIGH 2 3 PR/NTCAB/NET 1,000 3 EX 20 1 1 20 12 1,040 20 VESTABULE LIGHTS 4 5 NER RACK 463.09 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 EX AMPS 1,100 OFFI CENAULT13ATH LI GHTS 6 7 SECURITY 500 EX 20 1 1 20 12 1,229 TELLERNbORKROOM LIGHTS 8 9 PHONEBACKBOARD 540 EX EX 20 1 1 20 12 600 OPENAREALIGHTS 10 11 JPHONEBACKBOARD 1 540 EX 20 1 1 20 12 11 520 OPENAREALIGHTS 12 13 SPARE 20 1 1 30 20 1 1 20 EX 1,000 13 DRI VE THRU LIGHTS 14 15 PHONE BACKBOARD 360 20 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 1,000 14 DRI VE THRU LIGHTS 16 17 EXTERIOR LIGHTS 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 1,000 DRIVE THRULIGHTS 18 19 RP VALUE BOT BOX 500 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 600 720 OPEN/CLOSE SIGNS 20 21 GP RECEPT. 540 EX 1 20 1 1 20 EX 1,000 1DRIVE THRU LIGHTS 22 23 RCPT -GP RECEPT. DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 540 12 20 1 1 20 EX 1 20 500 VAULT 24 25 DYE PACK ACTIVATOR 500 DRIVE T TELLER STATION EX 20 1 1 20 12 1,520 1 LTS- COVEIPENDANT 26 27 WALL LIGHTS 200 24 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 30 SPARE 28 29 BALLARD LIGHTS 100 EX 20 1 1 20 2,000 EX SPARE 30 31 RECEPT.CAL B CAB. 360 EX 20 1 1 20 SPARE 32 33 RECEPT. CALLING CUBE CAB. 360 12 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 200 CIRC PUMP 34 35 RECEPT. CALLING CUBE CAB. 20 360 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 32 34 500 A EDTA WALL 36 37 DYE PACK ACTT VATOR 500 EX EX 20 1 1 20 EX 500 WATERCOOLER SPRINKLER COMPRESSOR MEDIA WALL 38 39 DOOR CONTROL POWER 500 500 EX 20 1 11 20 1 EX 600 1,300 1 LED SIGNS 40 41 RCPT -OFFICE 113 900 12 20 1 1 1 20 1 1 SPARE 42 7,020 6,760 1 SUBTOTAL 3,360 3,50OT4744--O-1 TOTAL PHASE A -VA 16,120 LOAD ICONN. VA 5,549 4,440 1 3,620 SUBTOTAL LOAD I REFRIG SIGN/DISP KITCHEN EXISTING CONN. VA TOTAL PHASE A- VA 8,909 LOAD COOLING CCN N. VA AMPS 134 DF 1.00 TOTAL PHASE B -VA 13,660 LOAD REFRIG SIGN/DISP KITCHEN EXISTING CONN. VA 1,200 DF 1.00 1.25 1.00 1.00 TOTAL PHASE C - VA 14,340 RECEPTACLES 5,720 1.01.5 AMPS 74 TOTAL PHASE B - VA 7,940 HEATING 0 AMPS 66 LIGHTING 13,089 1.25 TOTAL PHASE C- VA 8,060 RECEPTACLES 1,980 1.0/5 AMPS 67 MOTORS 1.00 LRG MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND LTG TRACK 1.00 122 Al TOTAL PNLBD-VA 1 24,9091 SUPP HEAT 1.00 SHOWWND 1.25 28,481 V AMPS 69 1 MISC EQUIP 8,640 1.00 LTG TRACK 1.00 79 PANELBOARD NOTES SIGN/DISPLAY- SIGNAGE & DISPLAY CASE PANELBOARD: D (EXISTING) BUS AMPS: 225A MAIN SIZEITYPE: MLO VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/1 20V, 3PH, 4W SECTION:1 FAULTCURRENT: AIC RATING: SERVES: MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: N/A N/A LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR Demand KVA CKT NO. DESCRIPTION 1000/0 VOLTAMPS/PHASE A B C IIWIRq NO. BKR AMP I P P BKR IWIREI AMP I NO. VOLTAMPSIPHASE A-7 B 1 C DESCRIPTION CKT NO. 1 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 18.67 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT EX 20 1 1 20 EX 1,800 1.50 DR/ VE THRU ATM 2 3 RCPT -DRI VE THRU ATM 6.38 125% 1,000 TOTAL LOAD 12 20 1 1 20 EX 1,800 463.09 DRIVE THRU ATM 4 5 RCPT -DRIVE THRU ATM SPARE CAPACITY AMPS 1,000 12 20 1 1 20 EX 1,000 DRIVE THRU ATM TOPPER 6 7 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 30 EX 1,500 VAT BLOWER N 8 9 DRI VE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 30 EX 1,500 VAT BLOWER MN 10 11 IDRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 30 EX 1,500 VAT BLOWER MS 12 13 IDPIVEHRU TELEER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 30 EX 1,500 VAT BLOWER S 14 15 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 30 EX VAT COMMERCIAL DRIVE THR 16 17 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 12 720 RCPT -OFFICE 126 18 19 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 EX ATM RECEPT 20 21 DRIVE THRU TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 12 720 RCPT -FSA 103 22 23 DRIVE T TELLER STATION 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 12 720 RCPT -OFFICE 104 24 25 VAT COMMERCIAL OVERHEAD 2,000 EX 30 1 1 20 12 720 RCPT -OFFICE 127 26 27 VAT COMMERCIAL OVERHEAD 2,000 EX 30 1 1 20 12 720 RCPT -OFFICE 128 28 29 RCPT -OFFICE 106 900 12 20 11 1 20 12 500 RCPT -MONITORS 30 M31 33 EVAPORATOR IN ATMROOM 400 400 EX 20 2 1 20 1 20 12 12 1,000 720 PWR-MOTORIZED GATE RCPT -OFFICE 102 32 34 35 37 CU -1 2,700 2,700 EX 40 2 1 20 1 20 EX EX 500 500 WATERCOOLER SPRINKLER COMPRESSOR 36 38 39 IFANINATMROOM 500 1 1 500 EX EX 1 20 1 20 1 Ill 2 30 EX 1,300 1 1,300 HOT WATER HEATER 1 40 42 41 IEXfSTfNGLOAD SUBTOTAL 1 9,100 1 6,900 1 8,106 1 7,020 6,760 1 6,240 1 SUBTOTAL TOTAL PHASE A -VA 16,120 LOAD ICONN. VA 7DF LOAD I REFRIG SIGN/DISP KITCHEN EXISTING CONN. VA DF 1.00 1.25 1.00 1.00 AMPS 134 COOLING 1.00 TOTAL PHASE B -VA 13,660 HEATING 0 AMPS 114 LIGHTING 1.25 TOTAL PHASE C - VA 14,340 RECEPTACLES 5,720 1.01.5 AMPS 120 MOTORS 1.00 LRG MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND TOTAL PNLBD-VA 44,1201 SUPP HEAT 1 1.00 SHOWWN-D-W-F 1 1.25 44,120 V AMPS 77U2 MISC EQUIP 1 38,400 1.00 LTG TRACK 1.00 122 Al PANELBOARD NOTES LO - HANDLE -ON CLAMP TO UTILITY PRIMARY EXIST. UTILITY TRANSFORMER I 1208Y/12OV, 30, 4W SEC I=I UTILITY M METER ICT i CABINET L _ _ (NEMA 3R EXISTING ' A ' ELEC ROOM 600 AMPS 208V1 20V 30 4W C'600A . 3P NEMA 1 i i U o M m J J J Z Z a EL CL a EXISTING CIRCUIT SIZES ARE PER AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL SIZES AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ENGINEER. CIRCUIT SCHEDULE: CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON 75 DEG C RATED TERMINATION AND COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH TYPE THHN/THWN-2 INSULATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONDUCTORS WITH ALUMINUM WIRE 'AL' ARE BASED ON 75 DEG C RATED TERMINATION AND ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS WITH TYPE XHHW-2 INSULTATION. WHERE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE ALLOWED PER SPECIFICATIONS AND FOR TERMINATION OR INSULATION TYPES RATED LESS THAN 75 DEG C, MODIFY SIZES ACCORDING TO NFPA 70. 104 100A, (4)#3, (1)#8G, 1-1/4" C 224 225A, (4)#4/0, (1)#4G, 2-1/2" C S604 600A, (2) 3" C, EACH W/ (4)-350kcmil EXIST EXISTING TO REMAIN BUILDING ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY BUILDING OCCUPANCY TYPE: MSERVICE BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE: 7,614T DESCRIPTION: 208Y11 20V, 3PH LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR Demand KVA HVAC - SUMMER 55.50 1000/0 55.50 HVAC - WINTER 0.00 100% 0.00 LIGHTING (PER NEC -220) 22.84 125% 28.55 RECEPTACLES 27.34100%;50% 18.67 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 53.94 100% 53.94 DISPLAY CASE/SIGNAGE 1.20 125% 1.50 SHOW WINDOW/ TRACK LIGHTING 0.00 PER NEC 0.00 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 6.38 125% 7.98 TOTAL LOAD 167.90 KVA 166.84 TOTAL AMPACITY 466.05 AMPS 463.09 SERVICE AMPACITY 600 AMPS 600.00 SPARE CAPACITY AMPS 137 Tukwila SOuthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project 33.1361.007 Number REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 8 2016 IT no rs wlecteu for any quesuvn, pirovrue explanauvn: r.;V1a1 Project Info 2012 Weehingtan tolenM"mmmmm_ argYode Com Plianos arms orC om mamaial Burdmg.i 10 inq R2 & R3 over ala rine and .11R I H erreed J-2011 Project Address TUKWILA SOUTHCENTER Date 5/21/2013 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the Washington State Bmergy Code, Camrnercial Provisions. Applicability 100 Ben kl. If!. a _ 9. kI.q a. lir ily arae 1.38 320 STANDER BLVD password to use Instructio riat Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section C405.2) Lighting Compliance Path 110 St. r. D• 0.63 C405.2.1.1 Manual interior Indicate on plans the manual control type 8t locations served; 122 enableLPAforms Indicate of plans the 50% lighting load reduction method E301 BANK HAS EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. NEW OFFICES ARE CONTROLLED Yes C405.2.1.2 lighting controls 30 system type and features. 129 provided or identify exception taken ddition area or Change of Space Use area complies w ith all applicable provisions as stand aloneproject cidition area is combined w ith existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance w ith all applicable -ovisiohs perC101.4.3 Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing if applicable) lighting wattage of Addition or Change of lase space. Provide applicable lighting Indicate lighting system automatic shut-off capability - identify E301 0% or more of luminaires in space replaced Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed wattage within the lighting retrofit space In Maximum Allowed Wattage table and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage in Automatic time righting zone areas served on plans; Provide a separate Space -By -Space Method (LTG4NT-SPACE) Compliance Form for this retrofit area. Document existing total wattage Wthin the lighting retrofit space in cell provided in the Maximum Allowed Wattage table. Document proposed (including existing) fighting Indicate locations of override sw itches on plans and the areas E301 aw, w iring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit Yes C405.2.2.1 sw itch controls and Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring, automatic time switch controls (C405.2.2.1), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. override sw itching served, include area sq. ft.; o changes are being made to the Interior lighting and space use not changed. DIGITAL WALLBOX 5 -BUTTON SWITCH Indicate locations w here automatic shutoff is provided by E301 WALL 1.2.3 RC_ A DIGITAL ON/OFF/0-10V DIMMING ROOM CONTROLLER WATTSTOPPER LMRC-211 ABOVE CEILING other methods (occupancy sensor, daylight controls, etc) RC -B DIGITAL ON/OFF/0-10V DIMMING ROOM Yes C405.2.2.2 Occupancy sensors Indicate on plans the locations served by occupancy sensors E301 CONTROLLER Daylight zones - Indicate vertical fenestration primary and secondary daylight RC -C DIGITAL ON/OFF/0-10V DIMMING ROOM NA C405.2.2.3 Vertical fenestration zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; CONTROLLER and skylights Indicate skylight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft. GENERAL NOTES A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE REFLECTED IN CATALOG NUMBER AND/OR DESCRIPTION IN THE SCHEDULE. NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE NUMBER OF ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR THE PROJECT. COORDINATE WITH THE MANUFACTURER FOR Indicate on plans the locations served by daylight zone E301 .3. SEE 5 -BUTTON 'RC' SWITCH SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET. Yes C405.2.2.3.2 Daylightzone controls; Indicate in plans the lighting load reduction (dimming) method - E301 controls stepped or continuous dimming Specific application Indicate on plans the locations served by specific application Yes C405.2.3 lighting controls - lighting controls E301 General Indicate lighting control method for display and accent lighting, C405.2.3 - Display and accent and display case lighting; Indicate these fodures are controlled independently from both NA items 1812 lighting general area lighting and other lighting applications w Ithin the same space 0405.2.3- Hotel/motel guest Provide a lighting control device at each guest room entry for NA Rem 3 all permanently installed fixtures in guest room; Indicated w hether lighting control is manual or automatic rooms 0405.2.3 - Supplemental task Provide automatic shut-off vacancy controls for supplemental Yes Rem 4 lighting task lighting, including under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting E301 Identify eligible non -visual applications and method of lighting C405.2.3 - Lighting for non- control; Indicate these fixtures are controlled independently from both NA Rem 5 visual applications general area lighting and other lighting applications w ithin the same space Indicate lighting control method for lighting equipment for sale Lighting equipment or demonstration; NA for sale or Indicate these fixtures are controlled independently from both Rem 6.2.3 demonstration general area lighting and other lighting applications w ithin the same space If egress lighting pow er density Is greater than 0.05W/ft2, C405.2.3- Means of egress atmethod of automatic shut-off during unoccupied indicate E301 Yes Rem 7 lighting periods; Identify on plans the egress fixtures that function as both B301 normal and emergency means of egress illumination C405.10 Cooler and freezer Provide vacancy device or timer to turn off fixtures w ithin 15 NA C405.11 lighting minutes of uno ccupancy for cooler and freezer lighting fixtures w ith lamp efficacy less than 40 lumens per w aft NA C405.2.4 Exterior righting Indicate on exterior lighting plans the automatic lighting control controls method and locations served Exterior building Provide motion sensor controls for building grounds fixtures NA C405.6.1 grounds lighting rated at greater than 100 w alts w ith lamp efficacy less than controls 60 lumens, or identify exception taken Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements per Section C408 or eligibility for exception; Provide w ritten procedures for functional testing of all Lighting system NA 0408.3 functional testing automatic controls and describe the expected system response; Identify in construction documents the party responsible for functional testing of automatic lighting controls INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY (Sections 0405.5, 0405.10, C405.11) Provide fixture schedule w ith fixture types, lamps, ballasts, C405.5.1 and rated w alts per fixture; Identify spaces eligible for lighting pow er exemption on plans 0405.5.1.1 Total connected NA 0405.5.1.2 interior lighting and in compliance forms; Identify lighting equipment eligible for exemption in fixture 0405.5.1.3 pow er 0405.5.1.4 schedule and in compliance forms; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently Yes 0405.4 Exit signs Provide exit sign types and rated w atts per fixture in fixture E301 schedule (maximum 5 w alts per fixture) 0405.10 Cooler and freezer For lighting in w alk -in coolers and freezers, and refrigerated NA warehouse coolers and freezers, provide rated lamp efficacy 0405.11 lighting (in lumens per w att) in fixture schedule Lighting Power Calculation -Indicate compliance path taken Complete required compliance forts - proposed w attage per NA C405.5.2 Building Area Method building area does not exceed maximum allow ed w attage per building area. Identify locations of building areas on plans Complete required compliance forts -total proposed w attage Yes C405.5.2 Space -By -Space does not exceed maximum allow ed w attage. Identify locations E600 Method of space types on plans, including retail display areas as applicable EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY (Section 0405.6) Provide fixture schedule w ith fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and rated watts per fixture; Total connected identify exterior applications eligible for lighting pow er NA C405.6.2 exterior lighting exemption on plans and in compliance forms; pow er Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting NA Table Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ 0405.6.2(1) For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 w alts, NA C405.6.1 Exterior building provide rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per w aft) in fixture grounds lighting schedule Exterior lighting Complete required compliance form - proposed w attage for NA C405.6.2 exterior lighting plus base site allow ed does not exceed pay er calculations maximum allowed MOTORS & TRANSFORMERS (Sections C405.8, C405.9) For motors not part of an HVAC system, provide electric motor NA C405.8 Electric Motors schedule on electrical plans w ith hp, rpm, and rated efficiency NA C405.9 Transformers Provide distribution transformer schedule on electrical plans w ith transformer size and efficiency IT no rs wlecteu for any quesuvn, pirovrue explanauvn: r.;V1a1 Project Info Project Address TUKWILA SOUTHCENTER Date 5/21/2013 Compliance WA3-186 For Building Department Use formsda not require - 100 Ben kl. If!. a _ 9. kI.q a. lir ily arae 1.38 320 STANDER BLVD password to use Instructio riat 1233 1369 Applicant Name: TUWILA WA and calculating cells are worite- 122 Bankfa ffi.e _ Banking eatirity area 1.38 Applicant Address: protected. 348 460 Applicant Phone: Project Description ew Building ddition Iteration Plans Included Lighting Compliance Path 110 St. r. D• 0.63 Lighting Power Allowance 19 Method Selection required to 122 enableLPAforms 8 Interior Lighting System BANK HAS EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. NEW OFFICES ARE CONTROLLED Description BY OCCUPNACY SENSORS AND DIMMING SWITCHES. Briefly describe lighting 30 system type and features. 129 Additions and Change of Space Use (C101.4.3 & C101.4.4) ddition area or Change of Space Use area complies w ith all applicable provisions as stand aloneproject cidition area is combined w ith existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance w ith all applicable -ovisiohs perC101.4.3 Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing if applicable) lighting wattage of Addition or Change of lase space. Provide applicable lighting controls per C405.2 and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Alterations, Renovations and Repairs (C101.4.3.1) 0% or more of luminaires in space replaced Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed wattage within the lighting retrofit space In Maximum Allowed Wattage table and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage in Proposed Wattage table. Retrofit and non -retrofit spaces shall be documented separately using multiple forms. ass than 60% of luminaires in space replaced Provide a separate Space -By -Space Method (LTG4NT-SPACE) Compliance Form for this retrofit area. Document existing total wattage Wthin the lighting retrofit space in cell provided in the Maximum Allowed Wattage table. Document proposed (including existing) fighting wattage in the Proposed Wattage table. amp and/or ballast replacementw ithin existing luminaires only - existing total Interior building w attage not Increased aw, w iring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit Provide applicable manual lighting controls (C405.2.1), occupancy sensors (C405.22.2), dayfightzone controls (C405.223), specific application controls (C405.2.3), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13 ew or moved lighting panel Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring, automatic time switch controls (C405.2.2.1), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. pace is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or moved only rrovide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. o changes are being made to the Interior lighting and space use not changed. Luu W....no, an S tet. -19y Lope leo m pilaris Ismsr. r Lommorai.ltl unp nos.n oiu-non e a tl a. r er e s t arias an. .-. n.•...even cu 1. Project Address TUKWILA SOUTHCENTER Date 5/21/2013 Lighting Alterations, Renovations & Building Additions Less than 60% 60% or more Stand alone Addition Clear fixtures replaced fixtures replaced bldg. addition combined w /exist Notes: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition maycomply as a stand alone project, ortheymay be combined W th the overall existing bldg lighting to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C 101.4.3. b. For retrofits and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interiorareas in the MaxfmumAllowedLighting table. Ifa builiclig addition will complyas combined with theoverall existing builidng, includeall applicable existing Space Types and gross interforareas. c. Document new fix tures and all existing to remain fix tures in the Proposed Lighting table. d. If less than 60% of existing fixtures will bereplaced, provide total axis ting lighting wattage (prior to retrofit) in the space provided in the Maximum Allaved Lighting table. For Building Department Use Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, Allow ed room #) Space Type* Watts per ft2 Gross Interior Watts Allow ed Area in ft2 (w atts/ft2 x area) 100 Ben kl. If!. a _ 9. kI.q a. lir ily arae 1.38 460 635 162- 107.112.1113.121.12 Offi.e - Enal...d 1.11 6-120 1233 1369 119 0111-• - 11 ^^ Pie 0.98 247 242 122 Bankfa ffi.e _ Banking eatirity area 1.38 509 702 123 B.nkl.ffi.. - o...an.q .ru.uy are. 1.38 348 460 125 Dankloffi-e - 0 -king ..tirily area 1,38 1259 1737 129 Le bby 0,90 805 725 110 St. r. D• 0.63 439 277 19 190 122 RECESSED STRIPS TYPE 'M' 8 40 320 122 WALL WASH DOWNLIGHTS TYPE 'C' 6 30 180 129 l FOOT SECTION COVE LIGHT TYPE'S' Atrium' latter W!9 ht: 34 &seting Lighting ;; Enter Filet. Watts: Retail Diliplay Allowance fromr LTG -INT -DISPLAY * Select Table C405.52(2) categoryfrom drop down menu. Area Allow ed Watts *" Foratriums,indicateheight.Allowedwattageforfirst40feetis0.03WAt.ht., Total 5300 6167 above 40 feet is 0.02 Witt. ht. Proposed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room#) Fixture Description- Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 100.125.129 EXIST IN DO WN LIGHT 57 40 2280 110 EKIS TIN6 TROFFER 8 62 496 102- 107.112.1113.124.12 6-128.113 NEW TROFFER TYPE'ElA' 16 40 640 119.123 UNDERCABINET LIGHTS TYPE 'Dl' 10 19 190 122 RECESSED STRIPS TYPE 'M' 8 40 320 122 WALL WASH DOWNLIGHTS TYPE 'C' 6 30 180 129 l FOOT SECTION COVE LIGHT TYPE'S' 24 34 816 129 2 FOOT SECTION COVE LIGHT TYPE S2 4 1 19 76 129 SQUARE PENDANT 2 1 312 624 DIMMING PHOTO SENSOR WATTSTOPPER LMLS-400 CEILING 1,2 D$ Retail Display Lighting;from LTG4NT-DISPLAY WATTSTOPPER LMDM-101 WALL Total Proposed Watts maynotexceedTotatAllowedWatts forinterlorLlghting iota)l opose°vvarq So I "* Include existing to remain lighting fixtures and ex empt lighting equipment per notes below. Notes: 1. Include ALL proposed lighting fixtures. 2. Forproposed Fixture Des cription, indicate fixture type, /amptype(e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 3. Forproposed Watts/Fccture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist asspecifiedin SectfonC405.5.1. Forlinevoltagetracklighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage orlengthoftrack multiplied by50, oras applicable, thewattage of current limiting devicesof the transformer. Forlow voltage track lighting list the transformerrated wettage. 4. Forligh ting equipment eligible forexemption perC405.5. 1, note exception numberand leave Watts/Fxturebfaric 5. Document existing to remain fixturesin Proposed Lighting table In the same manner as new fixtures. ldentifyas existing In fix lure description. 6. If #NAappears in Retail Displaycells, infonme5onon LTG-INT-DISPLAYis incomplete. Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES MARK I DESCRIPTION r_l OPEN APERTURE DOWNLIGHT WITH SOFT SATIN CLEAR REFLECTOR AND WHITE TRIM 0 AND 350VK LED LAMP. PROVIDE 0-10V DIMMING BALLAST. 6" OPEN APERTURE WALL WASHER WITH SOFT SATIN CLEAR REFLECTOR AND WHITE TRIM RING, 0-10V DIMMING AND 3500'K LED LAMPS LONG SOLID FRONT UNDERCOUNTER FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH (1) T8 17W, COLOR LAMPS AND (1) ELECTRONIC BALLAST LED ARCHITECTURAL LAY -IN AND 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER. f LCU mm%., 911 CV I VRAL LAT -114 1 r%vrrGTC, J I VV LVMGI40, JUUV R. rr%VV1Ur. rLA14bG , 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AND EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK WITH A MINIMUM LUMEN TPUT OF 1350 FOR 90 MINUTES. RECESSED 1 120 34 40 1.2 Tukwila SouthCenter JUNO LIGHTING C6V-32T C600 CL WH GRID RECESSED 1 120 30 3 WA3-186 GRID OR CREE LIGHTING KR6T-13L-35K-12OV-10V, KR6T-SSGC-FF-WW HARD CEILING 320 Strander Blvd RECESSED 1 120 39 41 Tukwila WA 98188 GRID CREE LIGHTING CR24-40L-35K-10V FLAGSHIP CABINET COLUMBIA LIGHTING UC24-117-EU-FOB35 MOUNT RECESSED HARD CEILING LITHONIA LIGHTING RT8B-1-32-MVOLT-ADZT-L835HT8 RECESSED HARD CEILING LITHONIA LIGHTING RT8B-1-32-MVOLT-ADZT-L835HT8-EL14 4M 8'X8' SQUARE PENDANT, 30OVk WITH 0-10V DIMMING. MOUNT AT 9'-0" AFF LA2; (4) 6"WX68.5"LX8"H 'SEG -L' SEGMENTS AND (4) PENDANT 1 120 312 314 14.5"WX14.5"LX80H '90' JUNCTIONS; HIGHRES WALNUT+GHOST COLOR; WHITE OPAL DIFFUSER; LIGHT ART BY 3FORM STAINLESS STEEL CANOPY MOUNT, 120V, 24V DRIVER; 0-10V DIMMING; 9.6W/LF; (3-4) 3/64" STAINLESS STEEL CABLES, 24"-96" ADJUSTABLE CABLES; ADJUSTABLE 96" CLEAR POWER CORD X RECESSED CEILING MOUNT EDGE LIT LED (LAMPS INCLUDED) EXIT SIGN WITH CLEAR RECESSED 1 120 3 3 FACE AND RED LETTERS/CHEVRONS AND SATIN ALUMINUM FINISH WITH NUMBER OF CELR1 RNE (SINGLE FACE) HARD CEILING FACES AND ARROWS AS DESIGNATED ON LIGHTING PLAN, INTEGRAL BATTERY HUBBELL LIGHTING BACKUP CEL.R2RNE (DOUBLE FACE) 6" DOWNLIGHT MARK ARCHITECTURAL 612 -4 -120 -1178 -EB LIGHTING MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING !11hIP[9111Pli01111k, 2 -2 -120 -1178 -EB C600 CL WH 1 A. BOA HAS ENTERED INTO NATIONAL AGREEMENT WITH EDI, A SHEALY COMPANY AND WIEDENBACH BROWN, TO FURNISH LIGHTING FIXTURES. FOR INFORMATION REGARDING PRICING, PURCHASING, ORDERING, SHIPPING, AND DELIVERY COORDINATION CONTACT BANK OF AMERICA. CONTACT TRAVIS DOAK (980) 636-5731 - TDOAKOSHEALYELECTRICALCOM NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED, AND CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT 1 SET OF APPROVED FIXTURE CUT SHEETS H PROJECT. B. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE REFLECTED IN CATALOG NUMBER AND/OR DESCRIPTION IN THIS SCHEDULE P & BALLAST GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL LAMPS AND FIXTURES SHALL BE 3500K COLOR TEMPERATURE WITH A CRI OF AT LEAST 80. B. ALL EMERGENCY DRIVERS OR BALLASTS SHALL BE RATED TO PROVIDE 1300 LUMENS FOR 90 MINUTES ON THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF LAMPS. C. ALL BALLASTS OR DRIVERS FOR EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE RATED TO START LAMPS AT MINUS 20 DEGREES F WHERE AVAILABLE TO THE TRADE AND MINUS 0 DEGREE F OTHERWISE. D. FOR ALL 32 WATT TRIPLE TUBE LAMPS PROVIDE GE F32TBX/835/A/ECO LAMP OR EQUAL TO ACHIEVE LOW MERCURY AND COMPATIBLE BALLAST. ES: 1. FIXTURE, TRIM AND HOUSING WILL SHIP SEPARATELY AND WILL BE FiELD ASSEMBLED. 2. PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH WHITE FLANGE SENSOR SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL # MOUNTING NOTES 1 PRIMARY SIDELIT 'p1', 'p2', DIMMER CORNER OS -A OCCUPANCY SENSOR - CORNER MOUNT WATTSTOPPER LMPX-100 CEILING DIGITAL PASSIVE IR OS -B OCCUPANCY SENSOR - 360 DEGREE WATTSTOPPER LMPC-100 CEILING DIGITAL PASSIVE IR 5 BLANK WATTSTOPPER PW -100 WALL LINE VOLTAGE PASSIVE INFRARED WALL SWITCH ° OCCUPANCY SENSOR SENSOR SWITCH WSD-PDT WALL LINE VOLTAGE DS -A DIMMING PHOTO SENSOR WATTSTOPPER LMLS-400 CEILING 1,2 D$ DIGITAL WALLBOX DIMMING SWITCH WATTSTOPPER LMDM-101 WALL 1.2 RC DIGITAL WALLBOX 5 -BUTTON SWITCH WATTSTOPPER LMSW-105 WALL 1.2.3 RC_ A DIGITAL ON/OFF/0-10V DIMMING ROOM CONTROLLER WATTSTOPPER LMRC-211 ABOVE CEILING 0-1 OV, 1 -RELAY, NOTES 1,2 RC -B DIGITAL ON/OFF/0-10V DIMMING ROOM WATTSTOPPER LMRC-212 ABOVE 0-1OV, 2 -RELAY, NOTES 1,2 CONTROLLER CEILING RC -C DIGITAL ON/OFF/0-10V DIMMING ROOM WATTSTOPPER LMRC-213 ABOVE 0-1OV, 3 -RELAY, NOTES 1,2 CONTROLLER CEILING GENERAL NOTES A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE REFLECTED IN CATALOG NUMBER AND/OR DESCRIPTION IN THE SCHEDULE. NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE NUMBER OF ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR THE PROJECT. COORDINATE WITH THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE CORRECT QUANTITY 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 4"X4" JUNCTION BOX AS REQUIRED. SEE DETAILS ON DWG E07.00. .3. SEE 5 -BUTTON 'RC' SWITCH SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET. EXISTING LIGHTING TIMER • CIRCUIT #1 FOR INTERIOR LIGHTING: H ON DURING BANK HOURS/ OFF AFTER BANK HOURS. OVERRIDE SWITCH TO TURN CIRCUITS ON AFTER HOURS. 1 LIVn I IN' SCALE: NTS N 120V CII 1 1 I 1 1 I I i TO EXISTING OVERRIDE SWITCHES WATTSTOPPER MSW 5-BUTT01 5 1 2 3 4 RC 5 -BUTTON 'RC' SWITCH SCHEDULE BUTTON LIGHTING CONTROLLED IN LABEL CENTRAL ZONE 101 1 PRIMARY SIDELIT 'p1', 'p2', DIMMER SECONDARY SIDELIT 's' 2 PRIMARY SIDELIT PRIMARY SIDELIT AREA 3 SECONDARY SIDELIT SECONDARY SIDELIT AREA 4 PRIMARY SIDELIT, ALL ON SECONDARY SIDELIT 5 BLANK Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 Description SCHEDULES AND DETAILS Scale NONE @2016 Gensler REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City Of T'uWla BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER Red Lighting io Load Qr�—j 0-10VDC Dimming Ballast or Driver required. II II I� LMRC-212 II Neutral WhtO Dimming Room Controller Hot Blk 120/230/277 RJ45 Port I I (Typical) II 0000 - it O Class 2 0-10 volt I I 00 00 Control Wiring II I LMLS-400 Photosensor LMRJ Series Pre—Terminated o 0o Cables or CAT5e. Free Topology O &Splitter Acceptable 0 00 LMSW-105 LMLS-4-00 Dimming Switch Photosensor a o0 C— @ a ©o RJ45 (Typical) DEVICES ARE PRESET FOR PLUG n' GO- OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT IS OPTIONAL. Sequence of Operation: The LMLS-400 monitors the ambient light in the controlled space and works with the room controller(s) to maintain the design light level. For full operational details, adjustments and more features of the product, see the DLM System Installation Guide at www.wattstopper.com Aft ATM VESTIBULE AND ENTRY 100,125 WIRING SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE Red Lightingio Load �ry_7 0-10VDC Dimming Ballast or Driver required. I� II II I� LMRC-211 II Neutral Wht Dimming Room 0 Controller Hot Blk 120/230/277 RJ45 Port I I (Typical) II ao�o it 0 0 0 0 ( Class 2 0-10 Volt 00 00 Control Wiring LMLS-400 Photosensor D 00 _ Q o r�o *Ceiling or wall mounted DLM Occupancy Sensor. Refer to plans. LMRJ—C8 Coupler LMRJ Series Pre—Terminated Cables or CAT5e. Free Topology & Splitter Acceptable LMDM-101 Dimming Switch *NOTE: Comer mount Sensor shown with pigtail & supplied RJ45 coupler. Ceiling mount (Typical) Sensor has two RJ45 ports. I DEVICES ARE PRESET FOR PLUG n' GO- OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT IS OPTIONAL. Sequence of Operation: The LMLS-400 monitors the ambient light in the controlled space and works with the room controller(s) to maintain the design light level. WattStopper s exclusive control algorithm uses on/off or dimming setpoints and other control parameters to establish the correct light levels throughout the day regardless of changing daylight contribution. For full operational details, adjustments and more features of the product, see the DLM System Installation Guide at www.wattstopper.com TYPICAL CONTROL WIRING SCHEMATIC FOR ROOMS 10231033104910531063107 NOT TO SCALE n1171 ITRAI 120V GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE (NORMAL Ballast or Driver) _L SWITCH U PANCY JSOR WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE Red Lighting Vio Load -r�— I 0-1OVDC Dimming Ballast or Driver required. I I II I I II I LMRC-211 II Neutral Wht O Dimming Room Controller Hot Blk 120/230/277 RJ45 Port (Typical) II 0 0 0 0 - Class 2 0-10 Volt 00 00 Control Wiring >I� II �L=====_____________ *Ceiling or wall mounted DLM Occupancy Sensor. Refer to plans. LMRJ—C8 Coupler *NOTE: Corner mount Sensor shown with pigtail & supplied coupler. Ceiling mount Sensor has two RJ45 ports. RJ45 (Typical) LMRJ Series Pre—Terminated Cables or CAT5e. Free Topology & Splitter Acceptable LMDM-101 Dimming Switch CONTROL WIRING SCHEMATIC FOR ROOM 109,112,113,124,126,127,128 NOT TO SCALE EILING JIT rrnL_L. MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY AND DIMMING PHOTO SENSOR ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE rED OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR DIMMING PHOTO SENSOR Tukwila SOuthCenter WA3-186 320 Strander Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 FLAGSHIP 2101 Webster Street, Suite 2000 i Oakland, CA 94612 Geinsier Telephone 510.625.7400 Facsimile 510.625.7499 Seal/Signature Project Name Tukwila SouthCenter Project Number 33.1361.007 [sin [616401:87e110k,01:41V ►TiI N REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED Description City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DETAILS E r CITE' OF TUKWILA ScaleI.Ir , NONE PERMIT CENTER 41]'111 1 1� @2016 Gensler 0 T 176 All F1EX2 ❑ + + + + + + 5.18 4.33 3.70 3.32 3.10 2.84 + + + + + + + + + + 6.25 6.54 6.00 5.39 5.02 4.87 4.74 4.46 4.12 3.76 1�' + + + + + + + + + + + + 5.23 5.90 6.88 7.47 7.42 7.28 7.43 7.86 8.00 7.71 7.05 6.10 5.26 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4.08 5.42 7.82 8.94 9.67 10.11 10.52 11.31 12.44 12.89 12.59 11.42 9.68 8.03 6.61 5. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 10.77 12.35 13.41 14.36 15.36 16.77 18.28 19.74 19.19 16.71 13.93 11.29 9.05 7.17 6 EX1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 15.82 18.30 19.93 21.41 22.84 24.87 27.28 29.13 28.30 24.44 19.67 15.34 12.11 9.42 7.38 ----------------------- (A) ❑ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ------ - --- ------23-65----�7.�'1------ 6-----31:26-----335Q-----35- ---- -8 ---- - ----- 5------ -----2------2U3�3-----T -------TT00-----g-=-- B) ---------------------------------- © + + + + + 32.25 37.98 39.52 42.25 42.49 + + 10.72 8.4 ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O O O O O EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 O EX3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ------------ - -----------4- -----47.10---- 4 - - - - - 49.40 - - - - 5 - - - - - 50.23 - - - - 50.78 ----47.37 - - - - 40.67 ------ 26.76 ----19.80----- 14.62 ----11.24 ----- 9.14 --------------------------- ■ + + + + + -64.1 + + + + + + + + + `' 41.48 42.56 49.72 51.63 53.65 52.96 i 51.56 46. 33.35 25.93 18.76 12.69 9.34 7.93 -- - + + + + + + + -0 + + + + + + + X3.37 _ - --_-_------- - - --_- - 0 ---_ g27----- :8-----�42---__ __ 2 -- -------- ----5f:26`__-__ _-_-_ 1F1 9'8-_�_-3 TT -_` - -x.93-----1-y-44------T340__._ _ -_9:73_-.�..__._..�--fig_._._______..�_.-_--------------.....----- EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 � EX3 5' FROM ATM + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 45.82 53.65 55.94 58.23 57.60 58.62 56.63 56.12 51.01 45.49 36.89 28.68 20.96 14.40 10.63 9.51 EX1 DCS ❑�� � to i + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -----------------------_ - -----------5 ------------ 5 - - - - - 57.46 - - -5'f98 --- 56.59 ---- 55.41 ---- 51.14 - 45. ----------- 28.99 ---- - - - - - - 14.63 ----10.99 ----- 1 .28 _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_------ ■ 5 EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 O EX3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 45.74 52.85 55.73 57.57 57.49 57.57 56.59 55.23 51.12 44.93 36.75 28.68 20.84 14.49 10.61 + + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + --------- LL ,. _- -----_ -- -----------5- ----56.16- - 58.73 --- -58.01 --- 5 - - - - - 57.09 --- 56.70 ----51. - --- 45- ---------- 29.11 -- 2------ 14.27 ----10.31 ---______�._-_-_-______-_---_---_-_.---_-- ❑ O EX3 O EX3 + O EX3 O EX3 + E[EX3+ + + ++ 43.15 49.46 52.10 53.61 53.57 53.83 52.73 51.62 48.11 41.96 34.26 27.13 19.75 13.54 50 FROM ATM EX3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + - ------------- ----- - -----42.35---- 49.50 -----51.53-_-- 53.48 -- 53.02---- 53.75 - - - - 52.19 - - - - 51.56 ----47.06 - - - - 41.77 - 33.89----- 26.51 ----19.54----- 13.13 ------------------------------ ■ 5 + + + + + + + + + + + + 35.8 41.17 43.0 44.47 44.2 44.57 43.6 42.88 39.8 35 28.91 23.00 16.99 O O O O O EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 EX3 O ------- - - - - - - - - ---------------�+------ +-------+------+-------+------+--------+�------+-------- ----- --- 33.77 34.62 36.55 35.58 36.62 35.03 35.26 32.07 28.94 23.56 Luminaire Schedule Symbol Qty Label Arrangement Total Lamp Lumens LLF Description 2 EX1 SINGLE 50000 0.850 EXISTING TO REMAIN SINGLE HEAD SITE POLE WITH (1) 40OW METAL HALIDE 1 EX2 DOUBLE ® 180' 10842 0.950 EXISTING TO REMAIN DOUBLE HEAD SITE POLE WITH (2) 134 LED LAMPS + ++ + + + El 30 EX3 SINGLE 12000 0.850 EXISTING TO REMAIN 2X2 RECESSED CANOPY LIGHT WITH (1) 175W METAL HALIDE 25.17 24.93 24.92 24.07 .71 Calculation Summary Label CalcType Units I Avg I Max I Min I 4vg/Min I Max/Min 5' From ATM Illuminance Fc 153.07 54.12 152.36 1.01 11.03 50' From ATM Illuminance Fc 130.12 159.16 12.84 110.61 120.83 rHENDEmi"t"SON ,wj,.G,.,.RS. 5555 REDWOOD STREET, SUITE 201 LAS VEGAS, NV 89118 TEL 702 697 2187 FAx 702 697 2188 www.hol-ong.com 1650000542 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/16 ISSUE DATE 15/.�0/16 ISSUE FU:�FE:JMI [ Seal/Signature rrvject Warne ���l 0 Tukwila SouthCenter REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Project Number APPROVED 33.1361.007 JUN 0 8 2016 Descri tionCjy of Tukwila 9-1-111-01ING DIVISION PHOTOMETRIC LIGHTING PLAN - DRIVE THRU REi; E I VE D CITY OF TUKWILA Scale P n M71C 2- -v ZMZ7 NONE 'PERMIT CENTER